Slate.com Table of Contents explainer Prince Hairy? explainer ad report card Can't Touch This Hot Buns! explainer Advanced Search What the FARC? books fighting words Hollywood Archaeology Words Matter bushisms foreigners Bushism of the Day Setting Boundaries chatterbox foreigners Agony of the Arithmecrats Putin's Potemkin Democracy chatterbox history lesson Lay Off Ralph Nader The Long Goodbye chatterbox hot document Reuters Claps Horns on Hillary Canada's Obama NAFTA Memo corrections hot document Corrections The Texas Dildo Massacre (NSFW) culturebox human nature Believe It or Not Girl Power culturebox human nature The Fog of Memoir Hanky Spanky dear prudence international papers It's No Secret Fight Club did you see this? jurisprudence Women's History ... With Porn Stars Big Business's Big Term dispatches low concept Dispatches From China's Wild West The Fake Memoirist's Survival Guide dispatches low concept Trade-Offs Worst Publishing Week Ever dispatches map the candidates Monger Me, Obama! Back to the Trail drink medical examiner Could a Coffee Maker Be Worth $11,000? Is There a Glucometer on Board? How About an Oxygen Tank? election scorecard moneybox Electoral Crystal Ball Stagflation Is Back everyday economics moneybox The Case for Foreclosures NAFTA Nonsense explainer moneybox What's Taking So Long in Texas? The Unspeakable R Word Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC 1/124 movies the chat room Me Want Good Caveman Movie Buzzing Over The Wire obit the green lantern Farewell to the Dungeon Master Clinton, Obama, and McCain other magazines the has-been Remembering William F. Buckley Amazing Race poem the undercover economist "Acorns" Money That Lasts Forever politics today's blogs Slate's Delegate Calculator Blast in Times Square politics today's blogs Campaign Junkie Stalemate politics today's blogs Achieving the Right Level of Nasty As the Press Turns politics today's blogs She Lives! Bearish on Russia politics today's papers Bugs Bunny vs. Daffy Duck Play it Again politics today's papers Gone in 60 Seconds No Way Out press box today's papers More Plagiarism, Same Times Reporter It Keeps Going and Going press box today's papers Watching McClatchy (First in a Series) Is This the End? recycled today's papers Lies and Consequences Double Trouble recycled today's papers Favre From Heaven Gaza Goes South recycled today's papers Calling the President at 3 A.M. Bad News for Boeing slate v tv club XX Factor: Hillary's Back! The Wire Final Season slate v war stories Hawking a Bogus Memoir Where Are This War's Winter Soldiers? slate v Damned Spot: "3 A.M. Phone Call" slate v Dear Prudence: Touchy-Feely Father-In-Law ad report card television The vaguely lewd new Holiday Inn Express ads. The Deep Thoughts of Keith Olbermann By Seth Stevenson Monday, March 3, 2008, at 6:46 AM ET Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Hot Buns! 2/124 The Spot: Four businessmen eat breakfast at their hotel buffet. After spotting a woman standing by herself across the room, they decide that sending a food item with their compliments might win her favor. This spurs an argument over which food will convey the right message. Cheese omelet? English muffin? Cinnamon roll? They end up sending her a plate of bacon—only to learn that what she really wanted was yogurt. "Check out the new hot bar in town," the announcer says. "The Holiday Inn hot breakfast bar." Some friends and I actually pulled this classic move a couple of times during our freshman year of college. Upon seeing a woman we knew across the dining hall, we'd send over an envoy bearing a glass of apple juice or skim milk. "Compliments of the gentlemen," he'd say, gesturing toward our table. She'd look up to see us all winking and doing the thumb-index-finger-point thing. (Though it got a decent reception, I am not proud of this behavior. Much better were the nights we bogarted the dining hall's many Reddi-wip canisters and did brain-bludgeoning rounds of whippits. I'm convinced the resultant IQ loss is why I now write about advertising instead of, like, international finance.) This Holiday Inn Express ad is part of a campaign announcing that new hot foods are available at the hotel chain's breakfast bars. According to director of brand marketing Steve Ekdahl, the "consumer insight" at play here was the company's realization that "people want hot food options at breakfast." Because research further revealed that sometimes people are in a hurry to get to morning meetings, the hotel is also launching an amenity it terms the "to-go bag." Travelers can stuff these full of muffins—or even greasy fistfuls of bacon—before sprinting out to their cars to eat while driving. I'm always in favor of funny ads (I admit I chuckle at the "Cinnamon roll? That's something you send your sister!" line), as long as the joke's interlaced with the marketing message. Here, the slogan "the new hot bar in town" serves to highlight the warmed foods on offer while providing a stage for some riffs on lame night-life behavior. In deciphering the pun, you're forced to think about the product. Through that cognitive twostep, the sales pitch cements itself in your memory. This ad was directed by Hank Perlman, who also co-created the long-running ESPN "This Is SportsCenter" campaign. Like these Holiday Inn Express ads, the SportsCenter spots mostly feature clean-cut guys wearing ties in their mundane natural habitats (office cubicles, the public spaces of hotels), mashed up with some mildly absurd situations. The other clear influence at work here is the recent campaign from sister brand Holiday Inn (the "green sign" brand, as it's known within the company). Both hotel campaigns come from the ad agency Fallon Worldwide, and both find humor in the pathetic off-hours high jinks of buttoned-down business types. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC "The bull's-eye is the male business traveler," says Ekdahl, describing his brand's target demographic. In particular, he hopes to reach the sort of active, younger businessman who travels for work on a near-constant basis. ("Road warriors" or "everyday heroes," in the industry parlance—though I find those terms a touch dramatic. We're talking about dudes giving PowerPoint presentations.) Studies show that these travelers tend to book their upcoming week's accommodations on Sunday or Monday, so Holiday Inn Express buys lots of airtime on weekend sports broadcasts and Monday-morning news shows. I asked some Slate women what they thought of the ad, given the gender dynamic at work in it, and it was agreed that there's a certain yuck factor if we imagine this happening in the real world. "There's a fun business trip," Slatester Dana Stevens scoffed: "Fending off a bunch of leering middle managers before sitting down alone to a cup of cold yogurt!" (Before you start, it's totally different from my college prank. Friends in the dining hall does not equal strangers at a roadside hotel. I think.) Of course, the ad isn't meant to be taken too seriously. And it's worth noting that in another spot from the campaign, titled "Ladies Night," the roles are reversed—with a quartet of businesswomen doing the leering. The main effect these ads had on my correspondents, though, was to remind them how distinctly un-fun hotel breakfast bars really are. Slate's Dahlia Lithwick imagined the brief to the ad agency going something like, "Tell viewers these are not lonely, isolating places where men stare hollow-eyed at CNN." Meanwhile, Emily Yoffe praised— somewhat backhandedly— the ad's set design: "It accurately gives the feel of their breakfast bar: a windowless box with fiberboard furniture and Styrofoam dishware (and food). It's sexytime!" Valid critiques, all. Sadly, the people these ads are aimed at have no choice but to frequent such venues. They'll likely be pleased about the hot food, at least. And I find the ad's central conceit— that you might enjoy yourself eating breakfast at a Holiday Inn Express—a harmless fib. Grade: B+. My biggest concern about the ad is that viewers might forget which hotel chain it's for. Ekdahl says he worried about this, too, and as a result he was actually tweaking the ads the day I called him. "About 15 minutes before I got on the phone with you, we were making some last minute readjustments to increase the brand linkage. We're doing CGI to make sure the logo is more clearly visible in the background." The ads will be returned to the airwaves with the "Express" logo that appears on the sign behind the actors now printed in blue, instead of in white. Watch for it! No doubt the impact will be startling. 3/124 Advanced Search Friday, October 19, 2001, at 6:39 PM ET books Hollywood Archaeology What five Academy Award contenders can tell us about the '60s. By Sarah Kerr Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 4:15 PM ET Two smart young guys worked at Esquire in the early to mid'60s, and in their spare time they worshipped films of the French New Wave. They had no clue how to make movies. But they were bold and lucky. They teamed up to write a screenplay about a sexy couple of bank robbers in Depression-era Texas. They sent a story treatment to their favorite French director, who, improbably, loved it. Then their top choice (François Truffaut) got busy with something else and passed the project along to a French friend. The team was excited to work with this second French director. But they balked when he told them that instead of taking the time and doing the prep work to shoot at authentic locations, he wanted to shoot quickly—in New Jersey, in the winter. Thus— unimaginably, to anyone who knows the finished work directed by Arthur Penn—for the briefest moment in the early development of the film that was to become Bonnie and Clyde, the director could have been a playfully abstruse Jean-Luc Godard. And the star to whom Godard might have yelled "action" on an icy morning in Jersey? Instead of Warren Beatty, that could have been Elliott Gould! Godard's flyby "flirtation" with Bonnie and Clyde is one of dozens of facts in Mark Harris' Pictures at a Revolution: Five Movies and the Birth of the New Hollywood that invite a double take. After beating back an early critical scolding on its release in 1967, the film was hailed for its groundbreaking sensibility. It was expert in the art of raising tension, visually highly designed yet aggressively naturalistic, with some of the least euphemized violence up to that point in American film. Some of its images (the actress Faye Dunaway, honey-haired under her raffish '30s beret) quickly became iconic. But the film's success turns out to have been anything but inevitable. Harris, in giving us the circuitous back story of its production—and the twists and turns in the creation of the four other 1967 films vying for the 1968 Academy Award for Best Motion Picture (The Graduate, the dueling Sidney Poitier vehicles Guess Who's Coming to Dinner and In the Heat of the Night, and Doctor Dolittle)—reminds us how long and frustrating, and above all how mysteriously contingent, the process of making movies is. And, by extension, how easily the Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC icons of any era might have been utterly different from the ones we've come to know. The unspoken premise of Harris' look back is not quite what you'd expect from a writer-editor at Entertainment Weekly, where instant zeitgeist readings reign: When you live through a tumultuous time like the 1960s, and you work in an industry like the movies—whose projects, unlike a rock 'n' roll song, take years to gear up and require the investment and teamwork of seriously disparate people—it's more in retrospect that you can see the pattern of how a new sensibility was born. On the ground, there are hunches and uncertainty. Only over time— after the film comes out, after spontaneously erupted polemics and unplanned popular borrowings and an embrace or rejection by the audience (back then a much longer process than our make-or-break opening weekend)—can you trace out which direction the culture was heading in. The negotiations are filled with energy and ironies and can-you-believe-this anecdotes. Anyone who wants to—geniuses and idealists and hacks, profit seekers, the passionate and the easily pleased audience—gets to pitch in. Harris rightly takes for granted that we know the basic stormy context of the decade. Zeroing in on Hollywood in the mid-'60s, we see an industry still knocked off balance by the rise of TV and held back by square romantic-comedy and historical-epic formulas, creaky censorship codes, and dated ideas about glamour. Harris tells us how The Graduate, along with Bonnie and Clyde, helped shake this status quo. Mike Nichols, a Young Turk director hailed for an impressive bunch of Broadway successes, as well as for his skilled herding of Liz Taylor and Richard Burton through Who's Afraid of Virginia Woolf?, leveraged his studio pull on a casting gamble. He picked a short mumbler of an actor, Dustin Hoffman, to star as Benjamin Braddock, the privileged California kid seduced by his parents' friend Mrs. Robinson. The studio suits had dismissed Hoffman as a preposterous leading man, but Nichols knew what he was up to. Hoffman's very diffidence turned out to capture the yearning, judging withdrawal of youth from the older generation. Nichols, interviewed by Harris, also recalls his own slowly dawning realization that, with a bit of autobiographical drive, he had unconsciously remolded the Benjamin character from a WASP golden boy into a sardonic, Jewish-inflected outsider. In a fascinating side note, Harris shows how early iterations of Bonnie and Clyde had a bit of bisexual subtext that ultimately fell by the wayside. This was not yet the decade for such explorations. The big movie argument of 1967, carried out with good intentions if sometimes with pokey awkwardness, was over white society's acceptance of the black man. (If the second half of that last sentence seems lacking in irony, it's on purpose.) Compared with his cheering on of The Graduate, Harris paints a rounder portrait of Sidney Poitier, at the height of his pathbreaking career, brave, admired, and often trapped. Poitier's peerlessly composed screen presence was called upon to lift 4/124 heavy symbolic burdens. Harris revisits the obstacles he faced as well as the criticism that was starting to dog him—that by continually signing on to play perfect men, he risked turning into a handy exception to the rules of white prejudice. Harris doesn't much like Guess Who's Coming to Dinner, but his respectful probings capture its peculiar status as a film that seemed poised to stir up anxieties about interracial marriage but turned into a crowd-pleasing hit. Instead of offering up a familiar, tidy thesis about what the '60s "meant," Harris has dipped us into the soup of culture-making. On top of many interviews, he's pored over memoirs and clippings and critical reactions of the day, gathering up funny quotes and, in the case of Doctor Dolittle star Rex Harrison, depressing but rivetingly weird gossip—a sampling, perhaps, of what the scene might have looked like if something like a TMZ had been up and running back then. In a way, this is the '60s filtered through the zeitgeist of our time. For we are creatures of information, debating about our debates, compulsively knowing and wanting to know more. Harris' fresh approach captures the live spark of creation. The spark of revolution, though? It's in its nature to have burned out a while back. We haven't lacked in recent decades for violent, moody films about outlaws or quirky comedies with infectious soundtracks about the generation gap. If anything, for our time, the templates set by Bonnie and Clyde and The Graduate wield the influence of stolid classics. Which raises the question, Who will emerge to overthrow them? bushisms Bushism of the Day By Jacob Weisberg Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 6:34 PM ET "And so, General, I want to thank you for your service. And I appreciate the fact that you really snatched defeat out of the jaws of those who are trying to defeat us in Iraq."—meeting with Army Gen. Ray Odierno, Washington, D.C., March 3, 2008 Click here to see video of Bush's comments. The Bushism is at 1:23. Got a Bushism? Send it to bushisms@slate.com. For more, see "The Complete Bushisms." . . Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC . chatterbox Agony of the Arithmecrats Mr. Dooley was wrong. Politics is beanbag. By Timothy Noah Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 8:01 PM ET "Just sit back, empty your mind, and let it happen," I advised political observers on Feb. 6. But did they listen? The arithmecracy triumphed on Super Tuesday. Hillary Clinton's alleged momentum was halted, just as Barack Obama's alleged momentum had been halted in New Hampshire. Even before Super Tuesday, Karl Rove, the designated genius of presidential politics, had written that momentum (he called it "the big bounce") was a dead letter. After Super Tuesday, everyone agreed that Obama faced a month of likely primary victories— excepting possibly Wisconsin—but that this winning streak would likely end with Clinton winning Texas, Ohio, and Pennsylvania. Nearly all of these predictions have now come to pass. Granted, Obama won Wisconsin by a larger-than-expected 15-percent margin, making significant inroads among white males. But otherwise, this past month has brought no real surprises. Clinton won Texas and Ohio, as she was expected to do, and as I write, polls still indicate she'll likely win Pennsylvania, too. But the commentariat has a short memory, even for its own most accurate predictions. To borrow from the joke John McCain likes to tell about his age, political pundits can hide their own Easter eggs. The primary outcomes they foretold came to pass, and lo, they were astounded. They acted like a weatherman who predicts rain on the 6 o'clock news, goes home, goes to bed, wakes up the next morning, looks out the window, and exclaims, "Holy cow! It's raining!" As Obama piled up one anticipated victory after another, recovering momentucrats fell off the wagon. The Washington Post's Dan Balz, who on the day after Super Tuesday wrote, "Evenly Matched Dems Portend A Long Race," a mere one week later wrote, "Clinton Scrambles To Try to Reverse Obama's Momentum." Hillary Clinton encouraged the Obamamentum mirage by replacing her campaign manager, Patti Solis Doyle, right after Super Tuesday. This wasn't evidence of an imploding campaign so much as what literary critics call an "objective correlative"— an outward, purely symbolic expression of some inward concept or emotion. If you'd skimmed Josh Green's story about disarray in Clinton's campaign, posted last month on the Atlantic's Web site, you might have gotten the impression that Clinton was 5/124 losing primary after primary to Obama because Doyle had done a poor job. But if you'd read the piece more carefully, you likely would have noticed that, according to Green, Doyle had been doing a poor job for a very long time. Terry McAuliffe, chairman of the Clinton campaign, and Maggie Williams, who eventually replaced Doyle, tried to get rid of Doyle two years ago, only to be overruled by Clinton. This means that if Doyle really did do a poor job (and Green is pretty convincing on this point), she was doing that poor job back when Clinton's candidacy was riding high. You therefore couldn't logically blame Obama's long-predicted victories in places like Louisiana and Virginia and Washington state on "campaign disarray," except in the negative sense that Doyle failed to turn those states around. (On the other hand, to whatever extent voters find out that Clinton left a purportedly incompetent campaign manager in place two years after she should have canned her, they will likely think less of Clinton's managerial abilities, which in turn could hurt her in subsequent primaries. That hasn't happened yet.) To sum up: The arithmecrats were right all along. Momentum is the fanciful invention of a class of people who have a weakness for (and a financial incentive to create) a dramatic narrative. There is no substitute for counting delegates. Henceforth, we must only count delegates. But—here's where it gets complicated—primary delegates alone can't carry either Obama or Clinton all the way to 2,025, the magic number (a simple majority) needed to win the nomination. It's mathematically impossible, apparently, given the closeness of the race and the number of primary delegates left to win in the remaining contests. The church of arithmetic therefore will have to yield at some point to the church of perception—in this case, the perceptions of the 795 superdelegates who'll provide the necessary margin to one candidate or the other. Superdelegates are free to change their minds about whom to support right up until the roll call at the convention. It's widely assumed that once the primary season's over, most superdelegates will side with whichever candidate has won the most popular support. That's what happened in 1984, according to Walter Mondale's delegate counter, Tad Devine. Mondale ended the primary season about 40 delegates shy of a majority. Gary Hart had won in more states than Mondale, but Mondale had received slightly more votes overall, and he had more delegates than Hart. So the superdelegates went with Mondale. Proportionally, 84 primary delegates would constitute about 2 percent of all delegates in attendance at the convention. Would 2 percent constitute a mandate? How close does the delegate count need to get before the superdelegates call it a wash? A consensus has yet to emerge on that magic number. (Presumably the magic number should be less than the primary-delegate spread between Hart and Mondale in 1984, but I don't know what that number is. It can't be 40, because there was a third candidate, Jesse Jackson, who still controlled some delegates. If you know the answer, please e-mail me at chatterbox@slate.com.) Or is the proper metric the total number of votes cast in the primaries? The Web site RealClearPolitics estimates that Obama is nearly 600,000 primary votes ahead of Clinton nationwide. But if Michigan and Florida are counted (which they probably shouldn't be, because Obama and Clinton didn't campaign there and because in Michigan Hillary was the only major candidate on the ballot), that 600,000 plurality shifts over to Clinton. Conceivably the same percentages might be achieved if Michigan and Florida are permitted to vote again prior to the convention, as seems more likely. It's even possible that one candidate will receive a plurality of primary votes while another candidate receives a plurality of delegates. Do votes trump delegates? Do delegates trump votes? A cherished political cliché has it that politics ain't beanbag. But Mr. Dooley was wrong. Politics is beanbag, not in the sense that it's a gentle game suitable for small children but in the sense that you don't necessarily have to get the beanbag through the hole in the target box to win. Under the right circumstances, you can still win if you get it near the hole. To pull that off, though, it helps to know the rules. The arithmecracy has no clear guidance to offer, because these aren't mathematical questions. Momentucracy vs. Arithmecracy Archive: Feb. 6, 2008: "Triumph of the Arithmecrats" Feb. 1, 2008: "On the Media" interview about momentucracy and arithmecracy, New York Public Radio Jan. 30, 2008: "Momentucrats vs. Arithmecrats, Part 2" Jan. 28, 2008: "Momentucrats vs. Arithmecrats" Jan. 21, 2008: "Is Obama Winning?" Dec. 11, 2007: "Whose Nominee Is It, Anyway?" chatterbox The trouble is, how do you define "popular support"? Is it the number of delegates won? According to Slate's excellent delegate counter, Obama has 140 more primary delegates than Clinton. That spread would narrow to 84 primary delegates if Clinton were to win every remaining primary by 10 points, which seems unlikely. But suppose this were to happen, or some variation that yielded a similar numeric difference. Would superdelegates perceive this as a win for Obama, or a virtual tie? Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Lay Off Ralph Nader Third-party candidates are people, too. By Timothy Noah Monday, March 3, 2008, at 7:32 PM ET 6/124 I have never understood why people get upset whenever Ralph Nader runs for president. The principal indictment is that Nader cost Al Gore the 2000 election by drawing votes from Gore in Florida. Gore lost Florida to George W. Bush by 537 votes. Nader received 97,488 votes. National exit polls indicated that had Nader not been on the ballot, 47 percent of Nader voters would have voted for Gore, 21 percent would have voted for Bush, and 32 percent would have stayed home. Therefore, if Nader hadn't run, then Gore would have won. Well, sure. But in an election this preposterously close, you can blame the outcome on almost anything. In a Feb. 24 appearance on NBC's Meet the Press, Nader pointed out that seven other third-party candidates on the Florida ballot outpolled Bush's 537-vote margin, too. These included James Harris of the Socialist Workers Party (563), David McReynolds of the Socialist Party (622), and Monica Moorehead of the Workers World Party (1,804). Granted, we don't have exit poll numbers on these candidates, who stood much further left of the mainstream than Nader. But it's doubtful their supporters would have defaulted to the GOP. Should we vilify them for costing Gore the election, too? Nationwide, Nader won 2.9 million votes in 2000. Four years later, he won only 466,000 (PDF), which, as Steve Kornacki pointed out in the Feb. 25 New York Observer ("Who's Afraid of Ralph Nader?") is much closer to the 685,000 he won in his little-remembered 1996 bid and is probably a truer expression of his natural level of support. (In 2000, Kornacki argues, Nader got an unusual boost from independent voters stranded by the defeats of Bill Bradley and John McCain in the primaries.) Nobody particularly objected to Nader's 1996 bid, because he didn't get very many votes. In 2000, though, Nader was condemned, in effect, for being too popular. He was, the liberal consensus pronounced, on an "ego trip." (The word/phrase combination Nader, ego trip, and president yields 3,200 hits on Google.) He was tarnishing his legacy as a champion of government and corporate accountability. That criticism has stuck, even though Nader has once again reverted to being a fringe candidate who poses no apparent threat to the Democratic nominee. He's damned if he wins too many votes, and he's damned if he wins too few. I've never cast a presidential vote for Nader, and I never will. Nor do I agree with Nader that the similarities between the Republican and Democratic parties render superfluous any choice between the two. But as someone who has observed (and admired) Nader all my life, I don't doubt for a second that Nader sincerely believes that. He's never remained satisfied with Democratic politicians, even those with whom he enjoyed a warm working relationship before they entered politics. (The only possible exception is Mark Green, who may have Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC maintained Nader's affections by losing a series of bids for high office: the House, the Senate, the New York mayoralty.) Nader doesn't believe in compromise, and, yes, that would be a problem if he ever really did become president. But his stubbornness has been only an asset in his long career as an advocate, and I'm not so sure it's a liability in his newer career as a perpetual candidate. In the current election, Nader is the sole presidential candidate you're likely to hear about (now that Dennis Kucinich has dropped out) who stands forthrightly for adopting a single-payer solution to the health-care crisis, a stance universally regarded as politically impractical. But single payer is the only solution of much practical value in the real world, as evidenced by the experience of nearly all advanced democracies. If Nader does no more in the 2008 election than oblige major-party candidates to consider that stubborn reality for five minutes, he'll have done us all a big favor. chatterbox Reuters Claps Horns on Hillary The Obama Messiah Watch, Part 10 By Timothy Noah Sunday, March 2, 2008, at 5:19 PM ET Is Barack Obama the rod out of the stem of Jesse? To answer this question, Slate has periodically gathered gratuitously adoring material from newspaper, television, and magazine profiles of the U.S. senator from Illinois, best-selling author, Harvard Law Review president, Men's Vogue cover model, twotime Grammy winner, efficient note-taker, physics wunderkind, descendent of George Washington's great-great-great-great-great grandfather, teenage jazz enthusiast, possible telepathic communicator with space aliens from distant galaxies, improvement on all civil rights gains since 1957, calmer of turbulent Iownas, and front-running candidate for the Democratic presidential nomination. Last month, Reuters clapped a halo on Michelle Obama. The March 10 Time, in its cover photograph, bathes the head of the candidate himself in otherworldly white light. But the good book says that before Christ, there was the Antichrist. We know him as the devil, the beast, the foul fiend, the cloven hoof, the prince of darkness, the angel of the bottomless pit, Old Scratch, Satan, Beelzebub, Belial, Lucifer, and Mephistopheles. The iconographers in Reuters' photo department propose a new name. Care to guess? Hint: It's someone with at least 35 years of experience and a fondness for red phones. Yes, Reuters wants you to know that these days the Antichrist travels under the nom de guerre "Hillary." I don't know how else 7/124 to read this photograph. Me, I have my doubts. Wouldn't the devil do better advance work? Obama Messiah Watch archive: Jan. 29, 2007: Took very few notes in class! Feb. 5, 2007: Mastered laws governing universe! Feb. 7, 2007: Shares ancestor with George Washington! Feb. 9, 2007: Dug jazz when he was still a middle-schooler! Feb. 13, 2007: Communicates (possibly) with space aliens! Feb. 14, 2007: Better than civil rights! April 4, 2007: Accept no substitutes. Sept. 12, 2007: Calms turbulent Iowans! Feb. 13, 2008: Michelle Obama's halo! corrections Corrections Friday, March 7, 2008, at 7:29 AM ET In the March 6 "Election Scorecard," Chadwick Matlin mistakenly included Vermont instead of New Hampshire in a list of states Barack Obama would likely win in the general election, according to SurveyUSA. In the March 5 "Explainer," Chris Wilson incorrectly stated that by the 1990s, members of the Marine Corps were described as "jarheads" because of their buzz haircuts. The term has been used since at least World War II, perhaps in reference to the Marines' high-collared blue dress uniforms, which looked a bit like Mason jars made of blue glass. In the March 4 "Explainer," Juliet Lapidos stated that the Latin word vixi is the past tense of to leave. It's actually the past tense of to live. In the caption for a photograph that accompanied the March 3 "Dispatches," Joshua Kucera originally misidentified miniature rawaps (a traditional Uighur lute) as miniature duduks. In the March 2 "Today's Papers," Lydia DePillis originally cited a report from an unnamed source who told newspapers that troop withdrawals in Iraq would begin in July. The alleged withdrawal plan would extend to the end of the year and pause in July for provincial elections. If you believe you have found an inaccuracy in a Slate story, please send an e-mail to corrections@slate.com, and we will investigate. General comments should be posted in "The Fray," our reader discussion forum. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC culturebox Believe It or Not Memoir fabulists getting caught means the system is working. By Ben Yagoda Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 5:29 PM ET In 1837, the American Anti-Slavery Society published the life story of a fugitive slave who went by the name of James Williams. The book, narrated in Williams' first-person voice, told of his harsh treatment on an Alabama plantation and the torture he had seen inflicted on his fellow slaves. The veracity of the book was almost immediately challenged by an Alabama newspaper editor, who called it "a notorious libel upon our country" and printed a letter claiming that Williams was in fact Shadrach Wilkins, a fugitive not only from slavery but from charges of attempted murder. The Anti-Slavery Society initially denied the charges, but the accusation didn't go away, and the society directed two of its members to investigate. These men reluctantly concluded that "many of the Statements made in the said Narrative were false." Weeks later, the society discontinued sales of the book. James Williams/Shadrach Wilkins, meanwhile, was nowhere to be found. So the fake memoir—currently in the news with the daily-double outing of Love and Consequences and Misha: A Mémoire of the Holocaust Years—is by no means a phenomenon that originated with James Frey. In fact, the history of autobiography is full of them. A 1937, book called Sisters of the Road was supposedly the memoirs of Boxcar Bertha Thompson, a female hobo; years later, the real author was revealed to be Ben Reitman, a Chicago physician and reformer. The Education of Little Tree, the autobiography of a Cherokee boy growing up in the 1930s, was published in 1976 and became a young-adult classic. Actual author: Asa Carter, a white Alabaman who had once been a Ku Klux Klan member and a speechwriter for George Wallace. So many holes have been found in Lillian Hellman's autobiographical trilogy of An Unfinished Woman, Pentimento, and Scoundrel Time that the books couldn't keep you dry on a drizzly day. But is it such a terrible thing that so many lying memoirists have been exposed? On the contrary: It's evidence that the system works. (Full disclosure: I am writing a book on memoir for Riverhead Books, the publisher of Love and Consequences.) Consider the case of James Williams' tale of his life as a slave. The discovery that it was a fraud chastened the abolitionists who had been behind the book. They continued to seek out and publish slave narratives, but post-Williams, knowing that their very cause was at stake, they put a finer point on the truthfulness of the tales they were distributing. They began sending their authors on the lecture circuit to answer questions from all 8/124 corners and, equally important, to show that they existed, scars and all. Scores of slave narratives—including The Autobiography of Frederic Douglass, a classic of American literature—were published after the Williams affair, and it's universally acknowledged that these memoirs were an important factor in the abolition of slavery. And this is pretty much how things have happened since then: The perpetrators have eventually been found out. Or, to be more precise, the more brazen or audacious the lie, the greater the likelihood of exposure. In the wake of the Frey and now the Jones scandals, there's been hand-wringing about the need for fact-checking—or lie-detector tests or something!—at publishing houses. But you're never going to stop people from making stuff up. It is a fact of human nature that a substantial number of people have the capacity and inclination to lie. Some of them are pathological and lie because they are compelled to or just for the fun of it. But generally people lie only when a) they sense that people will believe them, and b) they will be rewarded (with respect, attention, career advancement, money, pity, or something else they covet). It stands to reason that the same thing would be true for writers (and this includes disgraced journalists like Janet Cooke and Stephen Glass as well as memoirists). The more skilled they are, the more deftly they can make people believe. Moreover, in today's competitive literary market, editors and other gatekeepers want to believe. That's in part because people are naturally credulous (the alternative—reflexive skepticism—is unattractive for many people to contemplate) and in part because the rewards are so great. Memoir today is like one big game of misery poker: The more outlandish, outrageous, or just plain outthere the recounted life, the more likely the book is to attract the attention of reviewers, talk-show bookers, and, ultimately, the public. A personal narrative presented as factual—whether it's between covers or coming out of some guy's mouth at a bar—always plays for some level of stakes. If the story is innocuous or dull, it will probably stay unchallenged. But the higher the stakes—if its "facts" are in support of charged political issues, if it makes unlikely or melodramatic representations, if it defames some recognizable individuals, or if it starts selling in significant numbers—the more likely it becomes that the fakers will be outed. Lillian Hellman didn't get the investigative treatment until part of Pentimento was made into the movie Julia, starring Jane Fonda as Lillian; James Frey didn't get it till Oprah anointed him. The family depicted in Augusten Burroughs' Running With Scissors didn't sue him until the book became a massive bestseller. And the author of Love and Consequences was exposed only when her picture appeared in a New York Times interview Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC as "Margaret Jones" and her sister called the newspaper to report that the lady in question was really Margaret Seltzer. As I say, the system works. It throws shame on the perpetrators and metes out more or less appropriate career punishment; certainly, the fabulists lose the credibility needed to publish additional nonfiction books (unless they're in the form of an apology for—or explanation of—their misdeeds, as with disgraced New York Times reporter Jayson Blair). The editors of fake memoirs are suitably chastened: Even if they acted in totally good faith, it's presumably one-more-strike-and-they'reout. And with each scandal, the whole book world—editors, reviewers, and readers—gets a little warier and adjusts its BS detectors one more notch toward Level Orange. The NYT reported that at the request of Riverhead Books, Seltzer "signed a contract in which she had legally promised to tell the truth." Of course, she lied on the contract, too. So while the system works, it isn't perfect. No matter what color the general alert, at some point in the not-distant future, a memoir—say, an inspiring saga about being raised by autistic parents in the hollows of Kentucky—will come across an editor's desk and knock his socks off. He will meet the author, who will talk a good game and who will, once the book is published, get plentiful bookings and money reviews. It will seem too good to be true. It will be. But sooner or later, someone will do some checking and get the goods. culturebox The Fog of Memoir The feud over the truthfulness of Ishmael Beah's A Long Way Gone. By Gabriel Sherman Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 2:20 PM ET On Jan. 19, the Australian, Rupert Murdoch's Aussie broadsheet, published a 4,600-word investigation challenging the credibility of the child-soldier memoir A Long Way Gone. Author Ishmael Beah's heart-wrenching account of Sierra Leone's civil war and the two years he spent as a cocaine-addicted teenage killer achieved instant literary acclaim after its publication last winter and was selected as the inaugural title in Starbucks' reading club. Into its 35th printing, A Long Way Gone has sold more than 600,000 copies worldwide. Beah, 27, now travels the world as a UNICEF ambassador raising awareness for the plight of child soldiers. If you believe the Australian, much of the memoir is bunk. In a dozen scathing articles published since mid-January, a trio of Australian journalists alleges that Beah grossly exaggerated his story: Beah served as an orphaned child soldier for little more 9/124 than two months, not the sweeping two years his memoir chronicles. And, according to the journalists, the book's most dramatic plot twists—the time Beah was shot three times in the foot by an AK-47 and the moment Beah witnessed six murders in a UNICEF refugee camp—don't check out at all. Beah, his editor, Sarah Crichton at Farrar, Straus and Giroux, and his agent, Ira Silverberg, vigorously deny the allegations. In the book, Beah claims to have a photographic memory. He says he has documented his tragic story with infallible accuracy, and lucidly recounts scenes of violence, executions, and torture. But these denials haven't stopped the Australian from waging one of the fiercest, knock-down, drag-out literary feuds in recent memory. The fight pits three Australian reporters, Peter Wilson, David Nason, and Shelley Gare, against Beah, Crichton, and Silverberg. The standoff has spanned four continents and bled into cyberspace, as both sides have entered competing changes into Beah's Wikipedia page. Last month, Wilson tracked Beah around London during his European book tour, trying to land an interview after repeatedly being rebuffed by FSG. Wilson even planted questions with a student reporter from the Oxford University newspaper after the Oxford Union banned him from attending Beah's reading there. Throughout the onslaught, FSG hasn't budged. "The whole idea that these f-----g muckraking hacks are wagging their fingers at FSG is ludicrous," Beah's agent, Ira Silverberg, told me. "It's been three months of dealing with these people. When they couldn't get one thing, they went looking for something else. I've never witnessed anything so lowbrow as an endeavor to disgrace a really well-meaning and lovely person, who actually did suffer enormously." "Exactly," Wilson counters. "I'm sure he went through a terrible ordeal, but the truth matters. It is plain to anyone who wants to look at this objectively that he did not experience what has been sold as the truth to hundreds of thousands of readers. The truth matters. It sounds naive, but the shocking thing is: the publishers don't care about this. They've made millions of dollars." Just how did this whole brouhaha start in the first place? The story begins last fall when an Australian mining engineer stationed in Sierra Leone named Bob Lloyd learned that one of his employees at the Sierra Rutile mine near Beah's village claimed to be Beah's father. Lloyd had read A Long Way Gone and was especially moved by Beah's tragic account of his parents' deaths in a rebel attack on the village of Yele. Elated at the possibility of reuniting Beah with his father, Lloyd tried contacting Beah. He sent e-mails to Beah's Australian publisher, HarperCollins, FSG, and Beah's adopted American mother, a New York-based human rights activist and professional storyteller named Laura Simms. In addition, Lloyd explained in his e-mails that workers at the mine were telling him that the book's chronology was wrong: Rebels had taken over the mine Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC in January 1995, not 1993 as Beah describes in A Long Way Gone. If true, that would mean Beah served as a soldier only for several months when he was 14 going on 15. From the outset, Lloyd received a chilly reception from Beah's camp. On Nov. 9, Simms responded with a protective e-mail and a list of test questions to help determine whether the man was Beah's father. Two days later, Lloyd sent an e-mail back answering Simms' questions. His reply went unanswered for 10 days, and on Nov. 22, Lloyd replied with a follow-up e-mail that included two photos of Joseph Beah, the man claiming to be the father. Then, the next day, Simms responded to Lloyd with a curious message. Instead of the polished prose that she had previously written, her e-mail on Nov. 23 contained sentence fragments and awkward syntax, as if English wasn't her first language (which it is). "Thank you for pursing this," the e-mail bearing Simms' address replied. "However, Ishmael say that this is NOT his father. … Why you said in my letter that this man came to you and why you told Sarah [Crichton] that you sought out the boy's father." The e-mail concluded with this ominous warning: "We are deeply concerned that this issue not go further than you, and Sarah and myself." Frustrated, Lloyd contacted a television producer in Sydney named Anita Jacoby with an Australian interview program called Enough Rope With Andrew Denton. Beah had recently been featured on the program, and Lloyd thought Jacoby could go around the recalcitrant publishers and guardian and pass along a message directly to Beah that his father might be alive. Three days later, Jacoby called her friend Shelley Gare, a 55year-old freelance journalist and former newspaper and magazine editor. Jacoby told Gare there might be a story behind A Long Way Gone. According to Gare, Lloyd was reluctant to talk to the press and had no intention of taking his claims to the media. But he was troubled by FSG and Simms' response. Wouldn't a man bearing good news that Beah's father was potentially alive be embraced? In the publisher's cagey responses, Lloyd began to sense there might be a reason they didn't want to know that some facts could differ from the account in Beah's memoir. Lloyd, after some prodding by Gare, agreed to go public. Gare spent several weeks looking into Lloyd's story that Beah's father was in fact alive, and she called Crichton and FSG's public relations director, Jeff Seroy, for comment on Dec. 11. "It was a very hostile exchange," Gare told me. First, Gare raised the possibility that Beah's father wasn't dead, and then she told Crichton about the discrepancy with the book's chronology and that Beah might have become a child soldier in 1995, not 1993. "After that, there was an incredibly long silence," she said. Crichton denies this account and says that the Australians were biased from the beginning because they somehow felt slighted by FSG. "They felt dissed by us," Crichton told me. "It weirded 10/124 us out. Right from the outset, Shelley Gare said 'You were rude to Bob Lloyd. Laura Simms was rude to him.' They felt we weren't taking them seriously as journalists." Two days later, Crichton wrote Gare a lengthy e-mail both defending the book and detailing her qualifications as an editor and writer: She's a former Newsweek editor; she runs her own imprint at FSG and collaborated with Mariane Pearl, wife of murdered Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl, on her memoir. To Gare, Crichton's message implied: Do you know who I am? On Dec. 15, Gare e-mailed Crichton back. "Thank you for your letter but I need to make some points for the record," she wrote. "One, I have never suggested that Ishmael's entire story is a hoax. Nor have the Lloyds. … Two, it was entirely appropriate for me to bring up the problem of the date on page six. … Please do not try and make it appear that I purposely tried to spring something on you." Gare also disputed Crichton's assertions that the Australian and Bob Lloyd were trying to create a media spectacle of Ishmael's memoir. "The Lloyds came to you, via HarperCollins, with exactly that intention of private celebration in mind," she wrote Crichton. "They were met with a mix of such rudeness, silence and dismissiveness that they finally went to Andrew Denton's website simply seeking to get help. Andrew Denton's people NB not the Lloyds - eventually got in touch with me after the Lloyds continued to have problems that seemed puzzling. … Ms Crichton, I understand your fierce passion for this book, but nobody at this end has ever tried to do anything except present some key points to Ishmael Beah and to the people who have been working with him. The Lloyds honestly believed and still do that they were going to help unite a father and son." In January, the Australian's European correspondent, Peter Wilson, traveled from London to Sierra Leone to investigate Beah's story on the ground while Gare finished writing the piece back in Sydney. In Sierra Leone, Wilson discovered that the man claiming to be Ishmael's father was mistaken and was most likely a distant cousin, but questions about the book's timeline remained puzzling. Several locals, including the boarding master at Beah's school and the village chief, confirmed to Wilson that the attack on the village of Mattru Jong that Beah describes in the book occurred in January 1995, not 1993. The incident is a pivotal moment in Beah's narrative: After the rebels occupy Mattru Jong, Beah is forced to flee and begins his monthslong exile before being conscripted in the army for two years. "The only way any of us survived was by using a footpath through the swamp which was the one thing the rebels had not noticed," Sylvester Basopan Goba, the acting chief of Mattru Jong, told the Australian. "If they had done their reconnaissance properly none of us would have escaped. I can tell you it was terrible and I tell you that none of that happened in 1993.'' The Australian published its investigation on Jan. 19. Three days later, Beah released a statement stridently rebutting charges that Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC he embellished his experience. "I was right about my family. I am right about my story. This is not something one gets wrong. The Australian's reporters have been calling my college professors, asking if I 'embellished' my story. They published my adoptive mother's address, so she now receives ugly threats. They have used innuendo against me when there is no fact. Though apparently, they believe anything they are told–unless it comes from me or supports my account. Sad to say, my story is all true." The next day, Gare, Wilson, and Nason issued a 1,000-word statement of their own, rebutting Beah's rebuttal and pointing out, among other things, that they published Simms' business Web site, not personal address. In subsequent weeks, the paper published 10 more critical articles further challenging facets of A Long Way Gone. The reporters have assembled their case by interviewing subjects who claim that the memoir's most harrowing scenes didn't happen, or at least not in the gruesome fashion Beah describes. A Jan. 21 piece states: "A large number of people in Beah's home region, including a local chief, a Catholic priest, medical staff at his local hospital, his family's former neighbours, several local miners and Beah's former school principal have independently confirmed to The Australian that the attacks he describes on his home town and region happened in January 1995, not January 1993 as stated in his book." Dan Chaon, Beah's writing professor from Oberlin College, is paraphrased in a Jan. 21 piece agreeing that any inaccuracies in A Long Way Gone should be chalked up to "poetic license." The reporters also pointed out that Beah began working on his memoir with Chaon as fiction, suggesting that embellishments remained after Beah recast the project as nonfiction. A follow-up article on Jan. 25 alleges exaggerations in the map at the beginning of the book. A piece on Jan. 26 quotes both UNICEF relief workers and Western journalists who were stationed in Sierra Leone during the civil war stating that they could not recall the deadly fight in which six people died at the refugee camp which Beah portrays in his book. On Feb. 2, Wilson reported that Beah's former schoolteachers had even located academic documents that prove Beah was in school in March 1993, months after he claims to have fled the rebel attack on Mattru Jong. Despite the allegations, Crichton told me last week that she remains committed to Beah and the truth of his timeline. "The conflict started in 1991. There were successive waves of violence," she says. "That's what Ishmael is writing about." Crichton dismissed the Australian's recent reports that Beah was in school in the spring of 1993. "First, the AP sent a reporter to the school and reported the records were destroyed. Then, the Australian suddenly said, 'a cache of records proves that Ishmael was there.' First of all, that's pretty amazing that there are all these records. Second of all, who are these men? Thirdly, why did they stay up all night long [looking for the documents]?" she said. Crichton hypothesized, "Obviously, these guys are being 11/124 paid, they're not doing this out of the goodness of their heart. And even if they do come up with something, it's the easiest thing in the world to falsify something like that." "That's probably defamatory, apart from anything else," Wilson swiped back. "Does Crichton think the principal is going to take money? They have no reason to lie. They have goodwill towards Ishmael. They went through the records as a matter of hospitality. They were mystified and quite hurt that Ishmael said he didn't know them." When I asked Crichton if the conflicting accounts by the Catholic priest who said he witnessed the only attack on Mattru Jong in 1995 gave her pause that maybe the book fudged at least some of the timeline, Crichton said no, that she believed Beah's narrative to be true. "I have watched [the Australian] publish a systematic distortion of facts. I have heard from too many people who were interviewed by them that their words were taken out of context," she said, citing an aid worker named Leslie Mboka, a former child soldier named Kabba Williams, and Beah's writing teacher Dan Chaon as examples. "I have called people in Sierra Leone, I have done research. I had done research before. Not one of their articles says that there were sporadic attacks before 1995. They started with the supposition that the conflict started then. … They have been cherry-picking their reporting to such a degree that I don't trust them." David Nason, the Australian's New York correspondent, fumed when I told him that Crichton said that he had misquoted Chaon. Nason showed me an e-mail that he sent Chaon on Jan. 29, after Chaon had posted a letter and his version of a transcript on an Australian literary blog. "It seems to me that you guys are awfully naive in accepting your Murdoch produced 'news' as gospel," Chaon posted. "Hmmm. Do you think there might be an agenda in the decision to go after a third world author whose work is making people aware of human rights abuses in his country? Something to think about." Nason e-mailed Chaon in response: "Dan, after 30 years in journalism I've been called a liar by all kinds of crooked politicians, corrupt police and shonky businessmen. It goes with the job," he wrote. "I've also been called a liar by people like you -- decent, ordinary folk who say things they later regret when they see the words in print and seek salvation by slagging off the reporter. This unfortunately goes with the job too. But I've never in 30 years had anyone actually make up a transcript like you have and then post it on the web. I know you're a creative writing professor but this really is taking things to extremes. Fortunately, I taped our conversation (something I am permitted to do under New York and Ohio law) so there is absolutely no doubt about the accuracy of my report, the inaccuracy of your comments post publication and the fraudulent (and potentially actionable) nature of your invented transcript." Last month, FSG rebuffed one of the Australian's claims. Jeff Seroy, FSG's publicity director, e-mailed me a letter that Crichton sent to the Australian on Feb. 14 disputing Wilson's assertion that the map at the beginning of A Long Way Gone exaggerates the length of Beah's journey. For weeks, the Australian had claimed Beah himself had sketched out an inaccurate map used in the book's first edition and hyped the duration of his journey to support his narrative. Crichton's letter shows that FSG has fact-checked the locations Beah mentions in the book, and they check out. "I've been a journalist and a writer for a long time now," Crichton told me. "I've never seen anything like this." The level of vitriol and escalation of rhetoric has surprised both sides. Clearly, as an objective journalistic exercise, the Australian reporters have made this personal. The obsessive nature of their coverage can work against their reporting, but behind their dogged pursuit of Beah, there are serious questions about Beah's retelling of his traumatic teenage experiences and the publishing industry's sole reliance on authors to verify their memoirs. In marshaling their defense, FSG has cited witnesses who met Beah after his arrival at the refugee camp, but no former child soldiers who served directly with Beah have come forward to back him. Several characters, including a caring nurse who helped Beah recuperate and find his voice as a storyteller, haven't been identified at all. Ultimately, though, the truth of what actually transpired might be lost in Africa. Crichton herself told me she recognizes the challenge of re-reporting decade-old events from the fog of one of Africa's most brutal civil wars. "As people who reported from Africa know, it tends to be a difficult continent to cover," she says. "You can't just talk to one person and have your story. That's not reporting." For his part, Wilson says he is willing to go to court to prove he is right. "If I'm maliciously inflicting commercial damage on them, they should sue," he said. "They're not suing because they know I'm telling the truth. And they're hoping we'll just go away. So my response is, sue us, and we'll see you in court." In August, FSG will release A Long Way Gone in paperback. I asked Crichton if the paperback edition will carry a disclaimer or some editorial acknowledgement that the book is based on true events. "There will absolutely not be a disclaimer," she said. "A disclaimer is used when you say I've changed names, he hasn't; moved locales, he hasn't. So, no, there will not be a disclaimer." dear prudence It's No Secret I told a friend her husband was hiding things from her. Now I can't handle the fallout! Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 7:18 AM ET Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC 12/124 Get "Dear Prudence" delivered to your inbox each week; click here to sign up. Please send your questions for publication to prudence@slate.com. (Questions may be edited.) Dear Prudence, My friend and I reconnected just over a year ago after no contact since high school. We picked up where we left off and started spending a lot of time together. She married her high-school sweetheart, and they have a beautiful daughter together. My boyfriend was telling me that he doesn't want to get married because all the married guys he knows are miserable and keep secrets from their wives. Although my friend's husband is not one of the miserable ones, he did tell my boyfriend a secret he "keeps from his wife." My boyfriend then threw this in my face during our marriage discussion, and while venting to my friend about my boyfriend, I told her. Now I feel terrible because she wants to know this secret. I don't know what the secret is, but I regret putting their relationship in turmoil. I also fear this will affect our friendship. There is no chance that this secret is infidelity. For all I know, it could be a "secret" surprise for her. She has grilled her husband, and he assures her that he has no secrets from her. I have apologized several times for mentioning it. I wasn't thinking, and I didn't think she would be this upset. My boyfriend doesn't really remember or know the details of this "secret." How do I reassure my friend that her husband is not lying to her and convince her to let it go? —Secret Spiller Dear Secret, Congratulations! In your boyfriend's quest to prove that all marriages are unhappy and built on deceit, and yours to prove that your boyfriend is a jerk for holding such views, the two of you have managed to release a plume of carbon monoxide into the atmosphere of this happy marriage. Who wouldn't be "this upset" to be told, "Oh, by the way, your husband is keeping a secret from you, but don't ask me what it is, and so, anyway, to get back to my problems …" And since you don't know what the secret is, how can you reassure her it's not infidelity? (My guess is the husband confessed he was attracted to someone else. But who knows?) About the only way you could undo this is if you were to find out that your boyfriend was fibbing, and there was no secret—that he made up the story for his own purposes. In the absence of that confession, there's nothing else you can do, so stop exacerbating things by continuing to whine about how sorry you are. I agree that you have damaged, perhaps fatally, this reestablished friendship. But I see one way your friend and her husband could get back on track: when they unite in agreement that they're sorry the two of you ever came into their lives. —Prudie Dear Prudence Video: Touchy-Feely Father-In-Law Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Dear Prudence, I'm engaged to the most unromantic man on earth. For Valentine's Day this year, he bought me a box of wine, garlic bread (!), and a card that said, "I'm glad you're my wife," which I'm not—I'm his fiancee of two months. (He obviously didn't even read the card before he bought it.) For my birthday, I got $60 in cash. We've never been on a vacation (in four years together), he's never taken me away for the weekend, he's never surprised me with dinner reservations to a decent restaurant, and he has never sent me flowers. I've dropped hints, I've been direct, I've tried to focus on the positive, and I'm over it. And, yes, he is financially able to do something nice for me. I, on the other hand, have put lots of thought and consideration into the gifts I've given him and the surprise plans I've made for us. I've considered simply not trying anymore, I've cried, I've written him a letter letting him know that although I don't need flowers and chocolates every day, I do need to feel special every once in a while. How do you convince an otherwise charming guy that dates and romance do matter? —Actions Speak Louder Than Words Dear Actions, I do find the garlic bread a bold move for Valentine's Day. Maybe he was making a Shakespeare reference: "And in some perfumes is there more delight/ Than in the breath that from my mistress reeks." For the four years you've been with this guy, he has demonstrated a dunderheaded inability to act like a conventional boyfriend. Yet you say he is "charming," and you accepted his proposal. So, if you want to be married to him, and happily, you must stop thinking of his inability to do romance, presents, or even vacations as a quirk that needs fixing, because you can't fix it. Accept that if you want to go on a trip, either you plan it or you end up staying home breathing garlic on each other. But decide now if you can live with this, instead of marrying him, producing a bunch of kids, then heading to divorce court because for your anniversary he got you a savings bond. —Prudie Dear Prudie, I have recently accepted a new job and am leaving my employer of five years. The company has provided me many opportunities, but I am ready for a greater challenge and a better salary. That is not, however, the only reason I have decided to move on. The person who manages my department has been very difficult to work with. He mismanages the department and on occasion makes unethical business decisions. Additionally, he has said inappropriate things that could be construed as sexual harassment and discrimination. Before I began with the department, there were seven other women who quit in a threeyear period. I work in an almost exclusively male industry, and this behavior is often swept under the rug. Many of my friends whom I have confided in over the years urge me to finally say 13/124 something to the department director before I leave. I have made past attempts, all of them futile. My friends believe I have a moral obligation to report the manager so that the next person in my job won't have to suffer. But I would rather leave on the best terms. What should I do? —Resignation Obligation? Dear Resignation, You need to examine what you feel obligated to do and what you feel able to do—and what the consequences are. I talked to employment attorney Philip Gordon of the Gordon Law Group in Boston. He said that given your circumstances, you do not have a legal duty to blow the whistle. But he said that if you go ahead, you should do so with the knowledge that even though you are leaving the firm, you could find yourself subject to retaliation or bad-mouthing within your industry. The law provides ever-stronger safeguards against such payback, but Gordon says proving it can be a wrenching process. You have spoken up over the years to no effect. So, how much attention is the department director going to give you now that you're on your way out? To take this on would be an admirable thing, but you have to want to, and your letter says you don't. If you decide to leave with just smiles and handshakes, go ahead without berating yourself. Gordon adds that if another woman comes along who does take legal action, then you can help her by making yourself available as a witness. —Prudie Dear Prudence, My parents are coming up on their 25th wedding anniversary. I am excited for them and was planning on throwing a small party for friends and family. My mom got wind of the idea, and now she wants to throw herself a full-fledged wedding, complete with cake, dress—the works—because her wedding was not like the weddings people are having today. I think it's in poor taste— you've had your day, it's now time to step aside. My siblings say if she wants another wedding, let her have one. Am I wrong about this? —Unsure Dear Unsure, With all the advances in obstetrics in the past 25 years, just be glad your mother doesn't want to call you up in front of the guests and re-enact your birth. I'm with you that it's somewhat creepy to watch a long-married couple pretend they're young again (and I hope your mother doesn't choose one of the "hot bride" wedding dresses). But I agree with your siblings that if that's what she wants, keep quiet about it. Remember, since some guests will find it moving, and others will find it appalling, everyone will be entertained. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC —Prudie did you see this? Women's History ... With Porn Stars Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 2:20 PM ET dispatches Dispatches From China's Wild West Auto parts and furniture, the unromantic trade goods that travel the modern Silk Road. By Joshua Kucera Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 10:40 AM ET From: Joshua Kucera Subject: China Through the Back Door Posted Monday, March 3, 2008, at 3:48 PM ET NEAR THE CHINESE BORDER, Kyrgyzstan—Bundled into my sleeping bag against the high-altitude chill, unable to sleep, I peered through the bus window. But there was only darkness. I was on a 24-hour bus ride through the desolate borderlands between Kyrgyzstan and China. A combination of harsh geography and paranoid superpowers—the Soviet Union and China—discouraged anyone from settling here in the last 90 years, and this road was opened to travelers only in 2002. The going is still rough. It took us nine hours to travel the 150 miles from Osh, Kyrgyzstan, to the Chinese border, with only one roadside "bathroom" stop at 3 a.m. Whenever I fell into a shallow slumber, I would be jostled awake by the enormous ruts in the dirt road that constantly rattled our bus or the glaring headlights of oncoming trucks. But also contributing to my insomnia were the butterflies in my stomach as I thought about where I was headed: Kashgar! Closer to Turkey than Beijing, surrounded in every direction by 20,000foot mountains or harsh desert, for thousands of years it has been a vibrant but remote outpost on the Silk Road between Europe and Asia and the very definition of the middle of nowhere. Kashgar's Silk Road history has made it a popular tourist destination with Western backpackers and, increasingly, with Chinese tourists. But it was Kashgar's more recent history that interested me and drove me to spend the next few weeks exploring the city and the surrounding province of Xinjiang. 14/124 Xinjiang is the traditional home of the Uighur (pronounced WEE-gur) people, Muslims who speak a language related to Turkish and whose European features and olive skin easily distinguish them from the Han Chinese, who represent more than 90 percent of the people in China but who are a minority in this province. China has exerted some sort of influence here for millenniums, and the Chinese presence has ebbed and flowed— exactly how much is hotly debated between the Chinese and Uighurs. Since their first contact, the Uighurs have stubbornly resisted assimilation. Now China is making a renewed push to cement its control, driven by a confluence of geopolitical factors: its mounting consumption of oil and gas (Xinjiang is home to about one-third of China's total petroleum reserves), growing fear of Islamist extremism (Uighurs have been captured in terrorist training camps in Afghanistan), and the breakup of the Soviet Union. Independence for countries like Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, and Uzbekistan, whose people are closely related to Uighurs, has renewed hope among Uighurs and fear in Beijing that Xinjiang, too, could become an independent state. Aiming to nip that ambition in the bud, Beijing is cracking down on the slightest sign of Uighur nationalist sentiment and is rapidly moving Han Chinese people into Xinjiang in an apparent effort to change the demographic balance there. Think Tibet, but without the Dalai Lama or the Beastie Boys. When we reached the Kyrgyz border station just after dawn, the bus driver collected 500 Kyrgyz som—about $13—from each passenger to bribe the border guards. I was exempted, as was the only other tourist on the bus, a soft-spoken Russian named Ilya who planned to bicycle to Tibet. The other passengers were Uzbek or Kyrgyz suitcase traders re-creating a poor man's version of the Silk Road. They were on their way to buy cheap Chinese clothes and electronics they would then sell in their ruined post-Soviet hometowns, and they were at the mercy of the border guards. We lined up inside the border post, our breaths visible in the unlit room, the wooden floor creaking under our feet. For an extra 100 som, the Kyrgyz guards gave us the option of purchasing a piece of paper declaring that we did not have AIDS. This, it was stressed, was optional, but we were warned that the Chinese border guards might ask for it. All the traders bought one, and on their recommendation Ilya did, too. Naturally, the "certification" was made without the benefit of a medical examination. When it was my turn in line, the guard simply noted my American passport and smiled. It was Sept. 11, and in fair English he said he was sorry about what happened six years earlier. He didn't even offer me a certificate. Of course, on the Chinese side of the border no one asked for my AIDS papers. After lengthy border procedures and several hours Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC of traveling through a barren, rocky landscape of reds and browns, we reached Kashgar after dark. Far from the remote outpost of my imagination, Kashgar was a dynamic city with new, wide, and well-lit streets and batterypowered mopeds humming by noiselessly. The city's taxis were metered—something that, after several months of haggling with Azeri, Uzbek, and Kyrgyz hacks while traveling through the former Soviet Union, seemed the height of modernity. Neon signs greeted me in Chinese and a brand of English with which I would soon become very familiar: "WELCOME TO KASHGAR. THE TOUR WITHOUT KASHGAR IS NOT CONSIDERED THAT YOU HAVE BEEN XINJIANG." In the morning, though, it was easier to see Kashgar's character through the sleek veneer it has acquired over the last few years. Sure, too many of the buildings in the ancient city center are new, obviously cheap knockoffs of Kashgar's traditional, bricked Islamic architecture. And, yes, the street commerce that has existed here for thousands of years has now been overwhelmed by tourist kitsch (miniature Uighur lutes, engraved teapots with "Made in Pakistan" stamped across the bottom). But the spirit was still there. Groups of bearded men in embroidered fourcornered skullcaps sipped scalding-hot tea out of bowls in dark teahouses, and women in bright multicolored silk dresses bought vegetables from carts in the narrow alleys. Kashgar is one of the most heavily Uighur cities in China. According to official figures, just 10 percent of its people are Han, but more and more Chinese people are arriving. Han are heavily overrepresented in government jobs—most policemen, for example, are Chinese, including the ones, posted in the sparkling-clean pedestrian underpasses, who sit in front of backlit propaganda posters, which declaim, in Chinese and Uighur: A stable Kashgar is my responsibility, A friendly and open Kashgar is my responsibility, A harmonious Kashgar is my responsibility. And in case there is any doubt about who is in charge, a 59-foot statue of Mao Zedong, one of the largest in China, dominates the vast main square. After a short stroll, I got a haircut in a shop decorated with the same placards you see throughout the Middle East—posters of praying cherubs in front of the Kabaa in Mecca. Included in the price of the haircut (about 75 cents) was a quick but efficient massage. Invigorated, I set out to find a translator and guide. The first man I met, a friend of a friend of a friend, was nervous. The first thing he said to me was, "If you are a writer, I think it's better to stay away from you." (I was afraid even to utter the word journalist—because of its political sensitivity, Xinjiang is 15/124 off-limits even to credentialed journalists, unless they have special permission, and I was posing as a tourist.) "But call me in an hour or so, and I'll see if I can find something," he said, vaguely. Five minutes later, he found me and explained that he had watched me walk away and hadn't seen anyone following me. So we stopped for a tea and he explained that over the last year, the police had tightened their grip on all types of political activities and he didn't want to risk being seen with a journalist. "But call this guy," he said, scribbling down a cell phone number. "He'll help you." From: Joshua Kucera Subject: Ramadan in China Posted Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 7:49 AM ET KASHGAR, China—It was the first day of Ramadan, and although Ali, my translator, was fasting, I wasn't. He was a good sport about finding me a place to eat lunch, though. He took me to a couple of Muslim-owned restaurants, but both turned out to be closed for the holiday. I proposed Chinese food instead, but Ali refused even to consider the possibility. "Have you ever eaten Chinese food?" I asked. "No," he said. "I never eat food made by nonbelievers—it's unclean." But what if he were to come to America and I invited him over for dinner? Would he eat what I cooked? He changed the subject and took me to Best Food, a Chinese hamburger chain, which, even though it appeared to be staffed exclusively by Chinese workers, was apparently acceptable because it represented Western cultural encroachment into Kashgar. Chinese encroachment, to Ali and most Uighurs here, is an entirely different matter. Although nominally "autonomous," Xinjiang is anything but. The Chinese government restricts the use of the Uighur language, has closed many mosques and monitors clerics, and gives preferential treatment to the Han Chinese who migrate here in increasing numbers. The situation has only gotten worse since Sept. 11. China has used the specter of Islamist terrorism to crack down on every form of Uighur political activity. (Washington bears some small responsibility for this: To enlist Chinese support in the "war on terror," the State Department put one shadowy Uighur organization on its list of terrorist groups, a fact that China frequently trumpets as it cracks down on Uighurs, terrorists or otherwise.) Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC A proud Uighur nationalist, "Ali"—not his real name—was in his early 20s. Short and thin, he wore the same black T-shirt, black jeans, and black dress shoes during the three days I spent with him. He spoke Chinese poorly and had taught himself English. He didn't go to university, which he blamed on the Chinese government's racism. I told him I was surprised to see how developed Kashgar was. "The Uighurs are just keeping these roads and buildings for the Chinese," he replied. "More and more Chinese are coming here, and they have skills we don't. We're getting poorer and poorer, and eventually we're going to end up as their slaves." As we sat in the plastic booth while I ate my spicy chicken sandwich and fries and Ali watched, I asked whether there was any special TV programming for Ramadan. I knew many Muslim countries rolled out big miniseries for the holiday. "No, it's the opposite here," he said. "I think the government puts on movies with kissing and things like that, especially during Ramadan." After lunch, Ali and I went to a government-run factory where Uighurs mass-produced their traditional hats, clothes, and musical instruments to sell to tourists. We stopped in the rug showroom, where the friendly Chinese assistants offered us chrysanthemum tea. I had some, but Ali declined. They insisted, and he had to explain that he couldn't drink anything until sundown. Although they lived in a city that was 90 percent Muslim, they didn't know that Ramadan had started. Next, we headed to the Id Kah mosque, built in 1442, the center of Kashgar life since then. Ali explained that the plaza in front of the mosque used to be crowded with food stalls, flower gardens, and a huge clock tower. All are now gone, victims of government "renovation." Instead, a huge JumboTron screen now shows kung fu and other Chinese movies every night. We passed through the mosque's yellow-brick archway, into its cool courtyard, thick with shade trees, where small groups of men were chatting quietly. Ali pointed to a glass-enclosed sign addressed to tourists in Chinese, Uighur, and English. "First, you should read this nonsense," he said. By "nonsense," he was referring not to their tortured verbiage (his English was curious enough; for example, he called handicrafts "manual dexterity of the people") but to their aggressively political content. After a couple of vague sentences about the mosque's early history, the text turned to a lengthy description of the Communist Chinese government's restoration efforts, including its construction, in 1983, of a "modern public bathroom." "All of it shows fully," the sign continued, "that Chinese government always pays special attentions to the another and historical cultures of the ethnic groups, and that all ethnic groups 16/124 warmly welcome Part[y]'s religious policy. … All ethnic groups live friendly together here. They cooperate to build a beautiful homeland, support heartily the unity of different ethnic groups and the unity of our country, and oppose the ethnic separatism and illegal religious activities." There were similar rah-rah messages at the 17th-century mausoleum of a Uighur holy man and at Pan Tuo City, a brand-new monument on the outskirts of town that commemorates the Chinese conquest, in the first century, of the territory that would later become Xinjiang. The politicization of Kashgar's historic sites has been accompanied by a similar commercialization. To tour the most intact neighborhood of traditional Muslim homes—which stood in for 1970s Kabul in the movie The Kite Runner—you must pay a $4 entrance fee. The money goes to a private company owned by a Chinese businessman. Families who live in the neighborhood receive some money in exchange for allowing tourists to roam around their houses, but it's a pittance, one elderly couple complained. "And they don't do anything to improve the neighborhood, either," the woman told me, as we talked in the courtyard of her charming, but crumbling, home. Of course, that would negate the whole purpose. According to the brochure I was handed as I entered, "By visiting the old town, you will feel like you are in the middle ages." By dinner time, Ali was unable to talk about anything except the exact time the sun would go down. We found a Uighur restaurant, where the large majority of patrons were Han. (However they may feel about Uighurs, Chinese people do love Uighur food.) Ali had several long conversations with the waitress about exactly when it would be time to eat, made three cell phone calls to the same effect, and went outside twice to check on the downward progress of the sun. At last, the time came, and our waitress brought Ali a bowl of water, which he gulped down. He did the same with another one, and then he asked for a bigger bowl. We'd been walking in the heat all day, and I tallied up the liquid I'd drunk: a supersized Coke at Best Food, a couple of bottles of water, tea at the rug shop, and several other cups along the way. The waitress brought Ali a piece of bread, which he scarfed down, and I noticed several members of the waitstaff discreetly chewing on their own pieces of bread. After dinner, we went to what was supposed to be a performance of traditional muqam music, but it turned out to be an appallingly minstrelized version of Uighur culture. The show included a song called "Kashgar," lip-synced in Chinese by a Wayne Newton-esque crooner against a painted backdrop of a fantasy Kashgar. The backdrop included the clock tower— demolished five years earlier—and, behind it, a skyline filled with Shanghai-like skyscrapers, presumably a vision of Kashgar's future. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC I was surprised that Ali had wanted to take me to the show, since it seemed to be the epitome of all the offenses to his culture he'd been complaining about all day. In all the museums, historic sites, government propaganda, and monuments, Uighurs were always smiling widely, dressed in traditional clothes, and they were often singing or dancing—they were never portrayed as statesmen, scholars, or war heroes. It was pretty easy to read between the lines: Yes, the Uighurs are fun-loving and charming, but they're a bit primitive and certainly not capable of ruling themselves. Leaving the show, my head spinning, I tried to explain all this to Ali. He paused for a second and said: "But I like to dance." His failure to take offense at the show confused me, and I kept thinking about it long after I left Xinjiang. A couple of months later, when I returned home, I met Rebiya Kadeer, a Uighur activist and Nobel Peace Prize nominee who now lives in the United States. I told her the story of the muqam show and asked her about Ali's response. "Uighurs do feel the insult, but they're used to those kinds of insults. Maybe he couldn't find another place where true Uighur songs were sung. Muqam exists only in name now—it's slowly disappearing, and you don't see a lot of singers anymore. So at least in that place you see Uighurs singing songs," she said. "This is a time of confusion for Uighurs. We live in fear, we can't speak what is in our hearts, moral values have changed, and that's why we can't see things clearly. We're not the Uighurs of before." From: Joshua Kucera Subject: China's Oil Boom Posted Wednesday, March 5, 2008, at 6:56 AM ET KORLA, China—It was morning when I arrived in Korla, the capital of Xinjiang's oil boom, and the sky was dark, the sun obscured by a thick cloud of dust from the adjacent Taklamakan Desert. Many people on the street wore masks against the dust— the Chinese favored surgical-style versions, while many Uighur women wore delicate white cotton masks with lace trim. Most of the inhabited parts of Xinjiang are dotted around the Taklamakan, an utterly lifeless expanse larger than Colorado whose name, roughly translated, means "Go in and don't come out." It is a graveyard for countless Silk Road caravans and was 17/124 one of the last unexplored frontiers on the planet—the first time anyone crossed it the longer, east-west way was in 1993. These days, rather than being an obstacle, the Taklamakan is the attraction. Oil was discovered here in the 1950s, and over the last decade, China's speeding economy has created an oil rush in Xinjiang. Whatever Third Worldliness persists in Kashgar has been driven out of sight here in Korla, the home of the PetroChina Tarim Basin Oil Control Center, which operates the Taklamakan oil fields. The neatly laid-out downtown boasts meticulously tended parks bursting with orange and yellow carnations. In the course of just one day, I saw two free performances of Chinese opera in small outdoor theaters, elderly women doing a synchronized folk dance, and a blood drive. It was all incredibly wholesome. At Eversun, a Chinese coffee shop chain with a five-star-hotellobby vibe and piped-in Michael Bolton, I met a former top city official I'll call Mr. Yi. He explained that Korla's tidiness is not an accident. In fact, the Chinese government has named Korla China's cleanest city, and Korla has made the countrywide rankings in the "most charming," "best relations between the army and public," and even "best overall city" categories. "The government pays a lot of attention to this. It took us five years to win the title of cleanest city," he said. The city's efforts included deputizing retirees to patrol street corners, bus stations, and other public places to issue on-the-spot fines (of a little less than $1) to citizens found tossing cigarette butts or engaging in China's national pastime, spitting. It worked so well, he said, the fines are no longer necessary—people in Korla have been trained not to spit. And he seemed to be right: To my great relief, Korla's men did seem to manage their saliva. Yi grew up in Korla in the 1960s, just after oil was discovered in the Taklamakan. "Then, it was like a village. The roads were dirt, and you could see donkeys and carts everywhere. There weren't very many people, and the minorities were a much bigger part of the population. It was a lot more Muslim," he said. The city's population is now 430,000, and it's growing by an additional 20,000 people every year, he told me. The central government encourages people to come to Korla by relaxing land-use rules, offering tax breaks for businesses, and making it easier to acquire residency permits. "When businessmen come here and see that this is a nice and clean city, they think that the people here must be good," he said. Of course, as in Kashgar, most of the migrants are Han Chinese, and this urban renewal is pushing out Uighurs. Yi claimed it's not intentional: "We need development from outside Xinjiang. Almost all the businessmen in China are Han Chinese, so there is no choice. That's just the reality," he said. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Later I met Michael Manning, a 27-year-old New Jersey native who moved to Korla in 2005 to work as an English teacher and is now setting up a business exporting sun-dried tomatoes. He also documents life in Xinjiang on his excellent blog, The Opposite End of China. Despite taboos about talking about Uighur nationalism and separatism, Manning manages to broach those topics regularly without any apparent protest from the authorities. "A significant portion of the population isn't benefiting at all from this newfound wealth," he wrote in one post. "More disturbing―and perhaps dangerous for Xinjiang―is the fact that Uighurs are almost completely excluded from the oil boom. I can't even think of a single Uighur I've met whose employment is related to the petrochemical industry in any way. Obviously, this breeds resentment in those people still living in mud-brick huts, which are frequently demolished to build another garish new apartment complex." "I have no idea why I haven't been kicked out yet," he told me. He offered to show me around Korla's Uighur district. It's just a couple of blocks from the shopping centers and parks where I'd been spending my time, but crossing over to its unpaved streets, mud houses, and chaos is like leaving San Diego for Tijuana. We passed horribly deformed beggars, a butcher shop with a whole skinned sheep hanging outside the door, and a whitebearded street musician with a sort of Uighur lute. Manning said that in the last year he has seen used syringes around the Uighur town. Hashish was a common drug; now heroin is becoming more popular. Several of Michael's Uighur friends do drugs, but he doesn't know any Chinese people in Korla who do. We stopped to visit a friend of Manning's who has a shop in the old town. He said he expects that his shop will be torn down soon to make room for new development, and he doesn't think he'll be able to set up shop again in this neighborhood. "I won't be able to get a new business license—in all the newly developed parts of the city, the licenses are too expensive. So, I'll probably have to move to a village," he said. "I have no problem with development, but it's the Chinese who get all the benefits," he said. "The government is always talking about how all the nationalities in China are like one big family, but the reality is that the Chinese don't want anything to do with us, especially with the Uighurs. They don't want to work with us, do business with us, be friends with us." All over the margins of the old town, new 20-story buildings are going up, and the city is extending a pleasant concrete riverside promenade, where I had seen one of the Chinese operas, into the Uighur part of town. In one week alone, two old Uighur restaurants had been bulldozed to make way for the promenade, Manning said. 18/124 "The government likes to use Korla as an example of what Xinjiang could be—rich, clean, and harmonious," he said. "The vision is for it to be the Houston of China, and they want a big shiny city, not these dirty old houses." From: Joshua Kucera Subject: The New Silk Road Posted Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 10:40 AM ET URUMQI, China—Walking into the Bian Jiang Hotel in Urumqi was a bit like stepping into a post-Soviet version of the Star Wars cantina scene. Every variety of Russian and Central Asian hustler was there: dark-skinned, mustached men in leather jackets; blond Russian women in track pants and midriff-baring T-shirts; Uzbek women with black eyes and flowing, multicolored dresses. The clocks behind the reception desk didn't bother to display the time in London or New York, or even Beijing, but they showed eight time zones across the former Soviet Union, from Baku to Novosibirsk. After two weeks in China, where I was completely at sea with the language, I was thrilled to be in a place where I could communicate unaided in basic Russian. In the coffee shop, I struck up a conversation with a trio of middle-aged, gold-toothed Uzbek women at the table next to me. But they weren't interested in chitchat and immediately got down to business: "So, do you want a girl?" one asked. Over the last 15 years, Urumqi, the capital of Xinjiang, has developed into the main hub of a gritty, 21 st-century Silk Road that has emerged out of the ruins of the Soviet Union. Under the Soviet Union's planned economy, almost all its international trade, even from the far reaches of the empire, was conducted through Moscow. But with the collapse of the USSR, countries like Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, and Kyrgyzstan—and cities in eastern Russia—are doing more and more of their business with neighboring China. That trade has changed the face of Urumqi, an undistinguished city of gray concrete high rises and a freeway system whose decrepitude reminded me of Detroit. Signs in Russian—the lingua franca of the former Soviet states—were everywhere, and when I walked into shops I was greeted with "Zdrastvuitye" more often than "Hello." Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC The goods traded these days are a good deal less romantic than the silk, gold, and ivory of the original Silk Road. Urumqi's streets are filled with Russian-language signs advertising auto parts and construction supplies. A mall next to the Bian Jiang sells cheap Chinese clothes, MP3 players, and cell phones at wholesale prices to buyers from Russia and Central Asia. The Hualin Market, a massive furniture and building-materials emporium, is one of the top destinations for shoppers from Central Asia. It has five floors, in ascending order of luxury: The first floor is a chaotic, jumbled mess of couches shrink-wrapped in plastic and coffee tables stacked on top of one another. By the fourth and fifth floors, though, it looks like an upscale American shopping mall. I stopped into one shop on the fourth floor, where a Kazakh woman wearing white, fringed-leather boots shopped among the $2,500 couches. A shop assistant served me a paper cup of green tea and talked about the clientele of the shop. More than half of visitors are from Central Asia, mainly Kazakhstan, where the oil boom has spurred the growth of a large middle class. The Central Asian market is growing so much, Fang Wei said, that Hualin is planning to open a branch in Almaty, the biggest city in Kazakhstan. She said she only speaks a few words of Russian—hello, goodbye, and the names of several types of furniture—but all the Central Asian shoppers hire their own Chinese translators. Today, because the industries of most former Soviet states are largely ruined and the countries have little to export, the trade is pretty one-sided. In 2006, for example, Chinese exports to Kyrgyzstan were 150 times greater than the trade in the other direction. The only commodities China imports in large quantities from Central Asia are heroin, which comes from Afghanistan via Tajikistan, and oil and natural gas, mainly from Kazakhstan, the only country in the region with which China has something resembling a balance of trade. Trade between Xinjiang and Central Asian has evolved since the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991, one government trade expert told me on condition that I not use his name. The first wave consisted of small-time traders buying low-quality clothes and other consumer goods, but as Russia and Kazakhstan grow richer on oil money, and China produces higher-quality products, Chinese exports now include cars and heavy machinery. Trade between Xinjiang and Kazakhstan totaled $6 billion in 2005, and Xinjiang's total international trade has increased from less than $1 billion in 1996 to an estimated $9 billion last year. "Now, more people in university study Russian than English here, and the ones who study Russian are hired even before they graduate," he said. In 2004, flights from Urumqi to Moscow, Almaty, and Tashkent were only weekly; now there are daily flights to those cities, as well as direct flights from Urumqi to 19/124 Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Azerbaijan, Afghanistan, Pakistan, and several cities in Russia, Kazakhstan, and Uzbekistan. Today, only 1 percent of trade between Europe and China travels by land—some key roads in Central Asia are unpaved, and the Soviet Union created its railroads on a different gauge from neighboring countries, necessitating time-consuming transfers over borders into China and Europe. Hoping to reduce the cost and duration of transcontinental travel, China and the European Union are floating a variety of projects to create new, efficient transportation corridors that would pass straight through Xinjiang. In November 2007, the Asian Development Bank announced an $18 billion program to create six new highways linking Europe and Asia, four of which would pass through Xinjiang. They highway project was billed as a "modern day Silk Road," and it looks like the hustlers at the Bian Jiang and the shoppers at Hualin are merely the pioneers. dispatches Trade-Offs Is China the key to Africa's development? By Eliza Barclay Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 7:17 AM ET ARUSHA, Tanzania—Inside a dark shop opposite a frenetic bus station, transistor radios are stacked beneath newfangled LED flashlights and belts hang like snakes from the ceiling, their buckles emblazoned with the decidedly un-African word Guangzhou. Outside, in the equatorial sunshine, men who crowded inside the store become mobile versions of it, strapping to their backs 4-foot-wide square racks interlaced with watches, wallets, belts, and other items. A lanky young vendor whom I'll call Charles walks miles to the city's outskirts shouldering a weighty rack of trinkets, hoping to unload it along the way. Charles, who asked that his real name not be used because it's illegal to vend in the city center, hawks plastic watches for 40 cents and leather belts for $1.80, but his sales are consistent, and on a good day he takes home $45 in earnings. What is impressive about Charles' operation is not only the low, low prices of the Chinese goods he sells but that he brings them to people in the slums who've never bought these things before. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC "These new Chinese products help low-income people because they can't afford the European or American stuff," says Mr. Abasi, who owns the store that supplies Charles and other vendors. "People know these products are not good quality, but they buy them because they look expensive." While the United States and Europe still loom large here as cultural and economic icons, China is making inroads into Africa in rivulets. In this city, Tanzania's second largest, the rivulets take the form of manufactured goods, construction projects like roads and cell-phone towers, and a smattering of Chinese restaurants. For a desperately poor country like Tanzania, this "South-South" trade with China has created massive new opportunities for accelerating economic development. In recent years, the increase in trade flows between sub-Saharan Africa and Asia has been dramatic—exports from Asia to Africa have grown at an annual rate of 18 percent since 2002. Part of the equation is that low-cost goods from China fit economies like Tanzania's well. Goods like those sold by Charles are lowquality and sometimes fake, but they are creating new microenterprise opportunities for entrepreneurial Africans. Charles told me he, like many other Arusha vendors who had regular jobs before going independent, worked in a shoe shop until he was laid off. The new opportunities to trade with China are so tantalizing for Africans that some are returning from abroad to invest in their homelands. Georgine Spake is an elegant, tall Congolese woman who speaks English with a thick French accent and lives in the leafy suburbs of Washington, D.C., with her American husband and four children. Upon visiting her birthplace of Kinshasa last June, after a nine-year hiatus, Spake told me she was dumbfounded to discover that most of her friends and family were traveling to and from China to do business. Lured by the promise of turning her own respectable profit, Spake flew to the bustling manufacturing hub of Guangzhou, China, to investigate import opportunities with a cousin who was already importing security cameras and telephones. She stayed for a month, paying a Congolese man who lived there $150 to be her translator and fixer throughout her stay. By the end, she arranged for the shipment of 30 tons of garlic to be sold at wholesale in Kinshasa. She chose garlic, she said, because there has been great demand for it since the eastern Democratic Republic of Congo, which traditionally cultivated garlic and onions, fell prey to conflict. According to Spake, Guangzhou was swarming with Africans. Each night, many of them congregated at a bar called the Elephant, where African musicians and dancers performed. There she exchanged business tips in hushed tones with Senegalese, Cameroonians, and Zimbabweans, as their local handlers hovered nearby to prevent their clients from being poached by other handlers. 20/124 Spake now communicates with a Chinese partner by e-mail and phone and plans to return to Guangzhou this June to arrange more shipments of garlic and, perhaps, tomato paste. Though the trade balance between China and Africa is heavily weighted toward Chinese exports, Africa's exports to China grew by 48 percent annually between 1999 and 2004, according to the World Bank. Just as it has grown ravenous for Sudan's oil and the DRC's gold, China is discovering Tanzania's natural resources. In the southern coastal region, Chinese companies are buying millions of dollars' worth of indigenous hardwood logs to feed China's construction and furniture industries, which supply companies like IKEA with products. Nonprofit organizations that monitor the trade in illicit goods have tracked the flow of ivory from and through Tanzania to China. But as China's investments grow increasingly hard to resist, the fast-flowing trade is ripe for corruption in weak African states like Tanzania. A report released in May 2007 by TRAFFIC International, a joint program of the WWF and IUCN—the World Conservation Union, found that Tanzania had lost $58 million in timber revenue to corruption, in part because the majority of the timber sales were illegal. Most of the benefits from the trade were lumped among a select few groups with little trickling down to the communities living closest to the forests. One way to ensure that local communities benefit from the logging is to process timber products on African soil before exporting them, says Rogers Malimbwi, a professor of natural resources at Sokoine University in Dar es Salaam. Tanzania's timber sector is beginning to build mills to process the timber, but much of it still leaves the country as intact logs, he said. Meanwhile, African consumers are also beginning to experience the ugly side of trading with China, a lesson Americans learned all too well last year with the massive recalls of Chinese-made dog food and toys. In October 2007, counterfeit electrical equipment from China caused fatal electrical fires in Dar es Salaam, the country's commercial capital, according to the Confederation of Tanzania Industries, which called for a crackdown on counterfeits. "The Chinese medicines are making people sick, and the electrical wires are not safe," said Spake. "But China is giving the African people a chance to do business and make more money, and for some people that means being able to buy food to eat." dispatches Monger Me, Obama! Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC The mood in Texas. By Meghan O'Rourke Monday, March 3, 2008, at 5:37 PM ET SAN ANGELO, Texas—On Friday, I stood in the crowd at Barack Obama's San Antonio rally next to a gray-haired man reading Ficino's Platonic Theology in Latin. Beside him, a young interracial couple—which felt like the norm, rather than the exception, in the audience—hugged as Stevie Wonder played over the loudspeakers. The Verizon Wireless Center had a charged feel, and not just because of the rotation of soul songs blasting around us: Most of the rally-goers had waited for half an hour in a line that snaked to the edge of the parking lot while the flat light of the setting sun sliced the wide sky. Even the cities in Texas have a quality of open space. At the rally, that quality translated into precisely the type of civic openness that Obama has advocated for throughout his campaign. The audience was talkative, friendly, and multiracial; earlier, everyone had held hands and prayed. The neo-Platonist said that Obama reminded him of Bobby Kennedy, the kind of figure able to inspire audiences to political action. He didn't understand Hillary's attacks on Obama's optimistic rhetoric, or the press's skepticism about it. What was wrong, exactly, with using language to inspire a crowd to vote, to care about their civil liberties? Talking about policy details wouldn't get them to the polls. Inspiring them would. On my right, a young black man screamed when Obama entered the amphitheatre, and he rushed over to greet him; he came back pumping his fist and saying, "He shook my hand!" I'd expected such latter-day Beatlemania, but two things surprised me: First, the excitement wasn't based on gender in the way I'd come to expect. (If anything, the guys seemed more excited than the ladies.) Second, the energy was far more sober than the reports of Obama fever had led me to believe. I've been living in Texas for two months, mostly in Marfa, a small town in the western part of the state where ranchers and artists happily coexist; over the past weeks, I've driven across Texas talking in a casual way with people about what they think of the Democratic primary taking place tomorrow. Nearly everyone I've spoken to has said they believe Obama will win. In Austin, a trendy store not far from the University of Texas was selling "Barack Obama is Good!" T-shirts. A few in the women's large size were left, but the men's had nearly sold out. On a plane from Houston to Austin, I talked to an ex-Navy diver who was planning to vote for McCain: He hoped that Hillary would win the primary, but thought it unlikely, because Obama had seized the imagination of so many voters. ("What do you think he really believes?" he asked me. "I can't tell.) Meanwhile, a middle-aged gas station attendant in the small town of Brady reluctantly exposed his feelings about Hillary. "She scares me like the devil," he said, slowly. A Republican, he 21/124 didn't like talking about his politics to anyone, he said, and then added that he thought that the "Osama—Osama Bin Laden" fellow had some good ideas: for example, about how CEOs shouldn't make in 10 minutes what workers make in a year (a line from Obama's stump speech). The most striking thing to me—a lifetime New Englander—is just how independentminded Texas voters see themselves as being. It's a live-and-letlive attitude that extends from coffee to politics. ("I don't listen to the radio. I don't read the newspapers. I don't watch TV," a man in a coffee shop in San Angelo told me.) It's a common critique of Obama that his followers have become messianic—that the candidacy is built on little more than the man's Lincoln-esque charisma and the soft hucksterism of "hope." While a cult of personality clearly has sprung up around the guy—and watching him perform, you can see why—the irony is that Obama's actual message is more demanding (if not more detail-oriented) than that of any other candidate I can remember. What makes people excited, it seemed to me at the San Antonio rally, was the invitation Obama issued to the crowd to participate in what was to come. He wasn't telling them what he and Washington would do for them, and he wasn't complaining; he just said, we want you to think, we want you to volunteer, we want you to vote. What made folks go wild was the way that Obama demands something of his audience by reminding them that this is a bottom-up rather than top-down enterprise. to a place of calm empowerment (there's really no other word for it), mostly by seeming to talk to them about the choices they were going to make about their own futures, rather than by merely telling them to choose him. "Some people call us hopemongers," he began, about to explain why this was a false charge, when the young black man next to me shouted out "Monger me, Obama!" And there it was: the power Obama has to speak to those who need hope more than they trust experience. For all these reasons, though, Obama is susceptible to the larger counternarratives being used against him—that he is a Muslim, a Communist, and (with more grounding) that he has little practice at policy-making. In the coffee shop in San Angelo—a city anchored by its Air Force base—where I've been working, a conversation broke out about whether Obama is a Muslim, and, if so, whether it matters. Last night, lightning flickered along the edges of eastern and central Texas, bringing with it thunder and hailstorms. drink Could a Coffee Maker Be Worth $11,000? How the Clover is changing the way we think about coffee. The most recent polls in Texas suggest that Hillary is closing the gap Obama had widened over the past few weeks in taking the lead. Over the weekend, the polls showed a dead heat, with both candidates at 47 percent of the votes. One thing that may work against Obama in a state like Texas, with a strong military presence where security matters to many of the independent voters, who can vote in the Democratic primary on Tuesday, is that it's actually very hard to convey with short quotes the breadths of Obama's speeches. The effect depends almost entirely on the nature of the relationship he develops with his audience. It's a lot like being in church with a smart, educated minister gently reminding you that it's possible to lead a richer and more generous life. What TV sound bites don't quite capture is the careful way Obama splices the measured rhetoric of a Harvard Law grad with the oratorical energies of the black church. The campaign speech (in its current incarnation) is not a frenzy-whipping peroration. On the contrary, it's a challenge to listeners to step up to the plate and to put aside tired oppositions that have bogged the nation down. Sure, it's short on specifics. But the way he calmly deconstructs old binaries is impressive. And it jolts you into thinking that sometimes a rut is just a rut, not a road. The morning of the San Antonio rally, Hillary released her nowinfamous "Red Phone" ad, and Obama responded during his speech by stressing that it was judgment, not just experience, that matters. By now, he'd worked the crowd not to a frenzy but Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC By Paul Adams Wednesday, March 5, 2008, at 6:58 AM ET The New York Times used words like "cult object," "majestic," and "titillating"; the Economist called it "ingenious" and "sleek." The subject of these encomiums is, incongruously, a commercial coffee machine—the Clover 1s, an $11,000 device that brews regular coffee (not espresso) one cup at a time. Could the Clover represent that much of an advance in the state of the coffee art? I had to try it for myself. I convinced the manufacturer, Coffee Equipment Company, to send me a demo model, but they didn't tell me, until the machine was already en route to my apartment, that it requires a fist-sized 30-amp commercial electric outlet. So that option didn't work out: The crated-up machine and a massive grinder sat tantalizingly unused in my building for a week, then went back. Fortunately, David Latourell, a company representative who flew from Seattle to meet with me, had pull at Cafe Grumpy, a Manhattan cafe that owns two of the machines. After hours, as the last customers finished their cups and left, the long-haired, fast-talking Seattleite and I wedged ourselves behind Grumpy's coffee bar, and I had my chance to play with a Clover at last. The Clover is so eyebrow-raisingly expensive because it's not mass-produced: Each device is built to order by a small Seattle 22/124 company. It brews coffee like a French press, but it's more dramatic to watch and much more precise. Unlike lesser methods of making coffee, which are no more reliable than their users and can't be counted on to produce the same cup twice, the Clover is equipped with a "PID algorithm" for regulating temperature and "programmable workflow modes" to help micromanage the brewing process. Latourell enumerates six variables that contribute to the taste of brewed coffee—choice of bean, grind, "dose" of coffee, brewing time, temperature, and amount of water. The first three, for better or worse, are in the hands of the barista ("Call me when you get a better grinder!" Latourell half-teases the Grumpy staff)—but the Clover can precisely regulate the last three. prescribes a coarser grind for the next cup, explaining to the baristas hovering near us that "counterintuitively, broadening the grind profile adds body!" The faceplate of the Clover is reminiscent of a high-end stereo and, with a gleaming stainless-steel surface and blue LED readout, is clearly designed to embody a similar tweaky-geeky aesthetic. A big, black knob allows me to navigate the configuration options and dial in each cup's specifications: I choose 16 ounces of water at 203 degrees Fahrenheit for 44 seconds—relatively brief compared with the few minutes a French press takes. I'm becoming a Clover addict, just as I feared. It's not the tasty coffee itself that's drawing me in—although that caffeine euphoria certainly colors my mood. It's the joy of tinkering, really delving into the possibilities of a coffee bean in a way I've never considered before. After several more cups, each with their own quirks, it's time to go: The baristas have finished sweeping up around our feet and are clearly eager to leave. But there's one more cup I want to try: I dial in the same settings that produced cup No. 2, the greatest success so far. Forty-four seconds later, there it is, the exact same delicate, floral-scented brew I remember. That's the consistency you pay for. When I press the "Brew" button, a circular platform sinks down from the top of the machine into a steamy cylindrical operating chamber. I'm sure I'm not the first Clover user to experience a quick flashback to a vivid childhood memory—watching, horrified, as Darth Vader lowers Han Solo into his carbonite freezer. I have just a couple of seconds to pour a measure of coffee into the chamber before the built-in spigot activates and spurts exactly 16 ounces of hot water onto the grounds. The coffee steeps for the programmed 44 seconds, and then, like a French press in reverse, the platform rises, pushing the grounds back up to the surface. As it ascends, a vacuum separates the liquid from the grounds, sucking the brewed coffee down through a micro-perforated filter and into the hidden depths of the machine. By the time the platform returns to its original position (flush with the machine's top), all that's left on it is a tightly compressed puck of wet grounds, which I squeegee into a waste bin. A second press of the master button dispenses the coffee from the front of the machine. Stationed at the Clover, I spend two hours and a $50 pound of good beans trying to make the coffee sing, to achieve the cup of my dreams. The first cup has a muddy, dark taste with too much roasted flavor, although the butterscotch richness of the beans comes through. For the second cup, I keep the brewing time and the ratio of water to coffee the same, but I dial the temperature up from 203 degrees to 206 degrees. Immediately there's a difference: This one is far closer to perfect—resonant with floral and citric aromas and round, up-front sweetness—but it lacks a certain substance. I start to pick up the rhapsodic coffee-geek argot, bantering about brightness, notes, extraction. Latourell Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC But this strategy doesn't seem to work: The third cup, brewed with the same parameters as the second, is thin, with none of the previous transporting scents. I recklessly crank the temperature to 210 degrees, and the coffee that squirts out is dramatically different—it could pass for a different bean. The complex jasmine notes that distinguished the cups so far are gone, replaced by a delicate wininess that reminds me of Kalamata olives. I wonder: Could I brew a cup with the jasmine and the olives side by side? The immediate consequence of the Clover and its precision isn't necessarily better coffee, but more attention to coffee. By creating this rigorous laboratorylike brewing environment, it encourages cafes to explore the nuances of different beans, where and how they're grown and dried and sorted and roasted. And the attention to nuance gets passed along to the customers: Grumpy's clientele can choose from a coffee menu listing several brews, including the Cruz del Sur, "punchy and bright with pear and green apple," and the San José El Yalú, "complex and crisp with butterscotch, grape, chocolate and plum." The aspirational comparison of coffee to wine is obvious, and the passionate young Clover virtuosos at Cafe Grumpy indeed remind me of wine enthusiasts; they're seriously invested in their work, nothing like the sullen soy-foamers at Starbucks or even at other independent coffee shops I frequent. On the cafe's blog, barista Ed describes his recent visit to coffee farms in Panama. For now, Latourell admits that wine may be "50 years ahead of coffee" technologically. "We're just starting to scratch the surface of what can be done with coffee, how we understand it." But that's changing fast. The world of winemaking is wracked by a tension between the old, individualistic ways, in which each wine tastes distinctively of its origin, and the new methods that produce best-selling wines in a uniform "global" style divorced from regional characteristics. The story of coffee is the reverse— until recently, coffees were blended and branded to suit a homogenous popular taste, and only now is there a rising interest in the expression of varietal and regional differences. 23/124 Is owning a Clover worth $11,000? Not for the individual—don't be silly. But even a smattering of Clovers in the right hands promises to broaden the way we think about coffee. The very fact that an $11,000 coffee machine is receiving such excited media attention seems like a clear sign that we're headed toward a "third wave" of coffee, an age of terroir, aided by technology that can give different beans the different careful treatments they deserve. In the foretold era, popular dark roasts, which obscure those subtleties, are scorned, and enlightened customers gladly pay exorbitantly for rare brews. Posted by Chadwick Matlin, March 6, 4:30 p.m. Delegates at stake: Watching the booming trade at Cafe Grumpy, the change seems inevitable: In certain circles, at least, the generic over-thecounter stimulant Latourell dismissively calls "brown liquid that costs a buck" will give way to increasingly common $10 and $15 cups of recherché coffee. At that rate, a small Clover designed for the home—"of course there's talk of making one," says Latourell—could start to sound like a smart, money-saving purchase. Democrats Republicans Total delegates: 4,049 Total delegates needed to win: 2,025 Total delegates: 2,380 Total delegates needed to win: 1,191 Delegates won by each candidate: Obama: 1,451; Clinton: 1,365; Edwards (out): 26 Delegates won by each candidate: McCain: 1,226; Huckabee (out): 251; Paul: 16 Source: CNN Source: CNN election scorecard Electoral Crystal Ball Looking ahead to November, both Democrats beat John McCain. Want more Slate election coverage? Check out Map the Candidates, Political Futures, Trailhead, XX Factor, and our Campaign Junkie page! By Mark Blumenthal and Charles Franklin Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 4:30 PM ET After surveying 30,000 people, SurveyUSA released a comprehensive examination of what the electoral map will look like come November, and Democrats should be all smiles. SurveyUSA polled voters from every state to see whom they preferred in hypothetical general election mashups between John McCain and Hillary Clinton and John McCain and Barack Obama. Then they transferred both sets of results to the electoral map. According to SurveyUSA, a Democrat would win the White House if the election were held tomorrow. Both Clinton and Obama beat McCain by slim margins, although Obama does a bit better. Obama would tally 280 electoral votes while Clinton would net 276. But just because they beat McCain in electoral votes doesn't mean they win more states. Including Washington, D.C., Clinton wins 21 states to McCain's 30. (They tie in two.) Obama wins 25 states to McCain's 26. SurveyUSA reports that Obama would grab Iowa, Michigan, North Dakota, Colorado, Nevada, Oregon, Virginia, New Hampshire*, and Washington while Clinton would not. Clinton, meanwhile, would get the Obama-unfriendly states of Florida, West Virginia, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and Arkansas. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC . . Correction, March 6, 2008: An earlier version of this article erroneously included Vermont instead of New Hampshire in the list of states that Barack Obama would likely win, according to SurveyUSA. (Return to the corrected sentence.) everyday economics The Case for Foreclosures One family's sorrow is another's joy. By Steven E. Landsburg Monday, March 3, 2008, at 12:48 PM ET If you're facing foreclosure, Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson wants to help. "If someone is willing to make a call to reach out," says Paulson, "there's a chance we can save their homes." But Paulson can't save these homes because the homes are not 24/124 endangered in the first place. They stand to change hands, not to vanish. intervention, won't be able to get the mortgage they want next year. None of these foreclosed houses is going to disappear. After a foreclosure, one family moves out, and another moves in. We see the sad faces of the people moving out, but we don't as often see the happy faces of the new homeowners moving in. Nevertheless, those happy faces are out there, and we should not discount them. I predict with equal confidence that a sizable chunk of readers will attribute my observations to a failure of compassion. But which is more compassionate: to care about the fortunes of the people who happen to be in your field of vision or also to include those whom you cannot see? The homeless are out there. The starving children in Africa are out there. The would-be new homeowners are out there. Each of them, in different ways, stands to gain or to lose from the policy choices we make. To exclude them from consideration—just because they happen to be absent from the front page of this morning's newspaper—is not a compassionate enterprise. That's important, and it's important in a larger context. Often when it comes to economic policy, some effects—in this case, the genuinely moving stories of good people who can't afford to live where they've been living—are highly visible, while others—the genuinely moving stories of good people who can now achieve their dreams of home ownership—are less wellpublicized. That doesn't make them any less real. I predict with great confidence that when I say that foreclosures create new homeowners, a sizable chunk of my readers will scoff that "the people who can afford them would have been able to afford nice homes anyway." I could use economics to explain why those readers are mistaken (a glut of homes on the market leads to falling prices, etc.), but that's unnecessarily complicated. All it takes is the simple observation that there cannot be more homeowners than there are homes, and if one home becomes vacant, then there can be one new homeowner. Call it the law of conservation of homes. That's one reason to temper your distress over strangers suffering foreclosure. Here's another: If you get to live in a nice home for a few years and then lose it to foreclosure, you are not worse off than someone who never got to live in a nice home in the first place. If the Treasury Department is looking for ways to help people, it would be nice to focus on the people who are most in need of help. Losing your house is painful. Never having anything to lose is even more painful. How do the feds justify spending money— and, rest assured, any program to stop foreclosures will cost money—to help struggling homeowners instead of, say, the struggling homeless? Or, for that matter, a child starving in Africa? There is room for a lot of legitimate debate about how much we should be taxed to help the less fortunate. But whatever level of assistance we agree on, I'd like to see it targeted to those who genuinely are less fortunate. There's at least one more reason to regret Secretary Paulson's eagerness to forestall foreclosures: If banks can't enforce contracts (or even if they "voluntarily" forgo the enforcement of contracts under pressure from the Treasury Department), they will undoubtedly be more reluctant to make loans in the future. Rest assured that somewhere out there—invisible to you and me but nonetheless real—is a young couple who, thanks to this Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC explainer What's Taking So Long in Texas? Waiting for the caucus results in the Lone Star State. By Michelle Tsai Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 5:28 PM ET Hillary Clinton won the Texas Democratic primary on Tuesday, but even two days later we still don't know who won the ensuing caucus. Just 41 percent of the state's precincts have reported unofficial caucus results, and news reports on Thursday said the state was still counting its caucus votes. What's taking so long? Snail mail. According to the rules of the Texas Democratic Party, the chair for each election precinct doesn't have to mail local caucus results to the state party headquarters in Austin until the third day after the convention, Friday. Party officials tried to speed things up this year; they set up an 800 number so that chairs could call in results on Tuesday night, instead of dropping them in the mailbox. But, ultimately, they couldn't force anyone to actually pick up the phone. Caucuses in Texas were supposed to start relatively late anyhow—at 7:15 p.m. CST or whenever the last ballot was cast at the poll—but there were so many voters that some conventions didn't get going until after 9 p.m., by which time TV networks had already forecasted winners in other states. When meetings finally did start, some fights broke out between Obama and Clinton supporters; in Dallas County, one chairwoman fled to the police station. All this attention on the state may have caught party officials— and precinct leaders—by surprise. Presidential nominees have historically emerged by March, so few—in or outside Texas— have paid much attention to the state's primary, much less clamored for same-day caucus results. This is the first year in a 25/124 long time that the Democratic caucus has mattered, and the state didn't have much time to prepare for March 4. For instance, the party didn't decide to install an automated phone system to receive caucus results until last month. And with more than 1 million Democrats, including many neophytes, participating in the caucuses, the complicated process might have caused extra confusion. By contrast, Iowa, a state long accustomed to being in the limelight, spends months recruiting and training its chairmen and chairwomen, stressing the importance of early results. Starting in 2004, local leaders phoned in caucus outcomes as soon as delegates had been awarded, giving us the news about two hours earlier. (They used to wait until the delegates were selected.) This year, Nevada's party officials, with some help from Iowa, successfully drilled into volunteers the importance of timely caucus results. On Jan. 19, most locations reported results by midafternoon, and 98 percent by the end of the night. Got a question about today's news? Ask the Explainer. Explainer thanks Hector Nieto of the Texas Democratic Party. Thanks also to reader Leesa Sherborne for asking the question. explainer Prince Hairy? Why didn't the British royal have to cut his hair in the army? By Chris Wilson Wednesday, March 5, 2008, at 6:54 PM ET Prince Harry returned to London on Saturday, after a 10-week deployment to Afghanistan with the Household Cavalry of the British army. Photographs of the young royal showed him dressed in desert fatigues with a healthy mop of red hair—an unusual sight for Americans accustomed to military buzz cuts. Don't British soldiers have to cut their hair, too? Only if their commander says so. Unlike American male recruits, for whom the buzz cut is part of the initiation into the service, the British Ministry of Defence leaves coiffure decisions up to individual regiment leaders. Most require new recruits to report with neatly groomed hair of modest length; they'll even go so far as to prohibit cuts shorter than about 1 centimeter. For example, the Army Training Regiment in Lichfield manual for recruits (PDF) mandates that "the closest permissible haircut is a No 3," a clipper that leaves about 3/8 of an inch of hair. It specifically prohibits "skinheads." Women are generally required to keep their hair in a net or bun, as they are in the United States. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC The differing standards are representative of the British army's organization, which emphasizes loyalty to one's regiment in addition to the army as a whole. Unlike the U.S. commanders, whose "Army of one" approach emphasizes uniformity among service members, the Minister of Defence tolerates a little bit of panache. Historically, facial-hair styles have conferred status to British officers. Soldiers across the pond picked up the habit of growing mustaches in the early 19th century while living in India. The colonial mustache became so prevalent, in fact, that by the middle of the century, British officers serving in the East India Co.'s forces were required to grow them. Several British authors have gone so far as to equate the rise and fall in the popularity of the mustache with the strength and decline of the British Empire. In the United States, military men have worn closely cropped hair since at least the 1950s. The standard buzz cut of today edged out the crew cut—as immortalized by Elvis—or the flattop as the predominant style beginning in the 1970s.* In the Army, regulations dictate strict standards for a soldier's general hygiene and appearance, stating that "the requirement for hair grooming standards is necessary to maintain uniformity within a military population." American soldiers have rebelled against their commanding hairdressers on occasion. When the top general of the U.S. Army demanded shorter hair for his troops in 1801, a colonel named Thomas Butler took the matter all the way to court-martial for refusing to cut his locks. And when the Navy cracked down in the 1970s on facial hair among sailors deployed at sea for extended periods of time, the aggrieved began mailing their beards to an executive officer in protest. Got a question about today's news? Ask the Explainer. Explainer thanks Carol Burke of the University of CaliforniaIrvine and the British Ministry of Defence. Correction, March 6, 2008: The original story incorrectly stated that, by the 1990s, members of the Marine Corps were described as "jarheads" because of their buzz haircuts. The term has been used since at least World War II, perhaps in reference to the Marines' high-collared blue dress uniforms, which looked a bit like Mason jars made of blue glass. (Return to the corrected sentence.) explainer Can't Touch This Why Italians grab their crotches to ward off bad luck. 26/124 By Juliet Lapidos Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 5:36 PM ET Italy's highest appeals court ruled that a 42-year-old workman broke the law by "ostentatiously touching his genitals through his clothing" and must pay a 200 euro fine, the Telegraph reported Friday. The U.K. paper also noted that crotch-grabbing is a common habit among superstitious Italian males, who believe the gesture wards off bad luck. What does the crotch have to do with luck? It's the seat of fertility. The crotch grab goes back at least to the pre-Christian Roman era and is closely associated with another superstition called the "evil eye"—the belief that a covetous person can harm you, your children, or your possessions by gazing at you. Cultural anthropologists conjecture that men would try to block such pernicious beams by shielding their genitals, thus protecting their most valued asset: the future fruit of their loins. Over the centuries, the practice shifted. Men covered their generative organs not only to defend against direct malevolence but also in the presence of anything ominous, like a funeral procession. These days, an Italian man might also grab his crotch in risky situations, like a high-stakes poker game. In such cases, the grab isn't a defense mechanism against bad luck but rather a way to generate good luck. Once again, this practice relates to the folk belief that the phallus is auspicious because it's the source of masculinity and reproduction. As an alternative to grabbing themselves, Italians sometimes resort to phallic amulets or gestures that also have roots in the pagan world. Ancient Romans wore a phallus-shaped charm on their wrists or around their necks called the fascinus; modern Italians sometimes wear a corno, which is shaped like a horn. For centuries, Italians have been making a horizontal horn sign called the mano cornuta to repel adversity, accomplished by extending the index and little fingers while holding down the other two fingers with the thumb. When the same gesture is directed upward, it's the sign for a cuckold. The crotch grab or corno might come in handy when Italians come across traditional bad omens, like nuns or the number 17. Women of the cloth are associated with two inauspicious places—cemeteries and hospitals. There are a couple of plausible theories for the 17 superstition: If the 1 is penciled in slightly below the 7, then the number looks a bit like a man hanging, where 1 is the man and 7 is the gallows. Written out in Roman numerals as XVII, 17 becomes an anagram for the Latin word vixi, which is the past tense of to live.* As it happens, many tomb inscriptions start with vixi, so the word and, by extension, 17 became connected with death. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Got a question about today's news? Ask the Explainer. Explainer thanks Teodolinda Barolini of Columbia University, Pellegrino D'Acierno of Hofstra University, and Martin Stiglio of the Italian Cultural Institute in Toronto. Correction, March 4, 2008: This article originally stated that the Latin word vixi is the past tense of to leave. It's actually the past tense of to live. (Return to the corrected sentence.) explainer What the FARC? A field guide to the leftist militias of Latin America. By Michelle Tsai Monday, March 3, 2008, at 7:00 PM ET Raul Reyes, a senior leader in the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia, or FARC, was killed by Colombian security forces Saturday. The Explainer previously spelled out what the FARC is, but how is this group different from all those other Latin American leftist militias? It's rich, and it's still active. With the exception of two militia movements that successfully seized and retained power—Fidel Castro's 26th of July movement in Cuba and, 20 years later, the Sandinistas in Nicaragua—most of Latin America's armed groups were defeated by their nations' governments years ago. The FARC has endured because the cocaine trade in Colombia has become a huge source of revenue for the group—by some estimates, $250 million to $500 million a year, or at least half of its income. The other major leftist insurgent group that remains active in Latin America today is also Colombian: the National Liberation Army, or the ELN. Drug money helped this smaller group endure as well, though it may make up only one-tenth of ELN's income; kidnapping and extortion provide the bulk. The FARC is part of a wave of Marxist-Leninist rebel groups that rose after Castro's Cuban revolution in 1959. But those groups didn't share exactly the same political ideologies or strategies for reaching their goals. ELN, for instance, was influenced by Catholic liberation theology and has held international talks in order to negotiate with the Colombian government. The FARC, by contrast, has lost much of its political agenda and is today viewed by some Latin American leftist movements as more akin to a large mafia organization. In Peru, the violent and secretive Shining Path (PDF), or Sendero Luminoso, embraced Maoism and focused on peasants, not just workers as in the classical Marxist view. The group symbolically began its "People's War" in 1980 by hanging dogs from lampposts to represent the dogs of capitalism. By comparison, 27/124 another Peruvian group, the Marxist Tupac Amaru, wasn't as ruthless or as clandestine; after ambushing a Japanese ambassador's residence in Lima and taking hundreds of hostages in 1996, the rebels spent months negotiating with Fujimori's government. (In Nicaragua, the Sandinistas included members who were not Marxists; they also didn't aim for worldwide revolution, but for the overthrow of the Somoza dictatorship.) Not all of the armed rebel groups of Latin America were based in the jungle or drew membership only from the peasantry. The leftist Tupamaros of Uruguay fought urban battles in Montevideo, since that's where most people lived. The Montoneros of Argentina also operated in cities, partly backed by the students who had been radicalized in the 1960s. What about the Zapatistas in Mexico? Despite the militaristic name—Zapatista Army of National Liberation—the group carried out a largely nonviolent, popular struggle. Mayans were a large part of the organization, and the Zapatistas' success in negotiating with the Mexican government raised the profile of indigenous movements in Latin America in the 1990s, paving the way for the election of Evo Morales, Bolivia's first indigenous president, in 2005. Got a question about today's news? Ask the Explainer. Explainer thanks Henry Dietz of the University of Texas, Austin; Greg Grandin of New York University; Jose Antonio Lucero of Temple University; and Scott Mainwaring of the University of Notre Dame. fighting words Of course, in 1992, Clinton borrowed from an old slogan of John F. Kennedy's: "Change Is the Law of Life." Now, why did he annex that questionable truism, and why in that year? First of all, because he wanted to plagiarize the entire Kennedy effect for himself, and second, because he was the challenger and not the incumbent. When you are the incumbent, it is harder (but not impossible) to demand "change." Sen. Hillary Clinton, who wants to run as the "change" candidate—because, well, because you can't so easily run as a status quo candidate—also wants to run as a stability-and-experience candidate. Hence the repeated alterations (or "changes") in her half-baked slogans. By the time the plagiarism row had been started by her very ill-advised advisers, she had run through: "Big Challenges, Real Solutions"; "Working for Change, Working for You"; "Ready for Change, Ready To Lead"; and "Solutions for America." Sen. Obama, meanwhile, had picked the slightly less banal and more cryptic mantra "Change We Can Believe In," which I call cryptic only because at least it makes one ask what it can conceivably be intended to mean. It is cliché, not plagiarism, that is the problem with our stilted, room-temperature political discourse. It used to be that thinking people would say, with at least a shred of pride, that their own convictions would not shrink to fit on a label or on a bumper sticker. But now it seems that the more vapid and vacuous the logo, the more charm (or should that be "charisma"?) it exerts. Take "Yes We Can," for example. It's the sort of thing parents might chant encouragingly to a child slow on the potty-training uptake. As for "We Are the People We Have Been Waiting For" (in which case, one can only suppose that now that we have arrived, we can all go home), I didn't think much of it when Rep. Dennis Kucinich used it at an anti-war rally in 2004 ("We Are the People We Are Waiting For" being his version) or when Thomas Friedman came across it at an MIT student event last December. He wrote, by the way, that just hearing it gave him— well, you guess what it gave him. Hope? That's exactly right. Words Matter Cliché, not plagiarism, is the problem with today's pallid political discourse. By Christopher Hitchens Monday, March 3, 2008, at 2:28 PM ET One of the great moments among many in Martin Scorsese's Taxi Driver is when we find the young Albert Brooks manning the phones in the campaign office of the man we know (and he does not) to be a double-dyed phony. On behalf of the empty and grinning Sen. Palantine, he is complaining to a manufacturer of lapel buttons. "We asked for buttons that said, 'We Are the People.' These say, 'We Are the People.'… Oh, you don't think there's a difference? Well, we will not pay for the buttons. We will throw the buttons away." Part of the joke here is that the joke itself is also at the expense of Brooks' character and his "candidate"—there really and truly isn't much, if any, difference. Fan of Jerry Brown as I had been, I still winced when he ran on his lame "We the People" slogan against Clinton as late as 1992. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Pretty soon, we should be able to get electoral politics down to a basic newspeak that contains perhaps 10 keywords: Dream, Fear, Hope, New, People, We, Change, America, Future, Together. Fishing exclusively from this tiny and stagnant pool of stock expressions, it ought to be possible to drive all thinking people away from the arena and leave matters in the gnarled but capable hands of the professional wordsmiths and manipulators. In the new jargon, certain intelligible ideas would become inexpressible. (How could one state, for example, the famous Burkean principle that many sorts of change ought to be regarded with skepticism?) In a rather poor trade-off for this veto on complexity, many views that are expressible (and "We the People Together Dream of and Hope for New Change in America" would be really quite a long sentence in the latest junk language) will, in turn, be entirely and indeed almost beautifully unintelligible. 28/124 And it's not as if anybody is looking for coded language in which to say: "Health care—who needs it?" or "Special interests and lobbyists—give them a break," let alone "Dr. King's dream—what a snooze." It's more that the prevailing drivel assumes that every adult in the country is a completely illiterate jerk who would rather feel than think and who must furthermore be assumed, for a special season every four years, to imagine that everyone else "in America" or in "this country" is unemployed or starving or sleeping under a bridge. The next assumption made by the drivel is that only a new president (or perhaps a sitting president who is somehow eager to run against Washington and everything else in his home town) can possibly cure all these ills. The non sequitur is breathtaking. The more I could be brought to believe in a stupid incantation such as "Washington Is Broken," the less inclined I would be to pay the moving expenses to bring a failed Mormon crowd-pleaser and flip-flopper to 1600 Pennsylvania Ave. And this was the best that a supposed "full-spectrum conservative" could come up with by way of rhetoric. At this rate, Sen. John McCain will have to campaign as a radical post-Castroite to deal with the perceptions that a) he's too old and b) the Republicans are too WASPdominated. How well I remember Sidney Blumenthal waking me up all those years ago to read me the speech by Sen. Biden, which, by borrowing the biography as well as the words of another candidate's campaign, put an end to Biden's own. The same glee didn't work this time when he (it must have been he) came up with "Change You Can Xerox" as a riposte to Sen. Obama's hand-me-down words from Gov. Deval Patrick. All that Obama had lifted from Patrick was the old-fashioned idea that "words matter," and all that one can say, reviewing the present empty landscape of slogan and cliché, is that one only wishes that this could once again be true. foreigners Setting Boundaries Can Colombia cross into Ecuador in hot pursuit of rebels? By Lionel Beehner Wednesday, March 5, 2008, at 1:35 PM ET In what was labeled a "hot pursuit" mission, Colombian forces crossed into Ecuador and killed more than a dozen FARC guerrillas March 1. Among those slain in the raid was Raúl Reyes, the organization's No. 2, who is apparently a pal of Hugo Chávez's. Venezuela's strongman rattled sabers by amassing thousands of troops and tanks along the border and withdrawing Venezuela's ambassador from Bogotá, warning, "This could be the start of a war in South America." Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Colombia has waged a decadeslong war against FARC, a band of Marxists known for its kidnappings and drug trafficking. But did Colombia's government overreach by striking rebel camps inside Ecuador? The answer depends on whether you believe that nations should be allowed to violate their neighbors' sovereignty in "hot pursuit" of armed combatants. Increasingly, states are saying, Why not? After all, Colombia claims that the Ecuadorian authorities collaborated with FARC and provided them with a safe haven. If you don't keep your shop clean, the thinking goes, we'll pry open your windows at night and do it for you. Turkey employed similar logic to justify its cross-border offensive into northern Iraq last month to root out the Kurdistan Workers Party, a pro-Kurdish rebel group. Ditto Israel's rationale for its July 2006 invasion of Lebanon after Hezbollah fighters killed and kidnapped a handful of Israeli soldiers. All three states say they acted in self-defense. Even the United States winks at hot pursuit's legitimacy. In fact, the U.S. military says it was authorized to enter Iran and Syria to pursue insurgents, according to a classified 2005 memo released by Wikileaks last month. The same rules of engagement apply to its hunt for terrorists in Pakistan. As then-Army Lt. Gen. Douglas Lute said in a Senate armed services committee hearing last March, U.S. forces do not need the approval of Islamabad "to pursue [terrorists], either with [artillery] fire or on the ground, across the border." As recently as March 3, the U.S. Navy lobbed a few Tomahawk missiles into southern Somalia to take out a band of Islamist extremists. Indeed, while "hot pursuit" may conjure an image of a car chase across county lines, its invocation among nations is growing. This is a reflection not only of the borderless nature of today's enemies, from terrorists to drug traffickers, but also of states' growing inability—or unwillingness—to control these combatants. The phrase refers to the right of nations to temporarily violate another state's sovereignty and nab or kill wanted fugitives, whether they are terrorists, rebels, or war criminals. Others interpret the phrase more loosely to provide legal sanction for larger incursions or even surgical airstrikes. Legal experts remain divided over the practice. Some say the term refers to the arcane right of navies to pursue foreign ships that have fled to the high seas and that it has no legitimacy on land. "The bottom line is there is no such thing as 'hot pursuit,' " argues David Crane of Syracuse University's College of Law. "Maybe if I'm a cop in Macon County, Ga., and the bad guy crosses over into the next county, then it's OK." But in the international arena, he says, Colombian forces cannot simply barge into Ecuador and attack rebels without Ecuador's permission. Others contend that the role between nonstate actors and their hosts has evolved. Prior to 9/11, only a government that exhibited "effective control" of a group within its borders was found liable for the group's crimes. That is why the International 29/124 Court of Justice found that Nicaragua was not responsible for funneling arms to El Salvador-based guerrillas in the 1980s. Nor did Serbia demonstrate "effective control" over Bosnian Serbs accused of massacring thousands of Muslims in the 1990s. With the U.S.-led overthrow of the Taliban, however, the "effective control" principle was tossed out the window. U.N. Security Council Resolution 1373, passed shortly after 9/11, required that states "deny safe haven to those who finance, plan, support, or commit terrorist acts." That is, state sovereignty confers rights but also responsibilities to control one's territory. More important, says Michael Scharf of the Case Western Reserve University School of Law, "it gives the victimized country the option for self-help," provided the response is immediate, proportional, and a means of last resort. The trouble is that states tend to overreach. Both Turkey and Israel caught guff for using disproportionate force during their respective cross-border operations against the PKK and Hezbollah. Yet the doctrine of proportionality remains subjective. To paraphrase what a law professor told me after the Israeli-Hezbollah conflict: If someone punches you in the nose, you don't burn their house down. That is, Colombia cannot respond to FARC guerrilla activity by carpet-bombing Quito. A targeted airstrike against a terrorist safe house near the border, on the other hand, is more open to debate. There is some confusion over whether a chase has to be under way for hot pursuit to apply. Ecuador's president said the rebels were killed "in their pajamas," not while fleeing Colombian forces. Regardless, Colombia doesn't believe it will be slapped with sanctions or reprimanded by the United Nations. Nor is Venezuela expected to follow through on its threat to "send some Sukhois" into Colombia. "This is just a way for Chávez to ramp up the costs and consequences for Colombia," says Adam Isacson, director of programs at the Center for International Policy. Still, this standoff highlights the real danger that hot-pursuit raids can pose. In the post-9/11 era, nations have a right to selfdefense against nonstate actors. But were this to emerge as the new global norm, twitchy nations would just invade their neighbors with impunity, running the risk of localized conflicts escalating into regional conflagrations. Worse, terrorist groups such as FARC or the PKK would not be eradicated—they would simply find sanctuary elsewhere. foreigners Putin's Potemkin Democracy Why does Russia bother to hold elections? Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC By Anne Applebaum Monday, March 3, 2008, at 6:47 AM ET Last Wednesday, Dmitry Medvedev took a break from his job as deputy prime minister of Russia and held a public meeting. Dressed in shirtsleeves, he talked about pension reform, promised to improve education, and shook a few hands. As public meetings go, it was an ordinary one—except for the fact that it was the first and last public meeting of Medvedev's presidential campaign. If you wanted to see the candidate before Sunday's vote, that was your one and only chance. Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama, spending millions of dollars and wearing themselves thin, must be green with envy. But Medvedev was certainly right to save his strength. Exit polls and early returns show him winning with 70 percent of the vote, which is a relief to some; anything higher, one of his campaign staff conceded, might have been "embarrassing." As predicted, this was a farcical election, a battle between Medvedev, the Kremlin's candidate, and three officially sanctioned opponents: a clapped-out "Communist," a complete nonentity, and the ludicrous anti-Semite and vulgarian Vladimir Zhirinovsky, who is genially tolerated by the Russian media. Mikhail Kasyanov, the candidate from what passes for the only genuine opposition party, was not allowed to stand. The Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe, along with various other European election observers not usually known for their bravery, refused to monitor the campaign at all; even the head of the electoral commission conceded that media coverage has been, well, biased in Medvedev's favor. Only one question remains unanswered: Why did anyone bother holding an election at all? Given that the inner circle of ex-KGB officers that controls the Kremlin also controls the country's media, its legal system, its parliament, and its major companies, why do they need elections? Why didn't Vladimir Putin just appoint Medvedev, or keep the presidency himself? The answer, I think, can lie only in the ruling clique's fundamental insecurity, odd as that sounds. Though the denizens of the Kremlin do not, cannot, seriously fear Western military attack, they do still seem to fear Western-inspired popular discontent: public questioning of their personal wealth, public opposition to their power, political demonstrations of the sort that created the Orange Revolution in Ukraine. To stave off these things, they maintain the democratic rituals that give them a semblance of legitimacy. The need for legitimacy also helps explain the string of vitriolic, aggressive attacks on Western democracies that presaged yesterday's election. In the past couple of years, Putin has also openly compared America to Nazi Germany, set up an institution designed to monitor America's supposedly dubious democracy, and frequently accused both Americans and Western Europeans, especially the British, of hypocrisy and human-rights violations. This rhetoric serves several purposes, but above all it 30/124 is designed to inoculate the Russian public against the example of more open societies. The message is simple: Russia is not merely a democracy, it is a better democracy than Western democracies. Indeed, much of Putin's rhetoric in recent years makes sense in this light. Take his hostility toward neighbors Georgia and Ukraine, countries where post-Soviet regimes dramatically lost their legitimacy in recent years and are evolving in a different direction. Though Putin cannot possibly be militarily intimidated by any potential NATO relationship with Georgia or Ukraine, he may well be afraid of the example set by those countries' Western orientation, since their geopolitical choices challenge his own. nominee, John McCain. Shouldn't Hillary graciously concede and end this endless primary season? Even some of the shockingly Soviet interpretations of history promulgated in Russia in recent years—famously, Putin described the breakup of the Soviet Union as "the greatest geopolitical catastrophe of the 20th century"—make sense in this context. Surely a part of their purpose was to create an alternate version of post-Soviet history, one that supports the Kremlin's current rule. According to the Putinist explanation of history, the fall of the Soviet Union was not a moment of liberation but the beginning of collapse. The hardships and deprivations of the 1990s were not the result of decades of Communist neglect and widespread thievery but of capitalism and democracy. The calls to wrap up the Democratic primary race show a similar amnesia. To suggest that March 5 marks a late date in the calendar ignores the duration of primary seasons past. Indeed, were Hillary Clinton to have pulled out of the race this week, Obama would have actually clinched a contested race for the party's nomination earlier than almost any other Democrat since the current primary system took shape—the sole exception being John Kerry four years ago. Fighting all the way through the primaries, in other words, is perfectly normal. In other words, communism was stable and safe, postcommunism has been a disaster, and Putin's regime has set the country on the right track again. The more Russians believe this, the less likely they are to want a truly open, genuinely entrepreneurial, authentically democratic society—at least until the oil runs out. Asked about the unnatural dullness of this election campaign, which even the Russian news agency ITARTass described as "a bore," Putin's reply was straightforward: "We have had a 16-percent rise in wages this year. ... This answers your question." But everyone needs a backup plan. In case oil prices drop again, the democratic rituals must go on. history lesson The Long Goodbye Like the calls for Al Gore to concede the presidency to George Bush in November 2000, this anxiety about the imagined consequences of a protracted fight misreads both history and the calendar. In 2000, pundits seemed not to know that contested elections in previous years—notably the 1960 race between John F. Kennedy and Richard Nixon—remained officially unresolved until barely a month before Inauguration Day, and so they talked as if each hour of uncertainty brought the republic nearer to doom. The year 1972 is when the current primary system came into being, and to review the races ever since is to behold a panorama of Democratic infighting that makes the Clinton-Obama fisticuffs look tame. Back in 1972, following the watery collapse of Maine Sen. Edmund Muskie in the New Hampshire primary, Sen. George McGovern of South Dakota emerged as the Democrats' front-runner. But as he marched through the primaries, large swaths of the party worried that he was too far to the left and rallied behind other candidates—they just couldn't agree on a single one to rally behind. Well into June, some Democratic leaders were openly mounting a "stop McGovern" movement. Former Vice President Hubert Humphrey, the 1968 nominee, actively competed in the June primaries, while Muskie, having suspended his campaign weeks earlier, made a sudden cross-country tour to woo delegates and cast himself as the alternative to McGovern. Only after the South Dakotan won the June 21 New York primary did he effectively seal the nomination—and even then he opened the convention without the backing of his main rivals. It's too early to talk about Hillary's withdrawal. By David Greenberg Wednesday, March 5, 2008, at 11:33 AM ET Despite Hillary Clinton's victories in Ohio and Texas yesterday, she still trails Barack Obama in delegates. The Obama camp, claiming she won't be able to close the gap, is spinning the case for her to withdraw. Though self-serving, their argument is framed as a concern for the Democratic Party. At this late date, the reasoning goes, the Democrats need to stop squabbling and unite behind a nominee who can take on the Republican Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC The 1976 primary was equally protracted. Jimmy Carter, then a former governor of Georgia, surprised everyone by staking out a lead with a win in Iowa, but his grasp on first place remained tenuous as Arizona Rep. Morris Udall and Washington Sen. Henry Jackson—men with more experience and stronger national followings—pressed on. Jackson finally bowed out on May 1, but at that point Idaho's Frank Church and California's Jerry Brown jumped in the race. Carter continued to stumble. On June 9, he lost not only to Brown in California but also to an uncommitted slate of delegates in New Jersey. Only a decisive victory the same day in Ohio helped Carter prevail, as he lined up key endorsements the next day from antagonists such as 31/124 Jackson, Alabama Gov. George Wallace, and Chicago Mayor Richard Daley. Udall conceded June 15. Four years later, Carter, as the sitting president, should have had an easier time. But Massachusetts Sen. Edward M. Kennedy launched a primary challenge that galvanized the Democratic Party's liberals. By June, Carter had won enough contests to amass a lead in delegates that seemed to guarantee him renomination. Yet Kennedy refused to withdraw. He publicly carried on his campaign through high-profile speeches while allies worked behind the scenes to poach Carter's delegates. "If Mr. Kennedy is feeling no great financial pressure to get out of the race," the New York Times reported on June 11, "he also appears to be feeling no great pressure to withdraw to avoid splitting the Democratic party." Days before the convention, Kennedy announced he would break precedent to become the first Democrat since William Jennings Bryan to address the convention before the first roll call—the gesture of an active candidate, not a peacemaker. He ultimately surrendered at the convention itself. A swift resolution eluded the Democrats once more in 1984. Starting with an upset in the New Hampshire primary, Colorado Sen. Gary Hart mounted a surprisingly effective challenge to former Vice President Walter Mondale, who had long been the presumptive nominee. Mondale retook the lead in a March 12 debate when he punctured the image of Hart as a bearer of new ideas with the line from a Wendy's commercial, "Where's the beef?" Hart, however, refused to quit, scoring primary wins in Wisconsin, Ohio, California, and elsewhere. Though trailing in delegates, Hart sought ways to stay alive after the primaries, threatening a challenge to some of Mondale's delegates. At length, on June 25, he effectively threw in the towel, appearing with Mondale to announce the end of his delegate challenge, though he still had his name placed in nomination at the July convention. In the last two decades, Democrats have arrived at a nominee faster—yet the contests still dragged on longer than popular memory suggests. Massachusetts Gov. Michael Dukakis is remembered as having sewn up his nomination rapidly. But he didn't earn the label of presumptive nominee until April 21, when he beat Tennessee's Al Gore in the New York primary. And Jesse Jackson—whom the press never treated as a viable candidate, despite numerous primary victories—stayed in the race into June, when Dukakis nailed down the delegates he needed. June was also the magic month for Bill Clinton in 1992, as Hillary has been reminding us recently. Clinton had been confident of getting the party's nod since March, when his chief adversary, former Massachusetts Sen. Paul Tsongas, suspended his bid. But Jerry Brown, again playing spoiler, dogged Clinton throughout the remaining primaries, forcing him to limp rather than sprint to victory, as the New York Times put it. Both Al Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Gore in 2000 and John Kerry in 2004 fairly coasted to the nomination after their victories in Iowa, but even they were still enmeshed in battle in March: Gore's challenger, Bill Bradley, kept fighting until March 9, and Kerry's strongest competitor, John Edwards, didn't drop out until March 3. Although the intraparty warfare sometimes got ugly in these races, and pundits warned of its harmful consequences, there's little evidence to suggest that it ever made a substantial difference in the fall election. In 1976 and 1992, the Democrats won. In 1972, 1980, and 1984, they surely would have lost anyway. In 1988, Dukakis met defeat because of his weak general-election campaign, not his springtime battles with Gore and Jackson. It's true that Gore had attacked him over a Massachusetts prison furlough program and that George H.W. Bush infamously followed suit, making Willie Horton part of the annals of negative campaigning. But providing ammunition to the other party is a hazard of even short primary campaigns, and the Republicans will surely need no help in depicting Obama as unready to fight a war on terrorism or Clinton as Lady Macbeth. We should also bear in mind that Obama holds a much slimmer lead over Clinton than McGovern, Carter, and Mondale held over their closest challengers—or, for that matter, than any of the nomination-bound front-runners in the elections since. As of this writing, Clinton is actually tied with Obama among Democratic voters nationally in the Gallup daily tracking poll. As long as this primary season has lasted, it's still—amazing to say—relatively early in the calendar. In all likelihood, the Democrats will arrive at a nominee by June. But even if it takes a convention to settle the race, there will still be more than 10 weeks until Election Day—a span, we would do well to recall, that is a mite longer than the veritable lifetime that has already seemed to have elapsed since this year's Iowa caucuses on Jan. 3. hot document Canada's Obama NAFTA Memo Did Obama's senior economic adviser dismiss his candidate's protectionism with a wink? By Bonnie Goldstein Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 5:36 PM ET From: Bonnie Goldstein Posted Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 5:36 PM ET On Feb. 9 Austan Goolsbee, the senior economic adviser to Barack Obama's presidential campaign, had a meeting with Georges Rioux, consul general for the Canadian government. 32/124 The two men met in Chicago, where Rioux maintains a consular office for the states of Illinois, Missouri, and Wisconsin and where Goolsbee teaches economics at the University of Chicago. (Slate readers may also remember Goolsbee as a onetime "Dismal Science" columnist.) Afterward, Joseph DeMora, a consulate staff member, wrote an enthusiastic summary (see below and the following two pages) for Canadian Ambassador Michael Wilson. In the memo, DeMora praised Goolsbee's "intellectual prowess … approachability, curiosity and youthful enthusiasm" and alerted Wilson that the Obama brain-truster "appeared genuinely … impressed by the magnitude" of the economic relationship between the United States and Canada (see below). For the Canadians, a key point of concern was Obama's sharp criticism of the North American Free Trade Agreement. DeMora wrote Wilson that in the Chicago meeting, Goolsbee "candidly acknowledged the protectionist sentiment that has emerged, particularly in the Midwest, during the primary campaign" but reassured Rioux that Obama's NAFTA-bashing "should be viewed as more about political positioning than a clear articulation of policy plans." Three weeks later, Canada's CTV News reported that a "senior member" of Obama's campaign had phoned Wilson personally to advise him to "not be worried about what Obama says about NAFTA." The Obama campaign denied that story, which (if you believe DeMora's account) was only slightly off the mark, and declined to elaborate. On March 3 the Associated Press released the DeMora memo, which by then had circulated widely within the Canadian government. Asked once again to comment, Obama said his campaign provided Canada no such reassurance while Goolsbee maintained that DeMora "misinterpreted" his comments. For its part, the Chicago consulate smoothed things over with a statement saying, "there was no intention to convey, in any way, that Senator Obama and his campaign team were taking a different position in public from views expressed in private." It looks like President Obama may owe one to our friendly neighbors to the north. Send ideas for Hot Document to documents@slate.com. Please indicate whether you wish to remain anonymous. Posted Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 5:36 PM ET Posted Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 5:36 PM ET hot document The Texas Dildo Massacre (NSFW) The state's sex-toy ban is struck down by a federal court. By Bonnie Goldstein Monday, March 3, 2008, at 4:42 PM ET From: Bonnie Goldstein Posted Monday, March 3, 2008, at 4:42 PM ET On Feb. 13, sex-toy retailers in Texas rejoiced when a federal appeals court ruled—just in time for Valentine's Day—that a Texas prohibition against the sale of dildos and pocket pussies violated the 14th Amendment. According to the Texas (ahem) penal code, it is forbidden to sell or to advertise an artificial penis or vagina "primarily for the stimulation of human genital organs." The statute makes an exception for instances in which the purchase meets a "medical, psychiatric, judicial, legislative, or law enforcement" need. Even so, in Reliable Consultants v. Ronnie Earle, the normally conservative 5th Circuit Court of Appeals struck down the ban on the grounds that it violated the right of ordinary citizens "to engage in private intimate conduct in the home without government intrusion." One of only four states banning sexual doodads (the other three are Virginia, Mississippi, and Alabama), Texas is not about to take this insult lying down. Last week, state Attorney General Greg Abbott petitioned the appellate court to reconsider the matter en banc (see exerpts below and on the following three pages). Abbott wrote that, if permitted to stand, the court's decision may "invite … challenges to previously-uncontroversial criminal prohibitions" on sexual practices such as "consensual adult incest or bigamy" (Page 4). Thanks to law professor Marc Randazza for posting the link. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC 33/124 Send ideas for Hot Document to documents@slate.com. Please indicate whether you wish to remain anonymous. Posted Monday, March 3, 2008, at 4:42 PM ET Posted Monday, March 3, 2008, at 4:42 PM ET India has just announced a plan to pay families for raising girls. Give birth to a daughter, and you'll get a cash installment. Vaccinate her, and you'll get another. Enroll her in school, keep her there, nourish her adequately, and you'll keep collecting. "We will pay the money in stages and monitor how they are brought up," the country's minister for women and children, Renuka Chowdhury, said this week. Total payout: up to $5,000 per daughter. Chowdhury is explicit about the program's first objective: stopping sex-selective abortions. Meanwhile, China is rethinking its one-child policy. Last year, dissenters within the Communist Party moved to abandon the policy. A week ago, Zhao Baige, vice minister of the country's family-planning commission, told reporters that the policy had "become a big issue among decision makers" and that the government was studying whether to phase it out. The commission denies that the policy will change, but the fight is now out in the open. What's going on? Coercive state power, even under communism, is failing. In procreation, as in profit-making, governments are increasingly working with individual choice instead of against it. They're learning to respect both the value of women and the ecology of the family. And it isn't ideology that's selling this change of mindset to governments or to the citizens they're trying to influence. It's sheer pragmatism. Posted Monday, March 3, 2008, at 4:42 PM ET human nature Girl Power Coercion, money, and the rise of reproductive freedom. By William Saletan Wednesday, March 5, 2008, at 11:47 AM ET Two and a half billion people live in China or India. That's eight times the population of the United States and more than onethird of the world's total. But it's less than it would have been by hundreds of millions of people, thanks in part to two brutal practices: a Chinese limit of one child per family and widespread abortions of unborn Indian girls. Those practices may be on the way out. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Twenty years ago, China commonly enforced its one-child policy through forced sterilizations and abortions. This produced outrage at home and abroad. Citizens with money or connections evaded the limit. When the government shifted its enforcement methods from compulsion to fines, the evasion became explicit. The rich can pay to have extra kids; the urban poor can't. The policy's purpose was to limit population to a level that the country's resources could support. Defenders of the policy still make that argument. But critics, even within the government, say the limit has backfired. There aren't enough young workers to support the aging older generation. Labor shortages are slowing economic growth. Kids used to grow up and take care of their parents; now they can't because this has become a one-ontwo assignment, not counting their day jobs. Critics also argue that a generation of kids who grew up without siblings has become psychologically warped and socially destructive. What unites these indictments is a sense that messing with the ecology of the family has done more harm than good. The shift in enforcing the policy, from force to fines, was a concession to this ecology and to personal choice. It mirrored the government's concessions to capitalism. If you really want something, including a second child, you can pay for it, provided you have the money. And if you and your spouse have no siblings, the policy now allows you a second kid without a fine. Your kids will have a fighting chance at taking care of you. 34/124 Defenders of the policy have always feared that if the cap were lifted, population would explode. What's driving the reform movement is growing confidence that this calculation is mistaken. Zhao says surveys show that today's young Chinese don't want the big families of yesteryear. Sixty percent want no more than two kids; few want more than three. Over the last 30 years, the number of kids each family would produce if given total freedom has fallen from 5.8 to 1.8. That's below the replacement rate. What's needed now, Zhao suggests, is policies that facilitate this preference, such as contraceptive education. human nature The one-child policy has also warped China's male-to-female ratio. If you live in a traditional, sexist society, you probably want a boy. If you're allowed only one child and you find out you're carrying a girl, things get ugly. At birth, the normal boygirl ratio, if you let nature take its course, is about 105 to 100. In China, it's 118 to 100. Leaving aside the fact that it's just plain wrong to abort girls for being girls, a ratio of 118 to 100 leaves 18 boys without a girl. Even a Communist knows that's a social disaster. To avert it, Zhao says, the government is trying to persuade the public that girls are valuable. It's also subsidizing rural areas that have regarded sons as financial assets and girls as liabilities. People who were spanked as kids are more likely to have masochistic, unprotected, or coercive sex, according to studies. Findings: 1) The more you were spanked or hit before age 12, the more likely you are to have "verbally coerced sex." 2) The more you were spanked or hit, the more likely you are to have "hit or held down a partner" to get sex. 3) Having been spanked makes you twice as likely to say you've insisted on sex without a condom. 4) Spanking also increases a teen's likelihood of having sex with multiple partners. 5) In a sample of 200 college students, 40 percent of the never-spanked group said they'd "enjoyed masochistic sex," but 75 percent of the spankeda-lot group said so. Theories: 1) Corporal punishment creates a psychological "fusion of love and violence." 2) It reduces "concern for the well-being of other people." 3) It teaches poor impulse control. 4) It makes your kids ignore your relationship advice. Authorized take-away: Spanking is bad. Unauthorized take-away: Half of college kids admit they've enjoyed masochistic sex? (Related: Guess how many admit they've tried, ahem.) On that question, India is moving in the same direction. Like China, India has a sex-selection problem. A recent study calculated that over the last two decades, 10 million Indian girls have been aborted. The most recent estimated rate is 7,000 per day. Nationwide, the number of girls born for every 1,000 boys is 933. In some regions, it's below 900. Much of the reason is economic. In parts of India, as in China, boys are regarded as assets, while girls require dowries so that somebody else's son will support them. In India, as in China, central mandates have failed. The country's ban on sex-selective abortion has proved unenforceable. Chowdhury is trying a different tack. Instead of telling parents what to do, she's offering what she calls an "incentive." You can lecture parents all day about the value of raising girls, but the best way to make them appreciate that value is to make it concrete and immediate. Chowdhury thinks her subsidies will persuade parents "to look upon the girl as an asset rather than a liability since her very existence would lead to cash inflow to the family." Over time, she hopes, the education and employment of women will "help in changing their mindsets towards the girl." Will it work? I don't know. Nor am I certain that reproductive freedom, coupled with family planning, will rectify China's demographic imbalances without leading to a population explosion. But I bet they'll work better than preaching and prohibition have. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Hanky Spanky Spanking, masochism, and coercive sex. By William Saletan Monday, March 3, 2008, at 9:06 AM ET New column 2/29 on Roger Clemens' doping defense. (For discussions of the latest topics, check out the Human Nature Fray.) The high-tech immigration fence flunked its pilot test. Problems: 1) The software was designed for police dispatching, whereas military "battle management" software is needed. 2) It doesn't process data fast enough to help operators direct remote cameras to moving targets. 3) The cameras are only half as sharp as advertised. 4) The cameras don't synch with the radar. 5) The radar can't distinguish targets from trees. 6) Rain sets off the radar. 7) The gear is housed in towers that are easy targets for drug gangs. Government spins: 1) "The concept works." 2) The mistakes aren't fatal. 3) We're learning from them. New plan: 1) More "mobile ground surveillance units." 2) More aerial drones. (Related: Are drones the answer to terrorism?) Animals are the next target of the crackdown on sports doping. 1) A bull-riding association has begun random testing of bulls. 2) On Wednesday, horse racing's top executive joined a congressional hearing on performance-enhancing drugs in sports. Horse-racing industry spins: 1) We test at least one horse in every race for various drugs. 2) That's tougher than what other leagues do to human players. 3) Few horses flunk. Congressman's rebuttal: Horse racing is dragging its hooves on banning steroids, which human leagues have already done. Bull owner's allegation about steroids: "You can tell by looking at some of those bulls and their sizes. It's just like human beings." Rebuttals: 1) Bull owners have stopped using steroids because 35/124 the drugs sterilize the bulls, which is financially disastrous. 2) Bulls don't benefit from steroids, because you can't make them exercise to add muscle while they're on the drugs, as you can with humans. (Related: Doping and Roger Clemens' wife.) The girl born with eight limbs has begun to walk with assistance. She's using a baby walker at age 2; her extra limbs were surgically removed three months ago. Next medical challenges: 1) "Major urinary problems." 2) Bent legs. Doctors plan more surgeries in the next two months to address both problems. (Related: Human Nature's previous update on the eight-limbed girl.) Oklahomans are debating a "video vigilante" war on prostitution. The vigilante tapes men using prostitutes, edits the video for taste but not to protect identity, and posts it on his Web site. Impact: Hundreds of men have been taped; one clip has been viewed 340,000 times. Rationales: 1) It deters would-be johns. 2) Prostitution ruined his neighborhood. 3) Cops and courts weren't convicting johns. 4) If you don't want your sex to be taped, don't do it in public. Objections: 1) It's invasive. 2) It's prurient. 3) It implies guilt even if nobody has been convicted. 4) He enjoys it too much. 5) He has turned it into a business, with profits from his site, YouTube ads, and selling video to talk shows. Human Nature's view: Taping public sex is no scummier than doing it, and making the sex private solves the vigilante problem. (Disagree?) Legislators in Denmark approved a plan to legalize and subsidize heroin for some users. The plan is modeled on a similar system in Switzerland. Conditions: 1) It's only for "500 of the worst affected and most marginalized addicts." 2) The drug can be acquired only with a prescription. 3) It has to be combined with methadone to relieve the addiction. 4) The government will foot the bill: $14 million over two years. Goals: 1) Reduce crimes driven by heroin addiction. 2) Rehabilitate the addicts. (Related: 1) How harmful is marijuana? 2) Is tobacco worse? 3) Reengineering pot.) A study says brain differences may cause differences in aggression among teenage boys. Sample: 137 12-year-old boys, observed while interacting with parents. Findings: 1) 1) "A significant positive association between volume of the amygdala [a brain area related to fear and arousal] and the duration of adolescent aggressive behavior during these interactions." 2) "Male-specific associations between the volume of prefrontal structures and affective behavior." Researchers' conclusions: 1) "Brain structure is associated with affective behavior and its regulation" in such interactions. 2) "There may be gender differences in the neural mechanisms underlying affective and behavioral regulation" during these years. Crude translation: 1) My amygdala made me do it. 2) "These boys may … be unable to control their emotions because … parts of the brain that normally control strong emotions don't mature till the early 20s." Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Critique: Correlation doesn't prove causal direction, or even causation. (Related: Rethinking the age of consent.) Latest Human Nature columns: 1) Roger Clemens' doping defense. 2) Abortion and sex selection. 3) Growth hormone and Clemens' wife. 4) Fat genes and responsibility. 5) The messy biology of human embryos. 6) Obama and the white vote. 7) Bush, stem cells, and stubbornness. 8) Why the polls botched New Hampshire. international papers Fight Club The international press smells blood in the Democratic primaries. By Susan Daniels Wednesday, March 5, 2008, at 4:02 PM ET It seems Tuesday's dramatic primaries were being watched as closely abroad as they were at home. Sen. Hillary Clinton's wins in Ohio and Texas prompted the international press to trowel on the sports metaphors—mixed and otherwise. In a report for the London Times breathlessly headlined, "Obama left winded as crowds roar Clinton back off the ropes and into the race," Tony Baldwin wrote: Her campaign has reinvented itself as that of an underdog: hard-working, ready for a scrap, resentful and with a mean streak running through it. … Mr Obama must still be the favourite to win in the end, but he may have to limp over the finishing line looking over his shoulder at a Clinton campaign that smells blood. He has weaknesses. And she will relish finding them. "The word 'decisive' should now be banned from coverage of the Democratic primary race over the coming weeks," declared Alex Spillius in the Daily Telegraph. "At every turn it has been expected that either Hillary Clinton or Barack Obama will emerge as the overwhelming favourite to secure the nomination." And at every turn, those expectations have been upset. "Mrs Clinton proved that she is at her best when she is down. She needed to win Ohio and Texas and did so by throwing every conceivable punch at her opponent, including a couple below the belt." Edward Luce of the Financial Times said: "Hillary Clinton promised last week to throw the 'kitchen sink' at Barack Obama and it worked. … The lesson from Tuesday—as it was from 'Super Tuesday' a month ago—is that Democratic voters remain 36/124 almost evenly and passionately divided between Mrs Clinton and Mr Obama." And from Hong Kong, the Asia Times' Muhammad Cohen complained, "America had its chance to anoint Barack Obama as the Democratic presidential nominee on Tuesday, and America blinked. Possibly because of all the mud Hillary Clinton's campaign flung in its eyes." 'Barack's done extremely well and we're very proud of him,' Auma Obama said when asked for a reaction to the losses on Tuesday. 'This is like a football match. The game continues.' " In Britain's Guardian, Michael Tomasky warned, "Clinton partisans should keep some perspective here. The delegate count is still strongly against her. The math is the math is the math. It is almost/virtually/essentially/fundamentally impossible for her to win the battle of pledged delegates. … Part of the reason for a primary season is to see if the nominee can take punches and get back up. So now Obama will presumably endure that baptism." jurisprudence "The Comeback Kid keeps coming back and back, at least in her mind and those of her supporters," wrote John Ibbitson in Canada's Globe and Mail, but Hillary's performance in Tuesday's primaries just doesn't signify: "Bottom line: There isn't a convincing scenario that ends with Ms. Clinton winning, no matter what Ohio might say." And in light of John McCain's now-unchallenged path to the Republican nomination, an internal fight is something the Democrats can't afford: "So whether or not last night was a moral, tactical or even real victory for Hillary Clinton, it came at a cost, for her own prospects and those of her party." "One has to wonder at this stage," noted Slate columnist Christopher Hitchens in the British tabloid the Daily Mirror, "whether Senator Obama and his children's crusade completely appreciated that this is the way it would play out, but then their own actual delegate count is not immediately affected by last night's events. What may be affected is their blissful sense that it would all be one long peace-and-love cakewalk to the nomination." An apparently prescient Richard Adams, writing in the Guardian, proposed a solution to the bloodbath: pair the battling Democrats as running mates. He acknowledged that the plan is not without risks. "One danger is that a Clinton-Obama ticket could be the worst of both worlds, gluing together the motivating force of Clintonophobia among Republicans and the barelydisguised racist repetition of Barack Hussein Obama. Perhaps. But in fact the worst of all possible worlds is the current reality: the Democratic party's two leading assets battling each other to the death." Meanwhile, on the other side of the world, the Independent of South Africa reported on reaction to Obama's losses: " 'We feel bad, but we all hope he will succeed in the end,' carpenter George Oduor, 25, said in Kogelo, the small village northwest of Kisumu town that was home to Obama's late father. 'We don't want Hillary,' he said as children headed to class at the nearby Senator Obama Secondary School." And Obama's half-sister ultimately sounds like a member of the international press: " Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Big Business's Big Term Victories for the Chamber of Commerce at the Supreme Court. By Doug Kendall Wednesday, March 5, 2008, at 6:05 PM ET With the Supreme Court term moving past the halfway mark, corporate America's long-term investments in the federal judiciary are yielding impressive returns. The U.S. Chamber of Commerce's Robin Conrad gushed about a "hat trick" of Supreme Court victories one day in February, telling the Legal Times, "I don't think I've ever experienced a day at the Supreme Court like that." Thirty-seven years ago, future Justice Lewis Powell, then a lawyer in private practice, penned a now-famous memorandum alerting the Chamber of Commerce to a "neglected opportunity in the courts." Powell explained that "the judiciary may be the most important instrument for social, economic and political change," and he urged the chamber and its corporate benefactors to invest heavily in this "vast area of opportunity." In the wake of Powell's memo, the business community seeded a vast body of scholarship and created a nationwide network of pro-business legal organizations. This investment has quietly borne fruit for decades—and, this term in particular, landed corporate America the wins that thrilled Conrad, and more besides. On that hat-trick day in February, the court issued three probusiness decisions, striking down state rules designed to prevent children from receiving cigarettes via the Internet (Rowe v. New Hampshire Motor Transport Association), blocking state courts from holding manufacturers liable for the harms caused by defective medical devices (Riegel v. Medtronic), and using a federal arbitration statute to protect corporations against state jury trials in contract disputes (Preston v. Ferrer). These were all "pre-emption" decisions, which means that the court found a conflict between a federal law and a state statute or decisions reached by state courts. In such a conflict, federal law trumps, and this led the court in these three cases to free corporations from state limits on their conduct. Earlier this term, the court gave the chamber another win when it ruled broadly against "scheme liability" lawsuits, which hold accountable everyone involved in an effort to defraud securities investors. As a direct result of that case, Stoneridge v. ScientificAtlanta, the financial institutions that enabled Enron to 37/124 perpetrate the largest corporate fraud in U.S. history won the dismissal of a $40 billion lawsuit brought by the investors in Enron whose retirement security was decimated by this fraud. It's not just particular cases that the chamber is winning, but also foundational issues that set the course of the law. Stoneridge is what lawyers call a "cause of action" case; it was about whether the plaintiffs could get into the courthouse to ensure the enforcement of the obligations that the federal Securities Exchange Act of 1934 imposes on corporations. Decades ago, the court ruled that the Exchange Act necessarily implied that victims of corporate misconduct could sue corporations for flouting the clear legal obligations that this law imposes. But starting in 1975, the court began a steady retreat from the idea that judges could "imply" a cause of action, forcing Congress to state clearly that it wants people to be able to sue. In Stoneridge, the court took this a big step further, saying in effect that people cannot sue companies to enforce an obligation under the Exchange Act that the court has not approved in a prior case. This ruling essentially freezes the enforceability of the Exchange Act. Another cause-of-action case in which a decision is still pending is the biggest civil-rights case this term, a suit by a black employee fired by Cracker Barrel. The law at issue here is the historic, if long under-enforced, Civil Rights Act of 1866, which gave freed slaves equal rights in making and enforcing contracts. The question before the court is whether this Reconstruction-era statute bars employers from retaliating against workers who complain of racial bias on the job. At oral argument last week, a number of justices, perhaps a majority, seemed poised to rule that even if the law covered retaliation, the court would not allow a victim of discrimination to go to court and enforce this mandate, even though he or she could sue to enforce other violations of the law. Without the ability to sue, any protection provided by the Civil Rights Act against retaliation becomes essentially useless. It is extremely hard to reconcile what the court has done in cause-of-action cases like Stoneridge with its approach to preemption cases like Rowe, Riegel, and Preston. In the cause-ofaction cases, the court says Congress must unmistakably express its intention to allow people to go to court to enforce federal mandates. If Congress isn't crystal-clear, potential plaintiffs are out of luck. But in the pre-emption cases, the court seems untroubled by a lack of clarity on Congress' part, ruling that federal law pushes aside state actions or remedies when it's not at all certain that's what Congress so intended. There's one thing these approaches do have in common: They both favor business interests. The Chamber of Commerce also appears to have won the day in disputes over the role of the jury in deciding contract and liability disputes that might be costly for businesses. The Preston decision this term caps a long line of rulings, dating Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC from 1984, in which the court has interpreted the Federal Arbitration Act effectively to displace state juries in a vast number of contractual disputes. And in a suit against Exxon argued at the end of February, the court seemed poised to substitute for the jury's view its own idea of the appropriate level of punitive damages for the worst oil spill in U.S. history, as the justices have repeatedly done in punitive damage cases over the past decade. The court's disdain for jury trials was especially evident at oral argument in Riegel, the case about manufacturer liability for medical devices. Justice Scalia responded to Riegel's argument about the importance of preserving the judgment of the state jury by declaring "extraordinary" the very notion that a "single jury" could find a company liable for a defective product when the "scientists at the FDA have said [the product] is OK." This is a remarkable statement for a justice who professes to be bound by the Constitution's original meaning. Many things are obscure about the framing era, but this we know for certain: The framers of our Constitution loved juries. In siding with the chamber and viewing the jury more as a threat to the modern economy and less as a bulwark of our system of justice, the court is departing sharply from what our framers would have wanted. There will surely be other cases this term that the Chamber of Commerce loses. The game is not rigged. Rather, by investing heavily in legal strategy and working patiently in case after case, the chamber has won victories that have gradually shifted the ground rules in its favor. For that, the chamber can thank Justice Powell's advice and deep corporate pockets. For ordinary Americans and the victims of corporate misconduct, there is much less to celebrate. sidebar Return to article These groups include the Pacific Legal Foundation, the Washington Legal Foundation, and the Chamber's own National Chamber Litigation Center. In addition, established power centers like the Federalist Society and the Heritage Foundation were founded to organize and orchestrate pro-business litigation efforts. low concept The Fake Memoirist's Survival Guide How to embellish your life story without getting caught. 38/124 By Christopher Beam Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 1:29 PM ET The past month has not been kind to literary fabricators. The self-proclaimed half-Native American/foster child/South Central gangster Margaret B. Jones turned out to be Margaret Seltzer, a white girl from the leafy suburb Sherman Oaks. Misha Defonseca confessed that her Holocaust memoir, in which she traversed Europe, escaped Nazis, and lived with a pack of wolves, was a fantasy. Both revelations recall the fallout after James Frey's 2003 addiction memoir A Million Little Pieces turned out to be partially fabricated. Lying to readers and editors is shameful, to be sure. But the real embarrassment is that these writers got caught. For all their celebrated imagination, fabulists too often do a shoddy job of covering their tracks. Examine the trajectories of disgraced memoirists and you start to see some patterns that could, if studied closely, help avoid future literary humiliations. To that end, here are a few tips for aspiring fakers to keep in mind, lest they get caught in fabricante delicto. Specificity is your enemy. Write with passionate vagueness. Avoid precise dates; don't get more exact than the year if you can help it. Better yet, the decade. One scholar challenged the authenticity of Misha Defonseca's memoir based on her claim that her family was deported from Belgium in 1941—in reality, the Germans didn't deport Belgian Jews until 1942. Frey was undone when the Smoking Gun discovered he had spent only a few hours in jail, not three months. When in doubt, go with "awhile." Write what you know—but no one else does. Stick with obscure locations, cultures, and subject matter. The second you start treading turf where there are "experts," you might as well surrender. Norma Khouri wrote the best-selling 2003 book Forbidden Love, which recounts the honor killing of her best friend in Jordan. She was outed when a Jordanian reader spotted blatantly ahistorical details. For example, the unisex hair salon where much of the story takes place could not have existed by law in the mid-1990s. While reading Defonseca's memoir, a scholar pointed out that, among other errors, wolf saliva does not actually work as an antiseptic. A tube of Neosporin would have been far more believable. Be a victim. Holocaust survivor, recovered addict, former prostitute, child soldier, Native American. Better yet, some combination thereof. This way, you'll make people nervous about doubting your testimony. Practice looking offended in the mirror. Check your paper trail. Khouri was done in by passport records. Defonseca's elementary school register gave the lie to Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC her scribblings. JT Leroy, who claimed to have been a crossdressing teenage truck-stop prostitute, was exposed as Laura Albert after the advance for Leroy's first book, Sarah, was traced to Albert's sister. Again, siblings can be trouble. Maybe best to be an only child? Don't leave witnesses. Margaret Seltzer did a nice job of making her imaginary siblings hard for a meddling reporter to track down. In the New York Times' review of her memoir, we learn that her brother Terrell was "killed by the Crips at 21" and her youngest sister, NeeCee, "killed herself three years ago." Unfortunately, her real sister, Cyndi Hoffman, is very much alive. When she saw Seltzer's photo in the Times, Hoffman phoned the publisher and outed her. Warning: If your sister was always tattling on you as a kid, address this problem before the profile in the Times House & Home section. Don't leave clues! This should go without saying, but fake memoirists have an embarrassing penchant for leaving fingerprints all over the murder weapon. The epic quest to undo Defonseca received a boost when sleuths noted that the U.S. edition of Misha mentioned the author's real name, Monique De Wael, and the U.K. edition included her date of birth. An equally dumb move exposed "Forrest Carter," whose "autobiography" of a Native American child, The Education of Little Tree, became a phenomenon in 1976. Carter, it turns out, was actually a white supremacist and former Klansman named Asa Carter. The evidence that brought him down? A copy of the book inscribed by "Forrest (Asa) Carter." Don't tell anyone—especially your biographer. Another point that should be obvious. But none other than Nadine Gordimer made the mistake of confessing to her biographer, Ronald Suresh Roberts, that she had fabricated parts of an autobiographical essay published in The New Yorker in 1954. She hasn't denied his account but accused Roberts of a breach of trust. Ahem. Beware of blurbs. Defonseca's memoir raised the eyebrows of two scholars who were asked to blurb her book. They warned the publisher that it was fantasy, but the book hit shelves—and, this year, theaters—anyway. If you made up your story, don't ask scholars to blurb it. That's just playing with fire. When cornered, confess. There's nothing sadder than a fabricator railing against indisputable evidence. (Exhibit A: Norma Khouri.) Acknowledge your sins. Feel free, however, to insist that you're telling the "emotional truth." The details don't matter, as long as you're painting an accurate picture of how you felt—real truth is for stenographers. When needed, scapegoats can include childhood trauma, a breakup, drugs, or gender confusion. Worst-case scenario: long, tearful, Oprah-assisted soul-searching. Best-case scenario: another book deal. 39/124 forbidden pathway." —Editor & Publisher, March 11, 2008 low concept Worst Publishing Week Ever A phony Holocaust memoir. A made-up tale of a gangland childhood. What's next? By Daniel Engber Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 6:24 PM ET Author Ishmael Beah's bestselling account of his time as a child soldier was proved factually flawed last night by a document found in a remote Sierra Leone schoolhouse. —The Australian, Feb. 2, 2008 In a statement issued by her Belgian lawyer, Misha Defonseca of Dudley, whose book, Misha: A Memoire of the Holocaust Years, has been translated into 18 languages … confessed that she is not Jewish and that she spent the war safely in Brussels. —The Boston Globe, Feb. 29, 2008 In Love and Consequences, a critically acclaimed memoir published last week, Margaret B. Jones wrote about her life as a half-white, half-Native American girl growing up in SouthCentral Los Angeles as a foster child among gang-bangers, running drugs for the Bloods. The problem is that none of it is true. —The New York Times, March 4, 2008 **************** Barack Obama invented several important details in his acclaimed 1995 memoir, Dreams From My Father: A Story of Race and Inheritance, according to a memo distributed by the Clinton campaign as polls opened yesterday. The book describes Mr. Obama's experiences after the accidental death of his black African father in 1982. The senator's father was born in San Francisco, Calif., not Nyangoma-Kogelo, Kenya, as was alleged in the book, the memo claims. "Charles 'Chip' Obama spent every day of his life in the Bay Area, including the 24 years he spent working in a co-op bakery." —The Cleveland Plain Dealer, March 5, 2008 Two authors confessed this week to fabricating salacious memoirs at the behest of disgraced publisher Judith Regan. Jenna Jameson, author of the best-selling How To Make Love Like a Porn Star: A Cautionary Tale, told reporters on Monday that she was still a virgin and that "true love waits for strippers, too." The following day, former ballerina Toni Bentley admitted that her book The Surrender was inappropriately marketed as an autobiography; in reality, she never experienced "emancipation through the backdoor," nor, indeed, any activity involving "the Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC A critical edition of The Confessions of St. Augustine published by the University of Oxford Press has renewed fierce debate over the life and times of the fourth-century Christian philosopher. A number of high-profile professors now believe the author's famously sinful youth to be rife with exaggeration. "There's just no reason to believe that the thornbushes of lust ever grew rank about his head," says historian Carlo Ricci of the Pontifical University in Rome. "Take a look at what his contemporaries were writing—there's just no way a guy from Hippo would be drinking the invisible wine of a perverted will." —The Chronicle of Higher Education, March 22, 2008 James Frey has confessed that he did not personally appear on Oprah to admit fabricating his drug-abuse memoir, A Million Little Pieces. "That was Augusten Burroughs, the acclaimed writer of Running With Scissors," Frey wrote in a letter released by his lawyer on Monday. "We were doing whippits backstage, and then all of a sudden Augie takes out a Sharpie, writes 'FTBSITTTD' on his arm, and runs out there." The lawyer said Frey was relieved to put this all behind him. —The Seattle Times, April 3, 2008 Pantheon Books has stopped shipping copies of Persepolis and Persepolis 2 after several bloggers raised troubling concerns about the autobiographical comic books. Reached by phone on Wednesday evening, Marjane Satrapi tearfully admitted that she had taken "extensive liberties" in her depiction of her youth in Iran. Satrapi does in fact have both lips and eyelids. She also confessed to "completely making up the whole two-dimension thing." —Ain't It Cool News, April 6, 2008 A prominent human rights activist in Sudan has accused fiction writer Dave Eggers of failing to make up key passages in his recent novel What Is the What. The book purports to give a nonnonfictional account of a real-life child refugee who endured years of starvation and violence in Darfur. "I want to know how this passed the sniff-test with his editors," said Howard Goldenschmidt of Darfur-NOW. "I mean, man-eating lions? It's just too good to be not true." —Associated Press, April 19, 2008 map the candidates Back to the Trail After days off for both candidates, Clinton goes to Mississippi and meets Obama in Wyoming. By E.J. Kalafarski and Chadwick Matlin Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 5:00 PM ET 40/124 There's little rest for the weary on the campaign trail. With caucuses scheduled in Wyoming on Saturday and a primary in Mississippi on Tuesday, Hillary Clinton took only one day off and was back on the trail Thursday. She had a press conference in D.C. and went to Mississippi for an event Thursday night. She'll meet Obama in Wyoming on Friday, as he resurfaces after two days off. Map the Candidates uses the candidates' public schedules to keep track of their comings and goings. A quick primer on your new election toolbox: ï‚· ï‚· ï‚· ï‚· ï‚· Do you want to know who spent the most time in Iowa or New Hampshire last month? Play with the timeline sliders above the map to customize the amount of time displayed. Care most about who visited your home state? Then zoom in on it or type a location into the "geosearch" box below the map. Choose which candidates you want to follow with the check boxes on to the right of the map. If you only want to see the front-runners, then uncheck all of the fringe candidates. Voilà! You're left with the cream of the crop's travels. Follow the campaign trail virtually with MTC's news feed. Every day YouTube video and articles from local papers will give you a glimpse of what stump speeches really look and sound like. Just click the arrow next to the headline to get started. Take a closer look at candidates by clicking on their names to the right of the map. You'll get the lowdown on their travels, media coverage, and policy positions. Click here to start using Map the Candidates. medical examiner Is There a Glucometer on Board? How About an Oxygen Tank? What doctors need to take care of sick airline passengers. By Zachary Meisel Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 11:00 AM ET Last week, a woman died suddenly on a flight from Haiti to New York. She reportedly began to feel lightheaded, thirsty, and short of breath midway through the flight; soon after, she collapsed. This story recalled my own experience trying to help a sick passenger on a cross-country overnight flight three years ago. The difficulties I encountered in trying to provide good care came down to an unglamorous but crucial concern: how medical Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC equipment is organized in a setting where volunteers are working in an unfamiliar environment with limited supplies and no back up. My wife and I are both physicians, and on this flight from Los Angeles to Pittsburgh, we responded to an announcement asking for medical assistance for a middle-aged man who had passed out. The passenger was awake but looked quite ill: He was breathing rapidly, with cool and clammy skin. He said that he felt very lightheaded. For a while, we observed him, at the same time coaxing him to drink some juice and checking and rechecking his heart rate. But his symptoms persisted: He continued to look pale and ashen, and we became increasingly worried. It was hard to assess the cause of his condition, but it certainly could have been life-threatening. I was particularly worried about the possibility of a blood clot in his lungs or a heart attack. And so we asked for more help from the flight attendant. My wife wanted the plane's overhead lights turned on so we could see better. At first, she got nowhere: The flight staff didn't want to wake the passengers who were sleeping on the red-eye. Next, the flight attendant handed me a kit that had some, but not nearly enough, medical equipment: a blood pressure cuff, a stethoscope, a mask and tubing for oxygen, IV catheters, and a bag of saline fluid to administer intravenously. I asked for a glucometer to measure the patient's blood sugar level, and the flight attendant shook her head that she didn't have one. Another passenger, who was a diabetic, came forward with her own device, and I used that to confirm that the patient's glucose was normal. Finally, we were given a small oxygen tank that was close to empty. The details about last week's Haiti-U.S. flight have yet to be completely reported. So far, the news reports include accusations of medical equipment that malfunctioned and airline staff who didn't respond to the passenger's requests for help. On our flight, mean attendants and broken equipment were not the problem. The flight attendants weren't uncaring, just slow to realize the seriousness of the situation. Once they understood that we were dealing with a potentially real emergency, as opposed to an anxious passenger (I recall my wife's less-than-subtle explanation), they were quick to help, including switching on the lights. But the organization of the plane's medical equipment proved a major barrier. Unbeknownst to the flight attendant, there was a big kit of equipment in addition to the smaller one she had given me. But the big kit was stocked elsewhere in the plane—along with a second, and full, oxygen tank. In the end, it turned out that the plane had everything we really needed—such as a glucometer and lots of medications to use in emergencies. But the flight attendants didn't figure this out until we were landing, at least an hour after the patient became sick. 41/124 At the end of the flight, the attendant confessed she'd been confused because the last time she needed to access these kinds of supplies, she had been on a different type of plane where everything she needed was stocked together. In retrospect, I too was faked out, by the way the equipment was organized: The small medical kit I was given had just enough supplies (a mix of stuff for diagnosis and treatment) to convince me that this was all there was. If I had been given a bag with, perhaps, only Band-Aids and a gauze pad, I think I would have insisted on a search for more and better equipment. The deceptive way in which the supplies were packed and stored meant that I didn't have the right tools at the right time to take care of the sick passenger. Efforts to improve patient safety in hospitals and other medical care settings have gained increased attention since the Institute of Medicine released its 1999 report outlining how common medical errors are. Organization of medical equipment is an important part of using the science of human-factors engineering to improve patient safety. Also called ergonomics, this science takes into account the design and organization of a particular environment to improve the way humans function within it. It borrows from aviation safety, which emphasizes standardization, checklists, cockpit design, and teamwork. I have written before about incorporating some of these processes into emergency care on ambulances. On airline flights, where medical emergencies are rarer and unexpected, the value of ergonomics may be even greater. The people using the equipment often cannot rely on their experience to overcome hurdles thrown up by poor design or organization like the ones my wife and I encountered. Fortunately, the passenger whom I cared for improved without much help. I sat with him until we landed and an ambulance came to take him off the airplane. I suspect he fully recovered. But if he had deteriorated instead, I might not have been able to help him. The February 2008 edition of one of the airlines' inflight magazines contains a letter from the CEO, bragging about the industry's widespread use of automated external defibrillators on airplanes. These machines can save a passenger or crew member whose heart suddenly stops beating. Stocking them is, doubtless, very important. But passenger safety depends on the next level of organization: Every plane should contain the same medical equipment, stocked in the same place, in the same way. Airline staff should, of course, be well-versed in what they have and where it all is. In addition, a card or a list, itemizing the available supplies, medications, and dosages, should be on board and automatically given to any doctor or nurse or EMT who offers to assist a sick passenger. I don't know if these rules would have saved the life of the woman on the plane from Haiti, but I have little doubt they could help many of the other passengers who get sick on airplanes every year. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC moneybox Stagflation Is Back And it's even worse than you feared. By Daniel Gross Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 4:25 PM ET It's like a bad '70s flashback. Oil at $100 per barrel, and now stagflation. The unhappy coincidence of sluggish growth and rising inflation, stagflation is economic poison. (Read my colleague Robert Samuelson's excellent primer on it in Newsweek.) It is the opposite of the economic idyll of the last quarter-century, an era of relatively low inflation and relatively rapid growth. The stag? Gross domestic product rose at an annual rate of only 0.6 percent in the fourth quarter of 2007 and probably isn't doing much better today. The flation? The Consumer Price Index rose 4.3 percent between January 2007 and January 2008. The numbers seem positively buoyant compared with our last serious bout of stagflation in the late 1970s, when inflation rates spiked to double-digit levels and mortgage rates were in the high teens. Compared with the mountain of economic woes in the late Carter years, the economic woes of the late Bush years are a mole hill. But that doesn't mean those fretting about stagflation are crying wolf. Here's why. In his smart new book in the behavioral-economics genre, Predictably Irrational, Dan Ariely writes about the importance of context: People routinely make business decisions and judgments by comparing them to recent events rather than to the distant past. Your relative happiness with your salary and bonus doesn't rest on comparing it with what you made 10 years ago; it rests on comparing it with what you made last year and with what the people sitting next to you are making this year. Yes, consumers today aren't being ravaged by inflation, high interest rates, and slow growth as they were in the late 1970s. But that offers little solace. Consumers compare their purchasing power and job prospects today with their purchasing power and job prospects of a year ago or a few months ago. And that's why the sudden decline in growth late last year and the persistent rise in prices are a slap in the face. This case of stagflation may be mild by historical standards. But since we haven't experienced anything like it in decades, our coping mechanisms are weak. That's why consumer confidence has fallen off a cliff in the last several months. There's another aspect of this context argument. Inflation is generally on the rise throughout the world, and the rate of inflation is higher in many parts of the world than it is in the U.S. But Americans may feel they're getting hurt more than many of our trading partners by the current inflation. Inflation is being driven by rising energy and food prices. Commodities— 42/124 wheat, gold, oil, you name it—are getting more expensive. Another way of thinking about it, however, is that the dollar is losing ground against wheat, gold, oil, and other commodities. As the U.S. has pursued fiscal and monetary policies that debase the currency, the dollar has weakened significantly against many of the world's currencies. Consequently, when a commodity that is priced in dollars on a global basis—like oil—goes ballistic, the chumps who have all of their assets in dollars will get hurt disproportionately. Americans today pay about $100 for a barrel of oil. But if you're French, and you're buying oil with the Euro, which has increased by about 16 percent against the dollar in the past year, the blow has been substantially cushioned. What's more, many of the countries that have pegged their own currencies to the dollar, including China and the Persian Gulf states, either subsidize gas or use price controls. American consumers and businesses are, in some ways, uniquely exposed to the twin ravages of a weak dollar and expensive oil. We also import much more oil today than we did in the 1970s. According to the Department of Energy, U.S. net daily imports have risen from 6.4 million in 1980 to 12.4 million in 2006. Meanwhile, daily U.S. production has fallen from 3.2 million barrels per day in 1980 to 1.9 million barrels per day in 2006. When the U.S. largely fed its own addiction, the high prices Americans paid at the pump were generally recycled into the domestic economy. Today, the payments are more likely to wind up in government coffers in Venezuela, the Persian Gulf, and Russia. There's a final reason why even a mild case of stagflation can prove fatal: leverage. Stagflation implies a rise in fixed costs and inputs (food, energy, the price of money itself) coupled with slowing growth in sales and revenues. This dynamic of a rising bottom line and a stagnant top line shrinks profit margins. If you have a lot of debt, and if much of that debt is floating-rate or short-term debt, a horrible combination results. If your entire business model consists of borrowing huge sums of floating-rate or short-term debt and using it to buy other assets or debt instruments that tend to decline in value when inflation rises and growth stalls, then it's a killer. Unfortunately, that's exactly what the financial-services sector and the American homeowner have been doing for the last several years. moneybox NAFTA Nonsense Explaining the Clinton/Obama spat over trade policy. By Daniel Gross Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 4:37 PM ET Of all the twists and turns in the Democratic primary campaign, one of the strangest is the return of the North American Free Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Trade Agreement, which went into effect in 1994 and broke down trade barriers between the three massive, contiguous nations that dominate the northern portion of the Western Hemisphere. Campaigning in Ohio, a formerly industrial state that is rapidly becoming a postindustrial state, both Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama expressed reservations about the trade deal and suggested it might need to be revisited. Clinton tried to make a meal over a report that Obama economic adviser Austan Goolsbee, a University of Chicago professor and an occasional Slate contributor, told Canadians that Obama's anti-NAFTA rhetoric was just for show and that they should trust in Obama's free-trade credentials. There's something outdated and Kabuki-like about the whole NAFTA drama, which was manufactured largely for consumption in Ohio and probably won't be going on a national tour. Nationally, China has long since displaced Mexico as the bugaboo on trade issues. And it's increasingly difficult to argue that NAFTA has been a national tragedy. Yes, U.S. imports from Mexico have risen sharply since 1993, from $48 billion to $216 billion in 2006. But U.S. exports to Mexico have tripled in the same period, from $52 billion to $156 billion. In 2007, according to the Department of Commerce (PDF), trade with Mexico— America's second-largest trading partner—accounted for less than 10 percent of the trade deficit. The truly massive imbalances in trade these days result from 1) the rising volume of oil purchases from oil-producing countries and 2) the rise of imports from truly poor countries, such as China, which can't yet afford significant American imports. The fact that Mexican firms now export large quantities of goods to Canada and the United States means they are creating jobs—and incentives—for Mexicans to stay at home. In some ways, NAFTA has been a boon for nativists. Just think how much higher the northward flow of work-seeking immigrants from Mexico would have been in the absence of NAFTA. Mexico and Canada aren't really Ohio's main problems. The last time I visited the state, I went to a steel plant outside Cleveland where one of the furnaces was being dismantled and sent to … China. The state, which has lost large numbers of manufacturing jobs, is currently experiencing the negative aftereffects of an economic boom (high unemployment and foreclosure rates), even though it never felt many of the boom's benefits. So what accounts for the state's visceral hostility to NAFTA? The Wall Street Journal yesterday published a poll showing that Democrats in Ohio disapprove of NAFTA by a 59-13 margin. (In Texas, only 40 percent of Democrats disapprove while 33 percent approve.) As my Newsweek colleague Keith Naughton notes, Mexico holds a special symbolic status for employees of automakers and similar smokestack industries, which used to be 43/124 large presences in Ohio and which moved big chunks of their production south of the border in the 1980s and '90s. I also think there's something deeper at work. For the purposes of the Ohio primary, NAFTA is a two-syllable shorthand for the larger problems of trade policy. It's less about NAFTA than what came after. Call it the Great Risk Shift, or the cram down, or the fraying of the safety net. But people who have blue-collar jobs, or who have lost them, have suffered a series of blows over the past three decades: stagnant wages, job insecurity, rising health costs, and the loss of insurance and pension benefits. Free trade is a factor—not the factor, but a significant factor—behind these trends. Unfortunately, the policy response from the Bush administration and from the Republicans who have, until recently, dominated Congress has been: Suck on it. This decade, Washington has been quick to remind the public of the benefits of free trade, which are real, but has offered painfully little to those hurt by its effects. Even long-winded politicians speak in code and shorthand. And when Clinton and Obama traipse through Midwestern de-industrializing states and promise to revisit NAFTA, they're not really saying they want to stop the flow of goods and services from Mexico and Canada. They're trying to send a signal—clumsily, perhaps—that they understand that free trade hasn't been an unalloyed good. Clinton has charged Obama with making calculated remarks in front of one audience while sending equally calculated signals to a broader constituency—which is a triangulator calling a threesided figure a triangle. Goolsbee denies whispering sweet nothings about trade into Canadian ears. But even if he did, what's the big deal? It could be hypocrisy—or posturing. But there's another name for it: campaigning. And this is how mainstream Democrats practice politics these days. (On trade, Obama and Clinton are actually probably a little right of center.) They tell aggrieved members of the base (blue-collar workers) that they understand their pain, and they tell the more-satisfied members of their base (globalists, Wall Street types) that they're not going to upset the manzana cart. Don't expect talk about NAFTA to disappear. The Pennsylvania primary is coming up, after all. But Canadian policymakers— and American voters—shouldn't need Austan Goolsbee or anybody else to tell us that viable Democratic candidates for national office will 1) make negative comments about free-trade deals while campaigning in a state where hundreds of thousands of blue-collar manufacturing jobs have been lost and yet 2) be committed to free trade should they happen to win. moneybox The Unspeakable R Word Why nobody in Washington wants to say recession. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC By Daniel Gross Saturday, March 1, 2008, at 7:17 AM ET Testifying before Congress, Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke conducted a master class in the art of understatement last week. "The economic situation has become distinctly less favorable since the time of our July report," he said. Consumers, who account for 70 percent of U.S. economic activity, have been hamstrung by the "continuing contraction of the U.S. housing market," rising energy costs, and slowing job creation. And thanks to "tighter credit conditions for some firms," business spending should be "subdued" for the next several months. Distinctly less favorable? Subdued? It calls to mind Japanese Emperor Hirohito's comment on Aug. 14, 1945, that "the war situation has developed not necessarily to Japan's advantage." In recent weeks, abundant evidence has pointed to a recession— a broad-based contraction of economic activity—from rising unemployment claims to the continued pain in housing. Wall Street economists, whose employers have been experiencing their own private recession since last summer, haven't shrunk from using the R word. But in certain quarters of Washington, euphemism and understatement, verging on outright denial, are par for the course. In an episode of the hit 1970s show Happy Days, Fonzie, laboring to concede error, repeatedly choked on the word wrong, unable to get past the "rrr" sound. (Trust me, it was funny.) In last year's hit comedy Knocked Up, a character, queasy about using the technical term for terminating a pregnancy, refers to a procedure that "rhymes with shmashmortion." Bernanke and the man who appointed him, President Bush, are clearly coping with similar verbal tics. Call it a slowdown, cite challenges, or insist the fundamentals are sound. But please don't call it a recession. Speaking at a press conference on Thursday, Bush said, "I don't think we're headed to recession, but no question we're in a slowdown." Recessions are unspeakable for several reasons. Many have come to believe (erroneously) that central bankers and executives, by deploying information technology and superior management, have engineered the business cycle out of existence. In addition, the impact of a contraction is so ghastly as to spur denial. For any debt-laden entity—a consumer, a company, a government—a decline in revenues can have a very swift and painful impact. (Think about how soon you'd be begging for debt forbearance if your salary fell 10 percent tomorrow.) For a president, it is political poison to admit that an economic event that rhymes with shmashmession could be within the realm of possibility. Since recessions sap tax revenues, they tend to make huge deficits—like the $407 billion whopper projected for this fiscal year—even larger. And so, while the Blue Chip Economic Forecast in February cut its estimate for 2008 growth to 1.7 percent, the Office of 44/124 Management and Budget is sticking to its optimistic forecast of 2.7 percent—nearly 50 percent higher. But much as central bankers, investors, and politicians would like to wish it away, the business cycle is like Madonna—one of those phenomena that just won't leave the stage. The laws of physics still apply to the U.S. economy. And as a troubling bit of data from one of the last remaining hot sectors released last week shows, the gravitational pull of a falling economy can bring even the most powerful commercial force known to man crashing to earth. Since its birth, Google has been in a perpetual growth spurt, posting insanely impressive metrics of all sorts—from its share of Internet searches to profits. But last week, the Internet ratings firm comScore reported that Google's paid clicks—the number of times Web surfers clicked on ads served up with a search— fell 0.3 percent between January 2007 and January 2008, even as the number of searches rose 40 percent in the same period. As recently as August, Google's ad clicks were rising at a 60 percent clip. Google's click-through rate—the percentage of ads that get clicked on, and hence a measure of consumer follow-through on searches—was also down sharply in January. These numbers tell us something troubling about Google, and about the economy at large. Google became the Net's 800-pound gorilla by defying underlying growth trends of the larger commercial universe. But now, says Andy Kessler, a Silicon Valley hedge-fund manager turned author, "Google is big enough to be affected by cyclical economic forces." Since it peaked at $747 last November, Google's do-no-evil stock has plummeted 37 percent, erasing $86 billion in value. Like other media companies and retailers that depended on housing and consumer-related business, Google seems to be suffering from the consequences of declining activity. (These things are notoriously difficult to quantify, but my unscientific tally is that 75.196 percent of all Internet ads are for homeequity lines of credit and mortgages.) If the economy is grinding to a halt, one would expect clicks of all categories to decline. "Search may be the best advertising medium in the history of the world," says Internet analyst and Slate contributor Henry Blodget. "But that doesn't help much when searchers are broke." If even Google is showing a decline of economic activity in a big chunk of its domain, it can mean only one thing: We're in the portion of the economic cycle that rhymes with shmashmession. movies Me Want Good Caveman Movie By Dana Stevens Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 5:25 PM ET The caveman is a beloved archetype for a reason. Beetle-browed and quizzical, cognitively challenged but game for anything, he's a stand-in for us moderns as we try to puzzle out the mystery of our humanity. The classic caveman—a fur-clad, club-wielding, wheel-inventing regular guy—is a condensation of assumptions, speculations, and fantasies about our ancestral past. (That he never really existed as such was the premise for those brilliant Geico ads and the short-lived ABC series they inspired.) But caveman cinema, even at its goofiest, can be a thoughtprovoking genre. Depictions of early humans have the potential to ask the big questions: Where does language come from? What should our relationship be to nature, to technology, to other humans? A good caveman movie also tackles more immediate concerns: What me do when fire go out? How me escape from stampeding woolly mammoth? 10,000 B.C. (Warner Bros.), Roland Emmerich's new prehistoric adventure, disappoints not because it's a bad caveman movie, but because it isn't one at all. Rather than taking the trouble to imagine what early civilization might have been like—its culture, its language, its warfare, its family life—the movie simply transposes a banal Hollywood epic into Paleolithic times. Or maybe Mesolithic. Emmerich, who's already done alien invasion (Independence Day) and environmental armageddon (The Day After Tomorrow), excels at staging grand-scale chaos, but he's no stickler for detail. So what if the construction of the pyramids didn't really overlap with the existence of the woolly mammoth? Can you honestly say you don't want to see a herd of crazed mammoths stampeding down the ramps of a pyramid in progress? We begin, as Omar Sharif informs us in a mystical voice-over, at the dawn of mankind in the small mountain settlement of a tribe called the Yagahl. After his father mysteriously abandons the clan, a young hunter, D'Leh (Steven Strait), falls in love with a blue-eyed cavegirl named Evolet (Camilla Belle, looking fresh from a WB teen drama). When a group of Yagahl tribesmen, including Evolet, is kidnapped by marauding slave traders, D'Leh conscripts a band of hunters, including his adoptive father, Tic'Tic (Cliff Curtis), to go in search of them. On their way, these dreadlocked warriors will encounter the full roster of prehistoric threats: rival tribesmen, saber-toothed tigers, and a killer reptilian emu that chomps its way through entire forests of bamboo. By the time they arrive at the huge, quasi-Egyptian construction site, D'Leh has become the leader of an army of oppressed tribes who scheme to overthrow the enslavers and their veiled, godlike pharaoh. Meanwhile, back at the Yagahl encampment, an ancient matriarchal figure known as Old Mother (Mona Hammond) relays the faraway events to the remaining tribesmen via a kind of psychic closed-circuit TV. Not this 10,000 B.C. crap. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC 45/124 I don't begrudge this plot its stupidity or lack of verisimilitude; some of my best friends are stupid and far-fetched. What makes the movie a drag is the pedestrian joylessness with which it plods through its hypercompressed evolutionary timeline. The invention of agriculture? Oh, here's a bag of seeds to take home from your journey. The first encounter with foreign languages? Hey, luckily there's a guy who can translate them all for you. One of the movie's biggest disappointments is its failure to have fun with language. All the Yagahls communicate in grammatically perfect, vaguely accented English. Even their mellifluous names (D'Leh? Evolet?) could easily appear on the roster of a hippie preschool. (Need I invoke the caveman names from movies of yore: Goov? Creb? Lar? Gaw?) Anthony Burgess created an entire proto-language for Quest for Fire; the best Emmerich and his co-writer, Harald Kloser, can do is to envision a time before the invention of contractions. ("Do not eat me when I set you free.") I'm not asking for the anthropological earnestness of the great early-'80s caveman classics (Quest for Fire, Iceman, The Clan of the Cave Bear) or the philosophical reach of the first part of 2001: A Space Odyssey, in which technology, war, and space travel are all invented with the toss of a single bone. But at least give us the lusty fun of Caveman (1981), in which Ringo Starr and Dennis Quaid play two bumbling Paleolithic pals living in the year "1 zillion B.C." 10,000 B.C. profits from the latest in Homo sapiens technology—the CGI predators are ably rendered and the digitized battle scenes spectacular (even if they do crib from Apocalypto and The Two Towers). But in terms of character development, wit, and simple curiosity, it's dumber than a Neanderthal. obit Farewell to the Dungeon Master How D&D creator Gary Gygax changed geekdom forever. By Jonathan Rubin Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 12:17 PM ET Gary Gygax was the salvation and curse of nerds worldwide. The co-founder of the Dungeons & Dragons franchise, who passed away on Tuesday at 69, created a form of fantasy escapism that you could share with others. D&D unified geeks, giving them accoutrements (multisided dice, colored figurines) and a language that bound them together. It was a secret club of sorts, a playground where social outcasts could be themselves and vent over life's frustrations. That wasn't always a good thing—playing Dungeons & Dragons didn't generally lead to activities like going outside or talking to girls. Still, a caffeinefueled marathon D&D session was a place where your geeky tendencies were something to be celebrated rather than an affliction to be overcome. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Yes, we all knew, deep inside, that D&D wasn't cool. Being able to say, "I cast a Level 3 lightning bolt at the basilisk while averting my eyes so I don't turn to stone" doesn't have the social pull of "I know a guy who will buy us some alcohol." Even despite the social stigma, millions of people, me included, wouldn't have made it through adolescence without Dungeons & Dragons. A dedicated bookworm, I devoured D&D's rule books. It was more important for me to know how to repel the undead or make a flesh golem than to watch baseball or learn karate. Becoming a dungeon master, the equivalent of a Ph.D. in geekery, gave me a sense of mastery and accomplishment, not to mention my first real leadership experience. Gygax thought a gaming experience wasn't complete without a good group of people to play with. He co-founded the International Federation of Wargamers in 1966. A year later, the first meeting of Gen Con—now a huge gaming convention— was held in his basement. In 1974, Gygax and his collaborator Dave Arneson published the Fantasy Game, later renamed Dungeons & Dragons. The game Gygax created is easy to describe but difficult to imagine. My D&D pals and I basically sat around a table "roleplaying"—i.e., pretending to be people with more interesting lives. Using dice and figurines, we brought to life the fictional characters we'd created on paper. Like life, Dungeons & Dragons doesn't have specific goals. The game never quite ends. Rather, you choose your path, grow, and suffer setbacks. Sometimes you have to start all over. Most of the game takes place in your head, with the dungeon master acting as referee and director. He sets the scene by describing what your character sees or, in the case of a spear thrust into your neck, feels. The genius of D&D is the way it parcels out rules and fantasy. The game tethers the imagination just enough to keep you focused on an imaginary world (main goal: slaying nasty things for profit) without putting limits on what you could do inside that world. Dungeons & Dragons is like the greatest Etch A Sketch on earth: It gives you the tools to create whatever you want. While D&D certainly encourages creativity, the ingredients Gygax conjured weren't exactly original. The game's stew of swords, sorcery, and mythological beasts was mostly appropriated from pulp writers and fantasy greats like H.P. Lovecraft and J.R.R. Tolkien. Gygax's skill in integrating fantasies, however, was unparalleled—the world of D&D may have medieval trappings, but its creatures were unbound by time or place. He took monsters from every culture and folklore, from the Greek Pegasus to the Japanese Kirin dragon to the Egyptian sphinx, and made them coexist in a single aggregate world. Gygax was responsible for creating or adapting the game's spells, races, and character classes (cleric, fighter, etc.). Perhaps his essential contribution was to develop a way to translate 46/124 physical characteristics into numbers. An American Gladiator, for example, might have a "strength" of 18, while a Woody Allen-like character might have a four. In combining math and fantasy, Gygax engineered a cocktail that no geek could resist. It was also his idea to create "levels" and "experience points," allowing a character to become more skilled as you spend more time with the game. This idea made the game impossibly addictive and helped yield $1 billion in worldwide sales (according to the BBC), scores of books, miniature sets, board games, a cartoon show, and a pretty crummy movie. D&D fans were often super fans. Many painted their own figurines, went to conventions dressed up as orcs, or spent nights and weekends gaming. As opposed to other geeky addictions, though, this one was social (kind of). While it might have been socially detrimental to be known as the best dungeon master in all of middle school, it's also true that some people just don't fit in very well. D&D can provide a social outlet and a way to kick ass without being afraid of getting your ass kicked. Running a D&D campaign took a lot of paperwork, a lot of organization, and a lot of focus. I spent hours creating creatures, towns, and dungeons that that I didn't always end up using. I liked some of these scenarios so much I turned them into stories, and these experiences were one reason I decided to become a writer. While Dungeons & Dragons has been a source of inspiration for innumerable people in the last three decades, none of Gygax's post-D&D projects proved particularly successful. Quarrels with staff led to his departure from his company, Tactical Studies Rules, in 1985. Both he and TSR failed to take the lead in the newest role-playing sensations, most notably video games (some of the D&D games did well, but Gygax's online RPG Lejendary Adventure Online never got off the ground) and collectible card games (TSR was eventually bought by Wizards of the Coast, owner of the mega-successful Magic: The Gathering franchise). Some people have blamed Gygax's failings on the fact that he was always more gamer than businessman. He grew unhappy with later versions of D&D, declaring them "rule intensive" and more focused on singular achievements than group cooperation. Perhaps his purist belief in an anything-goes fantasy world became out of fashion in the greedy 1980s and disaffected 1990s. For whatever reason, people grew more interested in turning their characters into godlike beings and got less focused on the intricacies of team play. (Sort of like the NBA.) Despite his late-career failings, Gygax's innovations have continued to spread. In creating the greatest nerd hobby of all time, he built the foundation of every future role-playing game. His idea to assign numbers for health, armor, stamina, and magic has also provided the backbone for innumerable video games, including the Final Fantasy series and the blockbuster World of Warcraft. Wherever geeks cluster, whether playing a Pokemon card game or a video game like Oblivion, they're playing by the rules that Gary Gygax laid out. It's fitting that through Gygax's Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC creativity and inspired descendents, the realm of nerddom has found eternal life. other magazines Remembering William F. Buckley The Weekly Standard and Newsweek eulogize the conservative stalwart. By Morgan Smith Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 4:07 PM ET Weekly Standard, March 10 A cover package memorializes conservative icon William F. Buckley. Editor William Kristol writes that Buckley "knew that different kinds of conservatism could possess different elements of truth—and he would even acknowledge that liberalism might occasionally glimpse certain aspects of the just or the good." In another piece, Slate contributor Christopher Hitchens observes that Buckley "was never solemn except or unless on purpose, and seldom if ever flippant where witty would do, and in saying this I hope I pay him the just tribute that is due to a serious man." … A piece frets about Republican prospects in upcoming Senate races, noting if Democrats win seven of the 10 Senate seats in play this year, a "GOP majority [will be] out of reach for many election cycles. And, assuming they can pick off a few liberal Republican votes, they'll have the effectively filibuster proof Senate needed to pass an Obama administration's legislative wish list." Newsweek, March 10 Buckley also makes this cover. One piece notes, "While he could deploy a sometimes vicious wit—which could descend into cruelty—Buckley disdained the kind of partisan shoutfests that too often pass for political debate on our TVs today." And Michael Gerson declares that Buckley "made it possible to be a conservative without being a crackpot. He did more than smooth conservatism's rough edges; he exorcized its tortured soul." … An article analyzes the hanging suicide deaths of 17 teens in the small Welsh coal-mining town of Brigend. The problem isn't localized to Brigend: Wales' suicide rate "is nearly twice that of the United Kingdom as a whole." Officials investigating the deaths report that all of the victims used the social networking site Bebo and note that "suicide can spread like a virus over the internet." Mother Jones, March/April A special issue on American torture contains a disturbing article about ordinary soldiers' attempts to question interrogation practices they witnessed in Iraq. One reports that he saw a prisoner beaten for two hours, only to discover later the detainee couldn't speak Arabic or English (the languages he was 47/124 interrogated in). The soldier then "hid behind a building and cried for the first time since his dad's death." Joseph Darby, who first reported the photos of prisoner abuse at Abu Ghraib, says, "People are pissed because I turned in an American soldier for abusing an Iraqi. They don't care about right and wrong." … Another piece reviews the unbalanced sentencing of defendants in the Abu Ghraib court-martials. Pfc. Lynddie England, the lowest ranking defendant, was sentenced to three years in prison. During her trial, the Army prosecutor "thundered 'Who can think of a person who has disgraced this uniform more?' " Lt. Col. Steven Jordan, the only officer prosecuted, was ultimately convicted on the single charge of failing to obey an order. He received a reprimand and a fine equivalent to one month's pay. The New Yorker, March 10 In the style issue, Michael Chabon essays about superheroes' unitards, "a silvery pseudoskin that affords all the protection one needs from radiation and cosmic dust while meeting Code standards by neatly neutering one, the shining void between the legs serving to signify that one is not (as one often appears to be when seen from behind) naked as an interstellar jaybird." … A Michelle Obama profile develops her image as the reluctant, if fierce, candidate's wife. "Unquestionably accomplished, but … not a repressed intellectual, in the mode of Teresa Heinz Kerry," Obama would be the first black First Lady and one of the youngest. … A review looks at the young-adult book series Gossip Girl, whose author "pulls off the tour de force of wickedly satirizing the young while amusing them." Time, March 10 Part of a cover package on experience, a piece explores how the much-bandied-about term actually translates to presidential performance and concludes that it "gets its value from the person who has it"—though when a president learns on the job "we all pay the tuition." … An article usefully considers Bill Clinton's paradoxical role in his wife's presidential campaign. Through his numerous campaign stops for Hillary, "It hasn't always been clear whether Bill Clinton sees Obama as a threat to his wife's prospects, or to his own legacy." Some initially viewed him as her biggest weapon, but as one supporter quips, "[T]hat gun kicks as bad as it shoots." … Joel Stein investigates Ralph Nader's recently announced candidacy, noting, "It's important for people who feel they're not being heard to have the option to vote for insane, incapable candidates." poem "Acorns" By Linda Pastan Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 7:42 AM ET Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Listen to Linda Pastan read . a rat-tat-tat like gunfire on the tin roof acorns are falling all from a single tree, a barrage of acorns covers the grass with shells, acorns as hard as the casings of bullets their noisy artillery keeping us up at night so many acorns all from one tree relentless as rookies: their thwack after thwack at batting practice where are the squirrels? the gardeners with rakes? the farmgirls their aprons brimming with acorns to grind into meal? the dog cowers beside the house the cat hides under the car afraid of the clattering hooves of acorns later big oaks will grow, a forest of oak trees their roots will strangle this house listen, listen all from a single tree politics Slate's Delegate Calculator Texas results are in, and Clinton is more or less where she started. 48/124 By Chadwick Matlin and Chris Wilson Friday, March 7, 2008, at 7:02 AM ET After 36 hours, it's become clear that Hillary Clinton's win in the Texas primary was nothing more than a symbolic victory. After some confusion Tuesday night and Wednesday, almost all of the Texas delegates have been allocated. The news is not good for Clinton. The Associated Press has allocated all but 10 of the delegates and says Clinton leads by only one delegate. The Obama campaign claims that Clinton actually finished behind Obama in Texas delegates because of his win in the Texas caucus, netting him a five-delegate advantage in the state. Regardless, Clinton's four-point victory in the Texas primary is translating into little success in the pledged delegate count. ï‚· ï‚· The calculator does not incorporate superdelegates into its calculations. Superdelegates are unpledged and uncommitted and therefore can change their endorsements and convention votes at any time. As a result, we've simply noted at the bottom of the calculator how many superdelegates the leading candidate needs to win the nomination in a given scenario. All of the calculator's formulas and data come from Jason Furman, the director of the Hamilton Project at the Brookings Institution. Click here to start using Slate's delegate calculator. politics We've updated our delegate calculator to reflect the new numbers in Texas. We based our Texas delegate count on the AP's numbers and split the remaining 10 delegates evenly between the two candidates. As more details are released, we'll pump them through the math. But, as we've said before, this isn't all about pledged delegates. Clinton's wins were most important because they improved her standing among superdelegates. Clinton can now prove she's a viable threat, which could help her to overcome the pledgeddelegate deficit she's almost sure to find herself in. Click the launch module above to use Slate's delegate calculator. Methodology ï‚· ï‚· ï‚· The current number of pledged delegates comes from NBC News' tally. We estimate the number of delegates based on the overall state vote, even though delegates are awarded by congressional district as well. We felt comfortable making this approximation because in the primaries through Super Tuesday, there was only a 1.6 percent deviation between the percentage of the overall vote and the percentage of delegates awarded in primaries. The proportion of delegates awarded by congressional district, therefore, does not differ greatly from the statewide breakdown. The calculator does not include Michigan's and Florida's delegations because the DNC stripped these states of their delegates as a penalty for moving their primaries earlier in the electoral calendar. It is possible that these states' delegations will be seated at the convention but unlikely if it's a close contest. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Campaign Junkie The election trail starts here. Friday, March 7, 2008, at 7:01 AM ET politics Achieving the Right Level of Nasty Obama and Clinton fight and also fight not to fight. By John Dickerson Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 7:05 PM ET When Barack Obama's top strategist, David Axelrod, spoke to reporters on a conference call Wednesday, you could hear a siren in the background. It was just the usual city sounds outside of his Chicago office, but it matched the emergency tone of the call. In the wake of Obama's three losses in Ohio, Texas, and Rhode Island, Axelrod was opening up a new, aggressive front against Hillary Clinton. He spooled out a string of accusations about her undisclosed tax returns and White House records as if he'd been holding his breath for the last 12 months. In fact, he has. This was a public attack unlike any the campaign has issued before. "She is a habitual nondiscloser," said Axelrod, even as he criticized the Clinton campaign for running a "scorched earth" series of attacks on Obama recently. The next day, Clinton's communications director, Howard Wolfson, followed with the political equivalent of Godwin's law by charging that the Obama campaign was imitating Ken Starr. At this rate, the campaigns will be trading expletives by April (that's already happening inside the Clinton campaign). If anything will save us from a perpetual seven-week harangue before the key Pennsylvania primary, it's that the penalty for going negative has increased at the same time that the candidates are increasingly tempted to push each other down the stairs. 49/124 Instead of full-throttle, we may instead see each candidate with one foot on the gas and one foot on the brake over the next stretch. It has been the natural rhythm of this campaign that when the candidates get tough, they back off. At the South Carolina debate in January, Clinton and Obama were as accusatory, bitter, and snippy as they had been all season; by the next contest, they were competing to describe how honored they were to run against the other. Checking the reconciliation reflex this time is the increased motivation the candidates have to attack. The Clinton team is convinced that the contrasts it drew with Obama helped win Ohio and Texas. Exit polls show that voters who made up their minds in the last three days, when Clinton's attacks were at their zenith, moved toward her. The campaign shows no sign of letting up. (With all that blood in the water, why swim away?) The Obama campaign recognizes that taking the high road isn't an effective rebuttal—hence the Axelrod call Wednesday and Obama's raising of questions about Clinton's tax returns on the campaign trail. The Clinton team is setting the same trap for Obama my 4-yearold sets for her older brother. She hits him, knowing that he'll get in trouble for hitting back. Right on cue, Clinton's senior aide Ann Lewis set it up. "I didn't realize their version of new politics was to recycle old Republican tactics," she said. If voters put both campaigns in the corner for a timeout, it may hurt Obama more, because his claim to be a new kind of above-the-fray candidate means he's held to a higher standard. If Obama pays no penalty for the fracas, the Clinton folks still take him for a roll in the dirt where he can't offer his appealing message of hope, change, inspiration, and hope. Clinton, by contrast, reinforces her fighter image. This is not a new dilemma for Obama. We've been talking about it for a year. What's new is that he is under more pressure than ever to punch back. It's not just that he can't let Clinton's attacks hang in the air. He has to show Democrats that he's a fighter, too. The questions the Clinton campaign has been raising about him lately have all been in bounds, despite what Obama aides say. Obama's abilities as commander in chief, his ties to indicted longtime political ally Tony Rezko, and his position on NAFTA are all worthy subjects for debate. If he's going to be the nominee, he's going to face a lot worse from Republicans—and the barrage will be constant if he's president. I'm still waiting for Obama to show us how he'll apply his gifts to these kinds of fights. In the meantime, he's smart to start with the conventional attack on Clinton's tax returns. Hillary's campaign has no substantive reason for not releasing the returns she's filed since she left the White House. They're presumably in a drawer in Chappaqua, N.Y., or in an accountant's office. It Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC seems that she could present them in an afternoon if she wanted to. The good news for Obama is that Clinton also may run into trouble if she looks too mean. It's not so much that primary voters in future contests might get turned off—they've proven to be pretty resilient this cycle. It's that Clinton's path to the nomination is highly volatile, and she'll only increase the chance for a political explosion if it looks like she won by playing ugly. Barring some extraordinary event, Clinton is not going to catch Obama in the race for pledged delegates. To win the nomination, she'll have to persuade superdelegates to upend the pledgeddelegate totals. Her best chance at making this case may come if she wins the popular vote, at which point she could say that the people are with her. Absent that, she's going to have to argue that while Obama has the people and the pledged delegates, she's more electable because Obama is deeply flawed. This is going to be a very delicate argument. According to the exit polls from Tuesday, two-thirds of Democratic voters said the superdelegates should vote based on the outcome in the caucuses and primaries, which means they should choose Obama. Clinton would be asking the party that thinks of itself as the protector of voting rights to unseat an African-American candidate who, if he stays ahead in the popular vote, has the voters' will behind him. The strongest argument Clinton aides make on this score is that it's completely legal and fair for the superdelegates to choose whichever candidate they think is better. But legal and fair doesn't mean people will buy it. They'll be even less pleased if they think Clinton cheated or attacked Obama unfairly. According to those Tuesday exit polls, two-thirds of voters already do. That's why the Obama campaign will up the public umbrage they take at each little Clinton jab. Time to start sounding that alarm. politics She Lives! Clinton has come back, but has she come back far enough? By John Dickerson Wednesday, March 5, 2008, at 12:58 AM ET During Hillary Clinton's 11 straight losses to Barack Obama, her aides and allies started talking about the Clinton roller coaster. She wasn't in a death plunge, they said; it was just a steep drop before an inevitable upward rise. By winning the Ohio and Texas primaries Tuesday, Clinton got that lift, but her campaign seemed less like a roller coaster and more like Lufthansa flight 50/124 LH 044, a careening near-death experience that stabilized only at the last white-knuckle moment. But what exactly did Clinton gain with her extraordinary win? The Democratic race has come down to a contest of numbers versus narrative. The numbers are on Barack Obama's side. Clinton won three of four primary contests after being outspent, and in the face of Obama's momentum, but didn't much diminish Obama's pledged-delegate lead of more than 100. Barring a cataclysmic event, Clinton isn't going to take the delegate lead from Obama, which means he can still make the case that he is the candidate of the people. He will argue that the 800-odd superdelegates who will determine either candidate's victory should side with the voters. When Georgia superdelegate Rep. John Lewis this week switched from supporting Clinton to Obama, he said he wanted to be with the people and on the right side of history. Obama will bank on the fact that the party of voting rights is not going to overthrow the will of the people to deny the nomination to the first African-American candidate. Exit polls show Obama has support for his argument. Roughly two-thirds of voters in the four contested states said that superdelegates should vote based on the outcome of the caucuses and primaries and not their own priorities. Hillary Clinton is trying to make the story matter more than the numbers, and what she won Tuesday were some good talking points for her narrative. She's got to make the case to the roughly 300 undecided superdelegates that they should overlook Obama's advantage among pledged delegates. Her argument has two parts: Obama doesn't represent the Democratic Party, and he is a flawed general election candidate. How is Obama a flawed Democrat? He can't win big states, her aides will argue. Clinton has now won Ohio, Texas, New York, California, and New Jersey. Obama has only limited appeal, they will argue, whereas Clinton wins the kinds of Democrats necessary to win in big, electorally rich states. But it's not that simple. Obama won electorally crucial swing states such as Missouri, Colorado, and Wisconsin, and he's won all across the country, so his appeal isn't that limited. Clinton aides will also return to the argument that she captures bread-and-butter blue-collar voters. In Ohio, Clinton won 56 percent to 43 percent among voters with no college education. She also dominated among union households, though Obama had several unions working for him. The economy was the No. 1 issue in both states. Democrats who believe paychecks, jobs, and health care will be the dominant issues in the fall might be convinced by her argument that she is the only one who can deliver them. Here again, though, Clinton's case isn't airtight. Obama won among the working class in Wisconsin, and he also won working-class white men in Wisconsin, Missouri, and New Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Hampshire. In the last three weeks, Obama had been making inroads in Ohio with those lacking a college degree, narrowing Clinton's margin from 26 points to eight points. This suggests that while Clinton won blue-collar voters in the end, their vote was more up for grabs than the Clinton folks claim. Clinton aides will try to take advantage of the party's perception of itself. She fought back. Democrats like fighters. She's a bloodand-guts Democrat at her core, which makes her a natural fit for the party. In making her third comeback of the race, Clinton showed voters that she could do for herself what she'd been promising to do for them on the stump. Clinton hit that theme in her victory speech. "For anyone ... who's ever been counted out but refused to be knocked out," she said, "for everyone who's stumbled and stood right back up ... this one is for you." The second prong of Clinton's argument—that Obama is a risky choice for the general—is more tenuous but may be more potent. Clinton played hardball during the past week, raising questions about Obama's position on NAFTA, his unanswered questions about longtime fundraiser Tony Rezko, and his qualifications to be commander in chief. The Obama campaign complained that this was a part of what one Clinton ally called the throwing the "kitchen sink" strategy, but the attacks were inbounds. Unlike Clinton's loony effort to tag Obama as a plagiarist, these attacks may have been effective. The attacks picked up in the final days before the vote, and Clinton won handily among voters who made up their minds in the last three days. In earlier contests, Obama had done better with voters who had decided in that time period. But the attacks were not cost-free for Clinton. Voters by a margin of 52 percent to 36 percent told exit pollsters that Clinton was the candidate who attacked unfairly. On NAFTA, Obama helped Clinton throw him off message on an important issue. Clinton picked up on a news report that claimed Obama's chief economics adviser had back-channel discussions with Canadian officials to let them know Obama's opposition to NAFTA was merely political posturing. Obama's denials about the meeting turned out to be inoperative, and his aides then issued parsing denials. Though the story was not as explosive as first reported, there was more to it than the campaign let on. The behavior looked like old-fashioned political ass-covering, not the new kind of transparency Obama has been promising for the last year. It also seemed odd that Obama, who has promised to have full C-SPAN coverage of his administration's hearings, would keep the aide closeted from facing questions from the press corps. Did Clinton's children-in-peril ad pay off? Even before the results were in on Tuesday, it seemed to. As late as 3:30 p.m. on Election Day, the Obama campaign held a conference call to push back hard against it. Greg Craig, an Obama supporter but longtime Clinton friend and Bill Clinton's lawyer during his impeachment trial, unloaded on Clinton. Saying that she would 51/124 "do anything to win this nomination," Craig repeatedly asserted that she had failed her "commander-in-chief test" multiple times with respect to the Iraq war. Exit polls don't give clear evidence that the ad paid off. When voters were asked which candidate was the most qualified to be commander in chief, Clinton won 54 percent to 40 percent in areas of Texas where the ad ran, but Clinton has always done well on that question, and those differentials were in the midrange of her previous performances. On the question of which candidate has more experience, voters gave Clinton her usual wide margin of more than 80 percentage points, but only 28 percent of voters in Ohio said that was the most important quality. The larger point the Clinton aides will make to superdelegates and voters in the next big primary state of Pennsylvania is that the Texas and Ohio results reflect what happens when the two candidates are compared side by side. Obama can give speeches and draw crowds, but when it comes to matching him against a competitor, as the general election will demand, Obama can't stand up to the comparison. Will any of the Clinton arguments work? We'll see in the coming days if hundreds of superdelegates allow the primary process to continue without continuing to move toward Obama. Clinton is pleading for time, arguing that voters should be allowed to have their say in future contests. But even in this she comes up against a contradiction posted by Obama's lead. Because she must rely on the superdelegates to beat back Obama's likely lead in the popular vote and among pledged delegates, she is essentially asking those superdelegates to listen to the people—but only long enough to be persauded to vote for her. Then she expects them to undo the will of the people by voting against Obama in Denver. Clinton has rescued her campaign from free-fall, but the ride from here to the nomination is still going to be very bumpy. politics Clinton's big-state wins, the crucial difficulty of a former first lady who embodies Restoration competing in an election in which change is the watchword. And here's another explanation for this remarkable reversal of fortune, one that represents for me one of the few really reliable rules of presidential political warfare: Bugs Bunny always beats Daffy Duck. As shaped by genius animator Chuck Jones—he didn't create the Warner Bros. icons, but he gave them their later looks and personalities—Bugs and Daffy represent polar opposites in how to deal with the world. Bugs is at ease, laid back, secure, confident. His lidded eyes and sly smile suggest a sense that he knows the way things work. He's onto the cons of his adversaries. Sometimes he is glimpsed with his elbow on the fireplace mantel of his remarkably well-appointed lair, clad in a smoking jacket. (Jones once said Cary Grant was his inspiration for Bugs. Today it would be George Clooney.) Bugs never raises his voice, never flails at his opponents or at the world. He is rarely an aggressor. When he is pushed too far and must respond, he borrows a quip from Groucho Marx: "Of course, you realize this means war." And then, whether his foe is hapless hunter Elmer Fudd, varmint-shooting Yosemite Sam, or a raging bull, Bugs always prevails. Daffy Duck, by contrast, is ever at war with a hostile world. He fumes, he clenches his fists, his eyes bulge, and his entire body tenses with fury. His response to bad news is a sibilant sneer ("Thanks for the sour persimmons, cousin!"). Daffy is constantly frustrated, sometimes by outside forces, sometimes by his own overwrought response to them. In one classic duel with Bugs, the two try to persuade Elmer Fudd to shoot the other—until Daffy, tricked by Bugs' wordplay, screams, "Shoot me now!" "Hmmm," he adds a moment later in a rare bit of self-scrutiny. "Pronoun trouble." Now here's the Obama-Clinton parallel: In every modern presidential election in which the candidates have personified a clear choice between Bugs Bunny and Daffy Duck, Bugs has prevailed. Bugs Bunny vs. Daffy Duck Why voters always choose the wascally wabbit for president. By Jeff Greenfield Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 11:55 AM ET How did we reach the point at which Sen. Clinton, the clear Democratic front-runner six months ago, needs clear wins in Texas and Ohio to mute the calls for her to end her campaign? There's no unified field theory that answers this question: You can give more or less weight to Obama's political magnetism, the tactical and strategic miscalculations of the Clinton campaign, the delegate-allocation rules that weakened the punch of Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Go back to 1960, the first campaign in which television was the clear dominant medium. John "Bugs" Kennedy was cool, restrained, ironic. Richard "Daffy" Nixon was brooding, suspicious, scowling. Look at 1980, when Ronald Reagan's sunny approach to the campaign and to the world ("Our best days are yet to come") stood in sharp contrast to President Jimmy Carter's talk of a crisis of the spirit. (Maybe the cartoon duel helps explain why Jimmy Carter had his famous battle in a boat with a rabbit.) Or think about 2000, when George W. Bush suggested a candidate who could easily live with defeat, as opposed to Al Gore, who seemed wound far tighter. In the most memorable debate moment that year, Al Gore stood up and began walking 52/124 behind Bush as Bush was answering a question, almost as if Gore were stalking his opponent (the better to dramatize the height difference, one Gore aide told me later). Bush looked over his shoulder, offered a slight "Oh, hi there!" nod, and the debate was effectively over. It was a classic Bugs vanquishing. Not every campaign offers such a contrast. And sometimes political figures change their cartoon stripes: Bill Clinton in 1992 was clearly Bugs. This year, he has turned into Daffy as Hillary's surrogate, with his red-faced battling, his assaults on the electoral process in Nevada and now in Texas, his warning of "Don't let them take it away in the dark!" Is there any doubt about who is Bugs and who is Daffy between Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama? When Clinton insisted that Obama not simply "denounce" Louis Farrakhan but "reject him," Obama shrugged. Well, he said, I don't really see any difference, but if you think there is, I reject and denounce. Indeed, throughout the debate, Obama leaned back and asked for time with the flick of a finger, as if summoning a waiter for another bottle of wine. Clinton, meanwhile, leaned forward, pushing her points with grim determination. The Bugs-Daffy dichotomy gets intriguing when you try to apply it to the general election. If Clinton pulls out the nomination, it will be Daffy vs. Daffy. There is no doubt that John McCain takes on politics with a Daffy-like suspicion of the corrupt, feckless folks about him. If Obama prevails in the primaries, we will have a dramatic Bugs-Daffy face-off. And it may be that McCain will be the candidate to break the losing Daffy pattern, because he'll be able to argue successfully that in a dangerous world, you need a president more in touch with the dark side of human nature. This argument might even work for Clinton if the primary battle goes on past tonight. Especially given the current Bugs in the White House. a previously published essay by Jeffrey Hart in the Dartmouth Review. The plagiarism was in a column for a newspaper I used to work for, the News-Sentinel of Fort Wayne, Ind. The piece was a guest op-ed about the importance of a good college education written by Timothy S. Goeglein, a top aide to President Bush. A Fort Wayne native, he was a hometown boy made good, hired by Karl Rove in the Office of Public Liaison. Goeglein was the White House's go-between to religious groups, a "pipeline to the president," as the Washington Post called him. Why he felt the need to contribute entirely nonpolitical columns to the hometown paper, and to the one with the smaller circulation (Fort Wayne is the smallest two-daily market in the country), was, until last Friday, a mystery. Finding the theft took 60 seconds; drafting a post for my blog, about an hour. I held it overnight to give my ex-colleagues a little notice and published it at 7:38 a.m. Friday. It was linked pretty quickly by Romenesko and then by some of the big-traffic amplifiers (Talking Points Memo, Atrios). I figured the story would get some notice, but I was unprepared for the turns it would take. After posting the original entry, I thought I'd poke around in some of Goeglein's other published work and see whether anything else turned out to have been borrowed. As a journalist whose formative years took place in the 20 th century, I thought of that, quaintly, as a "second-day" story. "Second-hour" would have been more accurate. By the time the post started drawing traffic, other readers were having the same idea. At 11:03 a.m., a commenter called the Kenosha Kid noted duplicate passages in a Goeglein column on Hoagy Carmichael and a Washington Post piece on the same subject by Jonathan Yardley. At 11:30 a.m., the Journal Gazette, the other daily in Fort Wayne, had a story up saying Goeglein had come clean in an e-mail, taken full responsibility, and said, "[T]here are no excuses." politics Gone in 60 Seconds How my blog started the avalanche that buried presidential aide Tim Goeglein. By Nancy Nall Derringer Monday, March 3, 2008, at 4:02 PM ET I spent much of last Friday being congratulated for "brilliant reporting" that consisted of a minute's worth of typing on my laptop. That's how long it took for me to notice what seemed to be merely a case of egregiously obscure name-dropping ("A notable professor of philosophy at Dartmouth College in the last century, Eugene Rosenstock-Hussey, expressed the matter succinctly. …"), paste the name into Google, and discover the entire sentence, Rosenstock-Hussey and all, had been lifted from Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC I'd expected a more typical explanation, something about multiple windows open on the computer desktop, sloppy cutting and pasting between notes and drafts, something that was at least remotely plausible and face-saving. But surely Goeglein knew what else was coming. At 11:59 a.m. and noon, two other commenters on my blog, Adam Stanhope and Grytpype Thynne, had found more wholesale borrowings, these in a piece on composer Gian Carlo Menotti. The original, by Robert R. Reilly in Crisis magazine, was written in the first person and contained such observations as, "Despite criticism, Menotti never surrendered the role of beauty. We can now hear one of his strongest expressions of it in the appropriately named Missa: O Pulchritudo. … My first 53/124 reaction was: What kind of cultural prejudice kept this recording on ice for 25 years?" Goeglein lifted it all, right down to Reilly's first reaction about cultural prejudice. From there, it snowballed. By day's end, the official count of cut-and-paste columns was 20 out of 38 submitted since 2000, but the paper's reporters continued to check, and on Monday the total was revised to 27. Goeglein submitted his resignation on the way out the door Friday, less than 12 hours after my first posting. Saying the news cycle moves at an ever-increasing pace doesn't even qualify as a cliché anymore. But this felt like a new record. Reporting in one minute, writing in one hour, a whole career undone in one day. Reading the comments piling up on the original post was a surreal experience, as one reader after another checked in with evidence, with links. It was journalism as hive mind. "Everyone wants to play now," someone wrote after posting a link. I spent much of the weekend thinking about all this. My excolleague Leo Morris, who edits the op-ed pages Tim used as his canvas for all those years, did as well and wrote on his blog: "This wasn't mere hardware-pushed speed—a breaking news story for which people all around the world could see a grainy cell-phone photo five minutes after it happened. This was the online dynamic—people talking about the story and adding to it as it got bigger and more complex throughout the day." The story was new media, but, ironically, at its core was a very old-media concern—getting the little things right. Friday night, I got an e-mail from a fan of that notable Dartmouth professor of philosophy whose name started this whole thing. And guess what? Jeffrey Hart misspelled his name. It's Eugen RosenstockHuessy, not Eugene, not Hussey. When I entered the misspelled name into Google, it only turned up a couple pages of hits, and Hart's essay was on the first page, so I spotted it right away. But if Hart had spelled the name correctly and Goeglein had pasted it as such in his own column, Hart's decade-old Dartmouth Review essay, which mentioned the professor only in passing, would probably have been far back in the queue in the 20,000 Google hits his real name gets. And I probably would not have seen it— after all, I was just trying to find out how "notable" he was. When a journalist gets caught plagiarizing the first time, he can usually duck the charge by claiming that the theft was really an accident. I mistakenly mixed my own notes and a Nexis dump. Or, It was a cut-and-paste error. But when a journalist gets caught plagiarizing a second time, it's much harder for him to plead to a mere blunder. Last month, the New York Times conceded plagiarism when I informed it that a Feb. 23 Times dispatch had lifted—almost verbatim—two lines from an 18-month-old Miami Herald story about the illicit drug paco. The Times reporter, Alexei Barrionuevo, told his bosses that he didn't remember pinching the lines from the Herald but acknowledged that he must have retrieved them while Googling for information. A second case of plagiarism by Barrionuevo has come to my attention. On July 15, 2005, Bloomberg News moved a story about the United States lifting "mad cow" import restrictions on Canadian cattle. On July 16, 2005, the Times ran a very similar story, also pegged to a conference call with Secretary of Agriculture Mike Johanns. The Times echoes the earlier Bloomberg piece in at least four passages. (The Times passages are reproduced slightly out of sequence for the purposes of comparison.) Bloomberg News: The first shipments from Canada may arrive at U.S. slaughterhouses in days, U.S. Agriculture Secretary Mike Johanns said today in a conference call. New York Times: The first shipments from Canada could arrive at American slaughterhouses as early as next week, Agriculture Secretary Mike Johanns said in a conference call with reporters. Bloomberg News: USDA and Canadian officials are coordinating how to certify animals for shipment, he said. New York Times: press box More Plagiarism, Same Times Reporter Alexei Barrionuevo helps himself to Bloomberg News copy without attribution. By Jack Shafer Wednesday, March 5, 2008, at 6:32 PM ET Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Officials in Canada and the United States are coordinating how to certify the animals for shipment, he said. Bloomberg News: 54/124 A U.S. appellate court yesterday ruled in favor of the government, which argued Canadian cattle under 30 months of age don't pose a risk of mad-cow disease. transgression does not seem to be as serious as the first instance on paco. I disagree with Abramson about the seriousness of the transgression. New York Times: A United States appeals court ruled on Thursday in favor of the government, which had argued that Canadian cows under 30 months of age did not pose a risk of bovine spongiform encephalopathy, or mad cow disease. The New York Times Company Policy on Ethics in Journalism states very simply why plagiarism is wrong and how the company deals with it: Staff members or outside contributors who plagiarize betray our fundamental pact with our public. … We will not tolerate such behavior. Bloomberg News ****** Tyson's beef business had a loss of $19 million in the quarter ended April 2, as the lack of available cattle boosted costs and led to plant closings. Canada before the ban supplied about 5 percent of U.S. beef. New York Times: Tyson's beef business recorded a loss of $19 million in the quarter ended April 2. The company was hurt by the ban on cattle from Canada, which increased costs and led to temporary plant closings. Before the ban, Canada supplied about 5 percent of the nation's beef. Lest anyone argue that an assignment spawned by a mad cow conference call is likely to produce very similar stories, see this sidebar, where I juxtapose the opening paragraphs of the Bloomberg piece (July 15) and Times piece (July 16) with the opening paragraphs of mad cow conference call stories published on July 15 by the globeandmail.com and the Omaha World-Herald. I alerted Times Managing Editor Jill Abramson to the similarities between the two articles. Via e-mail she responds: It appears that Alexei did not fully understand Times policy of not using wire boilerplate and giving credit when we do make use of such material. As I mentioned to you, other papers do permit unattributed use of such material. He should not have inserted wire material into his Times coverage without attribution. That said, because the new examples do not involve many words or an original thought, the Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Beyond that, I've got nothing to say. Send your notions to slate.pressbox@gmail.com. (E-mail may be quoted by name in "The Fray," Slate's readers' forum, in a future article, or elsewhere unless the writer stipulates otherwise. Permanent disclosure: Slate is owned by the Washington Post Co.) Track my errors: Here's a hand-built RSS feed that will ring every time Slate runs a "Press Box" correction. For e-mail notification of errors in this specific column, type the words mad cow in the subject head of an e-mail message and send it to slate.pressbox@gmail.com. sidebar Return to article Comparing the Copy How different can four news stories generated by the same assignment be? Compare the opening paragraphs of these pieces about the 2005 mad cow disease conference call: the Bloomberg News version; the New York Times version, which lifts passages from Bloomberg without attribution; and the starkly different pieces run by the globeandmail.com and the Omaha WorldHerald. Opening paragraphs from the July 15, 2005, Bloomberg News story by Daniel Goldstein: 55/124 The U.S. plans to resume imports of Canadian cattle, after an appellate court cleared the way to end a ban imposed two years ago because of mad-cow disease. Cattle prices fell and shares of beef producer Tyson Foods Inc. surged. company was hurt by the ban on cattle from Canada, which increased costs and led to temporary plant closings. Before the ban, Canada supplied about 5 percent of the nation's beef. The first shipments from Canada may arrive at U.S. slaughterhouses in days, U.S. Agriculture Secretary Mike Johanns said today in a conference call. ``If things go well, it could very well be next week.'' USDA and Canadian officials are coordinating how to certify animals for shipment, he said. A United States appeals court ruled on Thursday in favor of the government, which had argued that Canadian cows under 30 months of age did not pose a risk of bovine spongiform encephalopathy, or mad cow disease. A U.S. appellate court yesterday ruled in favor of the government, which argued Canadian cattle under 30 months of age don't pose a risk of mad-cow disease. Tyson's beef business had a loss of $19 million in the quarter ended April 2, as the lack of available cattle boosted costs and led to plant closings. Canada before the ban supplied about 5 percent of U.S. beef. Opening paragraphs from the July 16, 2005, New York Times story by Alexei Barrionuevo: The United States Agriculture Department said on Friday that it planned to resume imports of Canadian cattle within days, after an appellate court lifted a two-year-old injunction imposed because of mad cow disease. The first shipments from Canada could arrive at American slaughterhouses as early as next week, Agriculture Secretary Mike Johanns said in a conference call with reporters. Officials in Canada and the United States are coordinating how to certify the animals for shipment, he said. "We want to make sure everything is in place," he said. "If things go well, it could very well be next week.'" The news sent shares of the beef producer Tyson Foods and McDonald's restaurants surging. Cattle prices fell. Shares of Tyson rose 7.5 percent in early trading, and closed at $19.47 a share, a 5 percent increase, while McDonald's closed at $30.99 a share, up 4.7 percent. Opening paragraphs from the July 15 globeandmail.com story by Terry Weber, time stamped 12:28 p.m.: The United States is taking immediate steps to reopen the border to Canadian cattle imports Agriculture Secretary Mike Johanns said Friday. During a webcast, Mr. Johanns said that Washington has been in touch with Ottawa and that the two sides are now going through the logistical steps necessary to resume trade of live cattle for the first time since May, 2003. "Our hope is we're talking about days and not weeks," he said. "If things go well, it could very well be next week, but we have not set a specific date." Late Thursday, a three-member U.S. appeal court panel in Seattle overturned a temporary injunction issued by Montana Judge Richard Cebull halting the U.S. Department of Agriculture's March plan to reopen the border. Judge Cebull had sided with U.S. ranchers group R-Calf in its argument that reopening the border exposed U.S. ranchers and consumers to unnecessary risks from mad-cow disease. The USDA had been planning to ease restrictions by allowing cattle younger than 30 months to be imported. Mr. Johanns noted that Canadian officials had already anticipated the ruling and taken steps to meet U.S. requirements, should Thursday's favour reopening the border. Tyson's beef business recorded a loss of $19 million in the quarter ended April 2. The Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC 56/124 "It [the reopening] could be as early as next week, but we want to make sure everything is in place," he said. said. "My hope is that restructuring now will be abated and this industry can start getting back to a normal flow of commerce here." Those requirements, he said, including ensuring that animals being imported into the U.S. meet minimal-risk rule criteria, getting documents to U.S. customs to confirm the shipments are appropriate for entry. About 1 million cattle were imported from Canada in the year before the border closed in May 2003 when Canada reported its first case of mad-cow disease, or bovine spongiform encephalopathy. Opening paragraphs from the July 15 Omaha World-Herald story by Chris Clayton: Canadian cattle could start arriving at U.S. feedlots and meatpacking plants as early as next week, U.S. Agriculture Secretary Mike Johanns said Friday. Thursday's unanimous decision by the 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals lifting a lower court's injunction gives U.S. and Canadian officials a nearly two-week window to begin shipping live cattle from Canada before another court hearing, scheduled late this month in Montana. No date has been set, but Johanns said he will move as "expeditiously as possible" to begin importing Canadian cattle once officials work out the ground rules. Canadian and USDA officials anticipated the requirements would be in place at whatever time the legal issues were resolved. "Our hope is we are talking about days, not weeks," Johanns said. "It could be as early as next week, but we want to make sure everything is in place. ... If things go well, it could very well be next week, but we haven't set a specific date." [Ellipsis in the original.] Johanns has lamented the closed border since becoming agriculture secretary in late January, saying that it hurts U.S. cattle feeders and meatpackers because the United States continued to import boxed beef from Canada. Higher cattle prices because of tight supplies caused meatpackers to scale back production at U.S. facilities. Industry officials claim to have lost as many as 8,000 meatpacking jobs because of the closed border. "I'm just worried that many of those jobs were impacted in a very permanent way," Johanns Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC press box Watching McClatchy (First in a Series) As a leading indicator of the newspaper biz's health, what does the chain's bad news portend for the rest of the industry? By Jack Shafer Monday, March 3, 2008, at 5:06 PM ET Just two years ago, McClatchy Co. President and CEO Gary Pruitt boasted the sunniest disposition of all newspaper executives. In a Wall Street Journal op-ed, he toasted newspapers as "still among the best media businesses" as his firm's purchase of the Knight Ridder chain tripled its print holdings. Pruitt conceded that newspaper advertising had peaked in 2000, but he maintained that no competitors in local markets had held their audiences as well as newspapers. Far from being a "dying industry," wrote Pruitt, the newspapers were adding the "unduplicated reach of newspaper Web sites to newspaper readership" to grow their audiences. Since Pruitt's declaration, McClatchy stock has fallen, fallen, and then fallen some more. It's dropped about 75 percent in the past year and is now trading at less than $10. Last week, the McClatchy-owned Sacramento Bee reported that the company is taking a $1.47 billion write-down, this following a similar $1.37 billion write-down in November. Essentially, the write-downs are McClatchy's way of acknowledging under accounting rules that it paid way too much for Knight Ridder, that its stock price has vaporized, and that advertising has croaked. McClatchy's January ad revenue dropped about 16 percent over the previous year, a company press release reports. Real estate ads are off 34 percent and employment ads—a bigger business—fell 30 percent. By scrutinizing McClatchy's agonies, I don't mean to rub Pruitt's nose in his optimistic 2006 op-ed. His reputation as one of the nation's best and most creative newspaper executives makes his chain a leading indicator of the newspaper future. Other chains 57/124 are experiencing similar downturns, but McClatchy isn't just another chain. It's supposed to be smarter and more nimble than the rest, but is it? Did Pruitt show bad geographical judgment by overinvesting in the wrong markets at the wrong time? He bulked up on real-estate-driven economies, adding newspapers in Florida and the Sun Belt, just as those places were about to decline. He doubled down on newspapers just as newspaper's core advertisers—real estate, finance, job listings—were opting out for Web alternatives. Pruitt must somehow reference his Journal op-ed and admit that he was wrong about his industry's prospects and then explain what he's going to do to rectify his error. He bought Knight Ridder at the peak of the housing bubble and obviously didn't foresee the subprime crisis. In that regard, he's not alone. The subprime monster has trashed real estate ad revenue in California and Florida, home to some of the chain's biggest papers. "Revenue from California and Florida operations dropped more than 20 percent," the Bee reports. Newspapers have traditionally been patient about riding out advertising downturns, but the subprime disaster may make this downturn an abyss for McClatchy's most affected newspapers. As Alan D. Mutter noted in his Newsosaur blog last month, Pruitt mistakenly jettisoned the Knight Ridder newspapers in Akron, Ohio; Philadelphia; and the Dakotas in favor of the hothouse Sun Belt properties. Pruitt's plan to grow the Web side of McClatchy as advertisers migrate there, sketched briefly in the Journal op-ed, didn't work out, as Mutter reported in another post last September. "With industry-wide online sales up 20.8 percent in the first half of this year, McClatchy's interactive revenues gained a meager 1.4 percent through June, according to the company," he writes. Tomorrow comes in installments, depending on whom you are and where you live. By virtue of the bets McClatchy made, it may be the first chain to enter the newspaper future. (Or will Sam Zell's Tribune Co. beat him there?) Whatever Pruitt does with his troubled company newspapers—sell some titles at depressed prices, cut expenses, cut circulation, cut staff, or something more inventive—will inform the strategies of other newspapers. He's got to do something. What will it be? ****** I won't predict because every prediction I've ever made has turned out wrong. Every. Single. One. Send your McClatchy predictions to slate.pressbox@gmail.com. (E-mail may be quoted by name in "The Fray," Slate's readers' forum, in a future article, or elsewhere unless the writer stipulates otherwise. Permanent disclosure: Slate is owned by the Washington Post Co.) Track my errors: Here's a hand-built RSS feed that will ring every time Slate runs a "Press Box" correction. For e-mail Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC notification of errors in this specific column, type the words First McClatchy in the subject head of an e-mail and send it to slate.pressbox@gmail.com. recycled Lies and Consequences Why are book editors so bad at spotting fake memoirs? By Meghan O'Rourke Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 3:44 PM ET Late yesterday evening, Margaret B. Jones admitted to the New York Times that Love and Consequences, her critically acclaimed memoir about growing up in a foster home in gangridden South Central Los Angeles, was almost entirely fabricated. In 2006, in the wake of the scandal surrounding James Frey's A Million Little Pieces, Meghan O'Rourke wrote a "Highbrow" column that examined whether disclaimers give memoirists a license to invent, how publishers should handle fabrications, and whether it's possible to avoid them in the first place. The original article is reprinted below. In 2002, a man published a memoir chronicling his substance abuse and the months he spent in jail after committing a crime. When a reporter discovered that the memoir was built around a fabrication, the author defended his embellishments in the name of literary license: "What I was doing was a literary genre known as a memoir," he explained, and pointed to a disclaimer in his book noting that identifying details had been changed. The man was not James Frey. He was Jimmy A. Lerner, the author of You Got Nothing Coming: Notes From a Prison Fish, published by Broadway Books. The fabrication was a significant one. The book describes Lerner's murder of a thuggish 6-foot-3 maniac he calls "the Monster," in a drug-fueled fight to the death in a hotel room. In fact, as David Kirkpatrick later reported in the New York Times Magazine, Lerner had actually killed a 5-foot-4 former medical equipment salesman who may not have been armed. Confronted with Lerner's and Frey's blithe willingness to tell lies, it's time to ask: How much leeway does a disclaimer really give an author? Take the disclaimers that James Frey and his publishers recently announced they're appending to forthcoming editions of A Million Little Pieces. "I altered events and details all the way through the book. [One such embellishment] involved jail time I served, which in the book is three months, but which in reality was only several hours," Frey writes in a defensive three-page "Author's Note" that avoids cut-and-dried accountability. He insists that his changes were artistically motivated—serving "what I felt was the greater purpose of the book"—and studiously avoids the word fabrication. Meanwhile, Doubleday's "Publisher's Note" may strike some readers as 58/124 evasive at best: "We bear a responsibility for what we publish, and apologize to the reading public for any unintentional confusion surrounding the publication of A Million Little Pieces," Doubleday writes, announcing that it also plans to take out ads "concerning these developments." Precisely what these ads would contain is unclear. The original function of a disclaimer—which commonly read, "Names and identifying details have been changed"—was to protect the publisher from being sued by people who recognized themselves in an author's portrait. The disclaimers offered by Frey and Lerner, however, serve the opposite purpose. These disclaimers protect the authors from our realization that the people in their "nonfiction" books are not real people at all. Rather, these once "real" people have been so altered as to be inventions—fictions serving the author's story of redemption. Nothing about these caveats protects identities; nor are they present merely to suggest that the author's memory is imperfect or note that elisions have been made for narrative economy. This is especially true in the case of My Friend Leonard, Frey's sequel to Pieces, which if anything is filled with fabrications even more extreme than those in his first book. My Friend Leonard was originally published with a disclaimer, which, printed in small type on the copyright page, reads in its entirety: Some names and identifying characteristics have been changed. Some sequences and details of events have been changed. To see just how inadequate this is, consider the memoir's opening lines: "On my first day in jail, a three hundred pound man named Porterhouse hit me in the back of the head with a metal tray. I was standing in line and I didn't see it coming. I went down. When I got up I started throwing punches. … I have been here eighty-seven days. I live in Men's Module B, which is for violent and felonious offenders. … My cell is seven feet wide and ten feet long." Frey spent only three hours in jail. While you could call this description a "change," it's better to call it exactly what it is: a flight of fancy. As Tom Scocca pointed out in the New York Observer, a disclaimer that truly captured the liberties taken here would reach epically absurd proportions within the first paragraph. But Riverhead has done nothing to emend its presentation of the book. Its catalog copy chirpily links to an old CNN article headlined "The angel from the underworld," which describes Frey as a "fearless" writer reluctant to "whitewash" his life. Indeed. He prefers to black-wash it. Impostors have always stalked publishing, and the embellished recovery memoir is merely the latest specter to haunt the industry—trading, partly, on readers' willingness to turn a halfblind eye if they feel that the fabrications smack of emotional truth. Given this, what should a publisher do, if anything? One problem is that book publishers have no obvious public venue for holding writers accountable. Magazines and newspapers issue corrections, and readers find those corrections in the same medium in which they read the stories—usually not long afterward. Books don't have corrections pages, and new editions Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC are not issued with the frequency that makes newspaper-type corrections possible. Many editors think it's not economically feasible to fact-check every book; intellectually, it may not be feasible either, given the degree of expertise brought to certain subjects. The publishers' predicament is a real one. So, what do editors think might be the best way to deal with this problem? "You can destroy the books and reprint, but that is prohibitively expensive," said Jonathan Karp, the publisher and editor-in-chief of Warner Twelve, a new publishing initiative. "Basically, the genie's out of the bottle," he continued. "Most publishers now have online catalogs—so, I guess technically on each book you could refer people to the catalog page for additions and corrections. I don't know if anyone's thought of that." Elisabeth Sifton, senior vice president at Farrar, Straus and Giroux, said, "There aren't official procedures, but the supposition is that editors need to be smart and well-trained enough to spot this stuff. The editors are supposed to do some work here—not just have lunch and sign up the book. They are supposed to get to know the author, know the text, roll up their sleeves, and work to learn what the real truth is. And then they should give the copyeditors guidelines for further checking." About issuing disclaimers in cases like these, Sifton said, "It's purposeless, except to save face." Interestingly, many of the editors I spoke to—several of whom spoke under the condition of anonymity—felt that they would never have let such a hoax slip through. And yet according to Kirkpatrick, Gerald Howard, Lerner's editor, had carefully tried to vet Lerner, building up a relationship based on trust and scrutinizing the text Lerner sent every week; they spoke regularly by phone. Even so, Howard apparently never requested to see Lerner's court documents or asked his parole officer for the details of the crime—or, if he did, he apparently decided the disparities were not worth itemizing. Perhaps a too-personal relationship makes it harder to apply professional rigor, which may have been the trouble Sean McDonald, Frey's editor, ran into; reportedly, in the course of editing, the two struck up a friendship. Obviously, in the post-Frey era, editors will show more due diligence. In the meantime, mushy disclaimers don't go far enough in outlining just how false the information in books like these really is. A purist might argue that publishers ought to destroy copies of a book that's full of manipulative fabrications. But—setting aside the question of expense—pulping a book that's still in demand may smack of censorship. Instead, publishers invested in accountability might consider pulling books from stores and limiting their availability to mail-order sites—or, since many books are ordered at Amazon.com and bn.com, announcing there that the product is not as it was advertised. Whatever the case, publishing houses should ensure that their own disclaimers are formulated in clear language, itemizing the author's liberties and making it evident that they are serious about packaging work accurately. The paperback 59/124 version of You Got Nothing Coming includes an author's note that promises to do just this. Instead, just like Frey's note, Lerner's trumpets the "emotional truth" of his story. It indicts his critics as scolds who didn't get the "literary" motivations for Lerner's alterations: In making the Monster physically huge, Lerner was letting us know that this guy seemed huge to him. (Uh, thanks. That changes everything.) And then he offers a squirrelly apology—one that Frey echoes closely. Out of personal weakness, he confesses, he tried "to present myself as a far braver, stronger, and more heroic person than I really was— or am." (Compare this with Frey's line.) Recently, a spokesperson for Riverhead suggested that changes might be made to future editions of My Friend Leonard. Let's hope they include a new disclaimer that's a little less self-serving than Lerner's. Part of the predicament editors face, of course, is the continuing appetite for this type of overblown story. Sales for Frey's books may have dropped since the Smoking Gun allegations were made public, but it's not as though the marketplace has turned its back on Frey. Lerner's book is apparently being made into a Hollywood movie starring Liam Neeson. No one's fooled that all the confessional lore that claims big audiences and spots on Oprah is exactly true. But because of labels like "memoir" and "nonfiction," we have to pretend the spectacle is based in reality. So, perhaps instead of rigorous policing, we need a new name for this hybrid category. We're talking about stories inspired by gritty real life—stories that claim to be outrageously "authentic," like the best reality TV, while also playing up their own tabloid qualities. Maybe Doubleday didn't need an author's note; it needed Barnes & Noble to set up a new section in the bookstore. Coming soon to an outlet near you: "Reality fiction." sidebar Return to article Not all fabrications seem transgressive to me, but that's another story. Both Frey and Lerner, it seems to me, have clearly violated the trust and sympathy of their readers. sidebar Return to article Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Frey writes, "I made other alterations in my portrayal of myself, most of which portrayed me in ways that made me tougher and more daring and more aggressive than in reality I was, or I am." recycled Favre From Heaven Why journalists deify the Green Bay Packers quarterback. By Robert Weintraub Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 11:02 AM ET On Tuesday morning, Foxsports.com reported that legendary Green Bay Packers quarterback Brett Favre is set to retire from football. In the coming days, scores of writers will no doubt celebrate Favre's on-field heroics and his off-the-field life. Back in 2005, Robert Weintraub explained why the quarterback is the most praised athlete of his generation. The piece is reprinted below. Brett Favre isn't just a future NFL Hall of Famer. The Green Bay Packers quarterback is also a regular dude. Just ask anybody who writes about Favre or talks about him on television. The Packers play Minnesota in the first round of the playoffs late on Sunday afternoon, a time slot that promises plenty of shots of Favre heroically framed in the rural Wisconsin gloaming while worshipful announcers compose loving odes to his talents as a player, husband, father, and man. It's enough to make you want to root for Randy Moss. As the disconnect between multimillionaire athletes and ticketbuying fans widens, few players have retained the "jes' folks" status of the Packers star QB. Only a few football players— almost all of them white quarterbacks, from Bobby Layne to Kenny Stabler to Terry Bradshaw—are granted special friend and neighbor status. These are the guys whom you could just as easily envision working at the mill and chopping wood on the front stoop as hurling touchdown passes on Monday Night Football. Because he's just a regular dude, Favre is one of us even when he screws up. Favre received almost no criticism last January when his boneheaded overtime heave cost the Packers last year's divisional playoff against Philadelphia. In this year's rematch, the Eagles demolished the Pack by 30 points, in no small part due to Favre's poor play. After the game, ESPN.com's Michael Smith wrote that the "impossible happened Sunday. My opinion of Favre grew." What towering feat did Favre accomplish? He showed his disdain for personal statistics by pulling himself out of the game when the Pack were losing 47-3 even though his 36game touchdown streak was at stake. Keep in mind, this is the 60/124 same guy who went into the fetal position to allow Michael Strahan to break the single-season sack record. Sports Illustrated's Peter King is probably the quarterback's most eager lap dog and the writer most responsible for celebrating Favre's rural lifestyle. "On the morning he had to leave his beloved home and 465 acres in Hattiesburg, Miss., to report to training camp, he began to think this might be his last camp," King wrote in January 2003. "A private plane stood by at a nearby airstrip for the two-and-half-hour flight to Green Bay. … And there he was, sweating a stream while edging a mile of his property where it meets the road, refusing to leave till he finished the job." In short, Favre is the guy next door—I bet that private jet is up on blocks in his front yard. To King's credit, he's conscious of his reputation as Favre's Boswell. "Oh no! King on Favre again!" he wrote in the same article. "King's all over this guy! Please, just one column without mentioning Favre's name! And we beg you: Don't tell us what entree you had with him! Sickening!" (The italics are not mine.) That self-awareness didn't stop King from contributing a chapter to Favre, the just-released memoir that No. 4 co-wrote with his mother, Bonita. As Favre's tome shot to the top of the bestseller lists, Terrell Owens' autobiography, Catch This!, failed to find an audience. Favre and Owens make for an intriguing contrast. If you've watched even a single Green Bay game in the last few seasons, you've heard the misfortune that has befallen the quarterback recently: the death of his father, the death of his brother-in-law, his wife's cancer diagnosis. This year's Monday Night Football opener featured a halftime retrospective on Favre's relationship with his father, complete with home movies showing a moptopped Brett in shoulder pads and Irvin Favre looking on approvingly from his easy chair. Another Monday night game earlier this year that unfortunately coincided with his wife's battle with cancer occasioned a sit-down with ESPN's Suzy Kolber that included such hard-hitting queries as "Where would you be without her?" and "How would you compare your toughness to your wife Deanna's toughness?" While Favre is lionized for playing through tragedy, Terrell Owens' success has never been given the same kind of context. As Catch This! reveals, the fact that T.O. made it to the NFL is a miracle. Owens, who grew up destitute and fatherless in backwater Alabama, wasn't allowed to leave his front yard as a child for fear of getting whipped. Favre grew up in small town bliss surrounded by his loving family. Not to demean the loss of loved ones, but who has overcome more here? Why is every hurdle Favre has jumped over presented as the Pillars of Hercules, while a guy like Owens is dismissed as a loudmouth? No one doubts Favre's Hall of Fame credentials—three MVP awards, a Super Bowl ring, 200-plus consecutive starts, and an ability to laser the ball between defenders even at age 35. On the Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC other hand, it's fairly obvious that Favre has been propped up these past few years by his All-Pro running back, Ahman Green. Here's a guy who plays hurt and plays well, hails from a red state, and is by all accounts a solid citizen who runs youth football camps in his hometown. Yet Ahman gets props only for his yards—I have no clue what tragedies he's had to overcome. I guess he's just not a regular dude. recycled Calling the President at 3 A.M. Who wakes up the chief executive in the middle of the night? By Daniel Engber Monday, March 3, 2008, at 2:15 PM ET A recent campaign ad for Hillary Clinton poses the following question: "It's 3 a.m., and your children are safe and asleep. But there's a phone in the White House, and it's ringing. Something's happening in the world. Your vote will decide who answers that call." (John Dickerson deconstructs the controversial spot here.) In a 2005 "Explainer," Daniel Engber looked into who rouses the commander in chief and which circumstances might warrant a pre-dawn awakening. News of the death of Saudi Arabia's King Fahd reached the White House at 2:30 Monday morning. According to spokesman Scott McClellan, the president wasn't informed until he showed up for work at 7 a.m. When something happens in the middle of the night, who decides whether the president should get out of bed? It varies from president to president, but the task usually falls to the national security adviser or the chief of staff. In the White House, a small team of "watch officers"—drawn from the CIA, the military, and the State Department—keeps an eye on incoming news and intelligence reports 24 hours a day. If something important comes up during the graveyard shift, the watch officer in charge gets in contact with the national security adviser or chief of staff, either via their deputies or a with a direct phone call. The watch officers typically have standing instructions on what sort of news merits a wake-up; President Bush's chief of staff, Andrew Card, for example, has said he wants to be awakened for any overseas incident in which Americans are killed. This procedure has been in place only since 1961, when John F. Kennedy ordered the construction of a permanent monitoring station on the site of what was once the West Wing bowling alley. (Before 1961, 24-hour war rooms were constructed and dismantled as needed.) The new facility became known as the "situation room." 61/124 It's not that unusual for a president to be awakened with news from the situation room. President Bush was alerted when a U.S. spy plane made an emergency landing in China in 2001 and for a deadly suicide bombing in Jerusalem in 2002, among many similar events. A daily video from Slate V. Wednesday, March 5, 2008, at 1:17 PM ET slate v But history remembers a snoozing president more than an alert one. When Henry Kissinger learned of a menacing letter from the Soviet premier in 1973, the White House chief of staff advised him not to wake up the president. (Former aides have said that Nixon, who was distraught over his domestic scandals, had drunk himself into a stupor by 10 the night before.) Damned Spot: "3 A.M. Phone Call" A daily video from Slate V. Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 12:34 PM ET slate v Ronald Reagan, who famously slept during Cabinet meetings, also snoozed through two overseas military encounters. In 1981, his counselor Edwin Meese called a 3 a.m. staff meeting after learning that U.S. fighter jets had shot down a pair of Libyan planes earlier that night. They decided against calling Reagan in his Los Angeles hotel room. And in 1985, Reagan's National Security Adviser Robert McFarlane chose not to wake him when an American soldier was shot and killed in East Germany. (Reagan's reputation for snoozing even invited a protest: In 1983, steel and auto workers marched on the White House at 4 a.m. to "wake up the president" to the effects of his economic policy. Reagan said he slept through that, too.) When George H. W. Bush took office, he announced that he'd be a "wake me, shake me" president, ready to spring into action in the middle of the night. His bedtime during the first Gulf War was 10:30, but National Security Adviser Brent Scowcroft would rouse him with important news. Bill Clinton received wake-up calls from Deputy National Security Adviser James Steinberg when necessary, but he slept through the racket when a gunman fired half a dozen shots at the White House one night in December of 1994. He also slumbered through congratulatory phone calls from foreign leaders after he won the election in 1992. Explainer thanks Stephen Hess of the Brookings Institution. slate v XX Factor: Hillary's Back! A daily video from Slate V. Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 11:29 AM ET slate v Hawking a Bogus Memoir Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Dear Prudence: Touchy-Feely Father-InLaw A daily video from Slate V. Monday, March 3, 2008, at 10:54 AM ET television The Deep Thoughts of Keith Olbermann And other election coverage highlights. By Troy Patterson Wednesday, March 5, 2008, at 4:10 PM ET Last night, Keith Olbermann kicked off MSNBC's electionreturns coverage by unpacking a trunkload of figurative language suited to match the nasty weather in Ohio. He riffed on flood tides and sandbags and bridges. He self-consciously ventured that the storm constituted a form of divine gift, aid to "political reporters, desperate and weary, already out of analogies and imagery, and it's only March." And then, as is the habit of commentators on that most pop-savvy and merrily allusive of news networks, he plunged deeper into reference, speaking of "M.C. Escher-like perceptions," Groundhog Day, and celebrity chef Anthony Bourdain, further attempting "a Cape Canaveral kind of analogy" and some Jiffy Lube sort of imagery, and nodding to the Oregon Treaty of 1846 in a way that risked a neck sprain. It added up to a vision of anchoring as a free-form Dennis Miller routine. As such, Olbermann gave what the evening required. The challenge of long TV nights like Tuesday—periods when information drips forth at a leisurely pace and the tensions are slow to resolve—is finding ways to fill time that are not entirely artless. We all know how this goes. The campaign managers buzz by to beam confidence and say nothing. The pundits roll up to the desk to say whatever it is they've been saying for a fortnight. Some reporters risk dizziness by evaluating every revolution of campaign spin, while others, old-fashionedlike, breathe news of confetti. With nothing like clarity or insight in the offing, the forecast calls for shtick. 62/124 The best shtick going on CNN this election season is its wallsized touch-screen interactive map of these United States. Lou Dobbs last night called it a "magic board," about which claim Wolf Blitzer was politely skeptical: "I don't know if it's magic, but it's very, very sophisticated." Let's split the difference and call it nifty. At the board, chief national correspondent John King would call up county-level results in Texas or project what advantage Hillary Clinton could gain in delegates by winning some caucus by such-and-such a margin. The board is an impressive tool, and the only catch is that CNN mostly uses it to demonstrate exactly how impressive the board is. Fox News, for its part, refused to traffic in such niftiness. They gave us only proof that Karl Rove is settling into his analyst's job with plump aplomb, his jolliness set off by the near-uniform dourness of his new colleagues. Fred Barnes did manage a koan about the nature of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, site of TV's next Superabundant Tuesday: "It's more like Ohio than Ohio is." Wouldn't you love to see that sentence on a license plate? In time, the evening's winners materialized at rallies. John McCain was in Dallas. His wife had a vibrant new hairdo. His delivery was awful. I'm not certain whether I've ever seen McCain read from a prompter before, but I'm positive I don't want to see it again, such was the unnerving effect of his middledistance squint. His confetti was red, blue, and sparse. Hillary Clinton won the evening's confetti war in a landslide. Up in Columbus, Ohio, the paper fell in a thick and multihued blizzard, dazzling the camera and slashing an exclamation point on one of her better speeches of the campaign season. Sen. Clinton, always most appealing in victory, was warm and loose. She was taking the stage three days after gamely playing along with Saturday Night Live's fond teasing and one day after chipperly submitting to an awkward conversation with Jon Stewart (who is never less interesting than when striving to be serious), and she carried some of that showbiz ease up to the podium. With cuddly Mike Huckabee bowing out of the Republican race, Clinton looks poised to take the lead in the comedy-show primary—a contest that, despite awarding no delegates, offers imagery not to be sneered at. ongoing conversation about the hit HBO series The Wire. An unedited transcript of the chat follows. David Plotz: Hi Wireheads, I got some WMD! WMD! _______________________ Jeffrey Goldberg: Hi, Jeff here. I understand Plotz is selling WMD. My favorite all-time brand-name was Greenhouse Gas, from early this season. "Greenhouse gas is hot!" someone yelled from a corner. Anyway, nice to be here. A lot of good questions, I see. Plotz will take the hard ones. _______________________ Columbia, Mo. (grew up reading Kansas City Star, by the way): This season of The Wire has introduced us to a Baltimore Sun newsroom that borders on racist, at least from the management perspective. The paper willingly chooses to focus on a serial killer of white men, while barely mentioning serial killers of the black community (Marlo, Snoop, Omar, etc.). The paper's management constantly favors the young white reporter over the experienced black city editor (unless he has another white editor as backup). My question is: Is this type of institutionalized racism common in American newsrooms today? David Plotz: I've never worked for a daily newspaper, so I can't claim to be an expert. I don't think that newspapers are institutionally racist in any systematic way. I think they favor the spectacular and new over the routine, and the drumbeat of drug violence in Baltimore or DC is routine, while a fetishistic serial killer isn't. That said, newspapers are always more interested, and more plugged into, the communities where their own reporters live, so the Washington Post covers Cleveland Park better than Petworth. _______________________ Lynhaven Hood: RIP Omar Little. I have really enjoyed your comments in Slate. I read them religiously, almost as religiously as I watch The Wire itself! My biggest problem is, how am I going to go on without The Wire? How will we all survive? Further to those questions, are you aware of any upcoming related projects, or other work by David Simon? the chat room Buzzing Over The Wire Jeffrey Goldberg and David Plotz take readers' questions about HBO's hit urban drama. Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 4:59 PM ET Slate deputy editor David Plotz and Atlantic national correspondent Jeffrey Goldberg were online at Washingtonpost.com on March 6 to bring readers into their Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Jeffrey Goldberg: The Wire is your religion? You're probably better off joining a religion that won't have such an abbreviated last season. You know how I survived the end of The Sopranos? I started watching Season 1. And that's what I suggest here. The first season of The Wire is fantastic. The second you could probably skip. _______________________ 63/124 Laurel, Md.: My favorite two product shout outs of all time: When Carcetti was running for mayor, "got that election day special two for one!" During the holidays, "got that mistletoe!" David Plotz: Jeff just mentioned a great one, too: Greenhouse gas _______________________ Arlington, Va.: Did you all watch the episodes a week early, as available "On Demand"? The one-minute teaser they used to let the early watchers know they had to wait another week for the finale (a montage of Clay Davis and his catch-word) was inspired. _______________________ Arlington, Va.: No matter what the fallout, I'm completely behind Greggs going to Daniels about the "serial killer." She's the one who had to question and console the families of the homeless "victims," she's the one who was pulled from a triple homicide for this investigation, and she has enough sense to know that a scheme this sloppy was going to get out; far better to give Daniels a chance to get ahead of it. I'm expecting some degree of a coverup regardless, but there can and should be consequences for McNulty and the sadly tarnished Freamon. Also, a question: Does anyone know if there will be a D.C. area screening of the finale? I don't have HBO, and while I have an invitation to "borrow" my aunt's TV, I'd much rather see it with people who love the show like I do. (Getting to and from Baltimore on Sunday night is pretty much out of the question.) David Plotz: Jeff and I have been arguing about just this point, in the dialogue and in person too. I totally agree with you that Kima did right, and that her snitching was the moral act. Jeff— well, Jeff will answer for himself, but he overvalues loyalty. One great achievement of The Wire is to create in oneself these fights. Is it LOYAL for Bunk not to rat out Jimmy? Or is his loyalty just hurting the people of Baltimore? David Plotz: We generally watch them late in the week, on preview DVDs that HBO sent us. I haven't watched the finale yet, though. I missed the Clay Davis montage—drat _______________________ Carrboro, N.C.: Given the occasional references and homages to The Godfather, do you see a possible parallel between Michael in The Wire and Michael Corleone? Both are clean-cut kids who reluctantly joined the life of crime; both are more intelligent than the average thug; both express a certain amount of regret for their actions. In the imaginary next season of The Wire, I can see Michael taking over the business like Michael Corleone did in Godfather II. Your thoughts? Jeffrey Goldberg: That's an interesting question. Also profane. I mean, there's the Corleones, and then there's everything else. Maybe because the Godfather stands alone for me I didn't see the parallels, but now that you point them out, I see your point. Though it's an inexact comparison, and not only because I don't recall Michael Corleone expressing much regret about anything, after he was punched in the nose by Sterling Hayden. _______________________ Jeffrey Goldberg: I overvalue loyalty? It's a hard thing to do, overvalue loyalty. Granted, we have some recent, federal-level experience with this (although Rumsfeld is no longer feeling the loyalty now) but I tend to think of loyalty as a keystone of character. And I can't help but have hard feelings about Kima's actions. I understand the questioner's point—Kima actually had to sit with those parents. And that does make her actions excusable. I'm just telling you how I feel, and to paraphrase Slim Charles (Washington's own!) I'm just writing what I feel. Namond's After School Special: I've had the feeling for the entire season that Simon is using the last season to toss some of the disappeared actors a final paycheck. We've had a homeless portworker and a couple of heckling portworkers, Cutty had a couple of scenes, they bring back Randy for a cameo and then Namond, Bunny and the Deacon. Some of this served to complete minor plot points ... the grain pier went condo, Namond is saved while Randy is not ... but mostly it seemed to be superfluous. _______________________ David Plotz: I love the way Simon keeps it all connected, and reminds us that it's all one world. The Nick Sobotka (sp) cameo was lovely, and Randy's lone scene was one of the most profound of the season. Upper Marlboro, Md.: I could have used some WMD after Sunday's episode, when they dropped that this week's episode wouldn't be On Demand. I always nod out to The Wire at midnight On Demand. What's up with the change? Many Wire heads know what's ahead. Why make people wait now? David Plotz: For the obvious reason: To build suspense. They want every Wire fan in the country gluegunned to the couch Sunday night. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC _______________________ Houston: Season 2's big storyline about the dockworkers always has felt like a weird outlier in The Wire's narrative. Whereas other plotlines were woven into The Wire's main story, they never really have returned to the dockworker story line, other 64/124 than cameo appearances by Nick, Valchek, The Greek and his henchman, and Beadie in other story lines. Do you think there is much David Simon and the other writers could have done to advance that plot past Season 2? can argue that it is being ignored (especially when you consider just how few people actually watch it.) David Plotz: Most Wire fans treat Season 2 with disdain. I certainly agree that it was the weakest season, but it was valuable in a key way. It aerated the show. Had the show remained close focused on the drug-vs-cops theme of seasons 1 and 3, it would have felt like a smaller show. By putting us outside the world of the corner, it began to give us the whole sweep of the city (and clue us into Simon's notion that everything—from the crate on the dock to the body in the vacant—is connected). Bada Bing: If Marlo goes to a diner for some onion rings, I'm turning off the TV. Jeffrey Goldberg: This is uncharacteristic of me, but I'm going to agree with David here. The second season was lumpy and often non-compelling, but it was David Simon's first attempt to make The Wire something more than what we all originally thought it was going to be. I happen to think that the fourth season is the reason we'll remember this show for a long time. The drug trade, by itself, wouldn't sustain this show. _______________________ Towson, Md.: I don't get all the Omar worship. People say "he had a code" and "he never put a gun on a citizen," but come on—the guy is still a murderer engaging in running gunfights up and down the street. His character was interesting and wellacted, but as far as the "Omar was the good guy" thing, give me a break. David Plotz: True. The Wire is so good at messing with viewers' minds that it had lots of us rooting for homicidal Omar. As a fan, I found that a kind of transference took place: I loved the character so much that I would start to inhabit him, and share his worldview. This happened most with Omar, but increasingly with Clay Davis and Snoop. _______________________ Omar (The Great Beyond):: Why does it take forever (or later) for Emmy voters to recognize David Simon vehicles? Andre Braugher only got an award for Homicide on his way out the door in the last season, and now The Wire is in danger of going 0-for-5? Is it racial? Can't think of any other reason, and I'm a white guy (Omar handle, notwithstanding). P.S. To that end, the Emmys should be as venerable as a Blockbuster award. David Plotz: The Emmy business is ridiculous. On the other hand, The Wire has suffered from no shortage of public acclaim. When you consider the amount of ink spilled in worshipful prose—a lot of it by me and others at Slate—I don't think you Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC _______________________ Jeffrey Goldberg: I am totally with you. In fact, I was going to make the very same joke, but you beat me to it. _______________________ Charlotte Amalie, Virgin Islands: Skip the second season? No way, by the end it was awesome. How can you not get worked up when Sobatka walks to his death? Jeffrey Goldberg: To each his own, I guess. A bad Wire episode is still worth watching. Don't get me wrong here. _______________________ Yorktown Heights, N.Y.: Is it common sentiment that the Season 5 plot seems very artificial? I can't buy that McNulty or anyone with half a brain would take such a huge risk for a reward that wasn't even guaranteed. I'm a huge fan of The Wire, and generally I am satisfied with this season, but I can't get past this element of the plot. And I guess I'd say that I'm a little disappointed in the way Omar went out. David Plotz: I agree with half your question and disagree with the other half. The Bitey the Bloodthirsty serial killer fraud was infuriating, for the reasons you cite (though I think the show has done a pretty good job unwinding the ridiculous premise in the past few weeks). I disagree about Omar. His death was painful, in the sense that I will miss him, but I thought it was artistically and thematically brilliant. Having him taken out by psychopathic, tiny Kenard was a stroke of genius. Check out this great Slate guest post by one of our readers about Omar's death. _______________________ Reading, Mass.: Will the secret file on Cedric Daniels past be finally revealed in the finale? What does it contain? David Plotz: I'm guessing it won't. It's a McGuffin, I think. I think it's Simon's nod to All the King's Men: We are all of us, even the most erect and rectitudinous (not a word) of us, corrupt. _______________________ 65/124 Upper Mayberry, Md.: I feel you on the scene with Randy—it was truly profound. It showed a good kid who had been hardened by his circumstance, which was created by the police, who will in turn will arrest him in the future because his only likely path is crime. Jeffrey Goldberg: That was one of the most brilliant, minutelong sequences in the whole show. An entire world was contained in that one quick scene. _______________________ Boston: Namond Hater: Please explain why I am so annoyed that Namond is the one kid who got out. Thanks for the lively Wire discussions. Jeffrey Goldberg: Maybe because he's kind of whiny. Which is what a lot of real kids are. But my advice to you is to stop being a hata. _______________________ Alexandria, Va.: Am I wrong for thinking Cheese is the most annoying Wire character of all time? McNulty is a close second... David Plotz: I totally agree. Method Man, who plays Cheese, is a terrible ham, a way too cartoony version of what he should be. It also doesn't make sense that Marlo—who's a smart guy— would trust so much territory to such an untrustworthy, stupid wretch as Cheese. _______________________ Essex: Aside from the newsroom hooey, the most unrealistic scenario this season was Jimmy and Kima's trip to Quantico. The lead detective on a red-ball serial killing is going to make a 5.5hour round trip to have an agent read a profile to him? I don't think so. That said, the profile and Jimmy Mac's reaction were the comic highlight of the season. Jeffrey Goldberg: I actually think this was quite realistic. I would recommend you go read Malcolm Gladwell's recent New Yorker expose on the Quantico profilers. It was quite hysterical. I agree with you that that look of recognition on Jimmy's face was priceless, and also proved that Dominic West can, on occasion, act. Pierce (Bunk), Anwan Glover (Slim Charles), Chad Coleman (Dennis "Cutty" Wise) and Robert F. Chew (Prop Joe)—not to mention all of the kids from Season 4... David Plotz: Great question. Lots of them have landed TV gigs—Law Order, and Numb3rs have had a bunch of Wire people. Idris "Stringer Bell" Elba has done a lot. I'm sure Dominic West will get work, because he's a good enough actor, but also great looking. I bet Cedric Daniels, whose name I can't remember, will get work, as will Marlo and Chris Partlow. They're all stupendous actors and good looking. I talked to a Wire producer about the success of some of their nontraditional actors—Snoop or Anwan—and he was very angry that casting agents were only narrowly looking at them for thug-like roles. He thought, rightly, that they should be getting more love. Jeffrey Goldberg: Well, David, what show do you think is appropriate for Snoop? Dancing With the Stars? Your general point is well-taken, and I admire your bracing honesty in re: Dominic West's handsomeness. This has been a hobby-horse of mine—not Dominic West's handsomeness—as David well knows, that one of the miraculous aspects of The Wire is its cast of mostly-unknown, mostly-African-American actors. I suggested early in this season that a clever Shakespeare company would hire The Wire cast en masse. David Plotz: And who would Snoop play in your Shakespearean fantasy? I'd put her down for Lady Macbeth. _______________________ Arlington, Va.: I am a faithful reader of the TV Club—I have been for years, and love the analysis of the show and even how you guys go off on tangents. I have to say—I really was bummed out when the rumored shooting of Omar was true. For some reason I loved that character. And the way he went down (as put in the TV Club because of smoking) still shocked me, even though I had read the rumor. RIP Omar. I'm on my way to Puerto Rico to comfort your Papi Chulo! Jeffrey Goldberg: Tangents? Who goes on tangents? Omar's killing was deeply emblematic. I mean, Kennard is Marlo's Marlo, in a way. Omar had a code. Marlo has not much of a code. Kennard is an 11-year-old, and already completely dead inside. In retrospect, it is clear to me that having Omar killed by a child made perfect sense. The Wire is about the collapse of honor, even perverse honor. _______________________ _______________________ Reston, Va.: Who among The Wire's large cast do you think will best use their Wire notoriety as a launchpad for continued prominent TV and/or film roles? I'd love to see more of Wendell Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Arlington, Va.: I grew up in Baltimore and I can confirm that every detail is accurate, including Crab Chip and Captain Chesapeake references. But the reason I love the show is that it makes you feel bad for how our cities need help, but you are still 66/124 glad you watched. Has any other show convicted the viewer as much, yet hooked them as well? Jeffrey Goldberg: Good point. Though I was kind of repulsed by that show. David Plotz: "convicted the viewer"—that's a great phrase! I think there are movies that have done that (The Deer Hunter, perhaps). But I can't think of any other TV show that so effectively combines guilt and addiction. _______________________ Jeffrey Goldberg: That is a great phrase. Nothing comes to mind on television. But then again, I try to avoid television. Speaking of which, are there any shows worth watching out there, now that The Wire is gone? _______________________ Washington: Some friends and I have been The Wire fans for years. We were talking the other day about how compelling it is as a portrait of a city. We were thinking how interesting it would be to see a similar treatment of "complicated" cities in other countries like maybe Marseilles, Rio, Shanghai or Lagos. What great in-depth stories you could do ... I wish it could happen. There is only one other similar show—"Da Vinci's Inquest," about Vancouver. New York: I think this season has been the weakest with all of this serial killer nonsense. The show is still great because you care about the characters and some of the other story lines, but don't you feel that the serial killer stuff seemed contrived and unnecessary? Jeffrey Goldberg: Yes, absolutely. I've been a big critic of this; David is more forgiving, but he's a more forgiving type generally. That said, I have found myself at times curious about the disposition of this subplot. David Plotz: The serial killer stuff was hugely weak. I just realized what bothered me about the newsroom plot, too, which is that the characters don't get any real lift outside the room. In all the other seasons, characters are given nonprofessional lives. But the reporters aren't. They are only what they do, and that makes them kinda dull. _______________________ Jeffrey Goldberg: It's been said—I don't know if this is confirmed—that David Simon is turning his attention to New Orleans. Which would be quite something. The guy is obviously not interested in commercial success, and more power to him. Baltimore: The excellent actor who plays Marlo Stanfield next will be making an appearance on the less-than-excellent Heroes. I hope his power in that show will be similar to the one he already has in The Wire—the ability to live off nothing but lollipops. _______________________ Worcester, Mass.: Wonder why that was the only possible fate for Dukie David Plotz: Isn't it interesting that the Season 4 boys are the characters fans most worry about? I think their differing fates were handed down exactly as you'd expect, given Simon's belief in how things work. Randy, ruined and destroyed because the system of government that was supposed to help him screwed him over. Michael, who makes his own fate, independent of any institutions, and bears a terrible cost because of it. Dukie, betrayed by the other government institution that was supposed to help, schools, and left to the street. And Namond, redeemed not by institutions, which abandoned him, but by an act of individual love and trust from Bunny Colvin. That's the only kind of redemption allowed. Jeffrey Goldberg: Jaime Hector, who plays Marlo, is a great actor, no doubt. And that lollipop business was perhaps the coldest thing on the entire show. The security guard who caught him boosting, you'll recall, ended up in rowhouse. _______________________ Arlington, Va.: What is your ranking of the seasons? Mine in order from best to worst (relative term) is fourth, first, fifth, third, second. I know I am not as high on Season 3 as some others. David Plotz: Fourth Third First Fifth Second _______________________ Does everyone think 4 is the best? I think they do. Biloxi, Miss.: One of you mentioned Law & Order as the last refuge of The Wire actors. You didn't mention that about half of The Wire's cast first appeared in Oz (Rawls, Daniels, Herc, Carv, etc.). Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC _______________________ 67/124 Philadelphia: Okay, I have to admit this. I have been living in a cave for the past several years. What is The Wire, and what have I missed by never having seen this show? David Plotz: Anwan is an amazing guy—a popular radio DJ here, and frontman for the seminal go-go group the Backyard Band. And he has one of the greatest voices in the history of television. washingtonpost.com: Clips From and Critics Quotes About The Wire (HBO) _______________________ Jeffrey Goldberg: The Wire is an underwater musical starring Esther Williams. Washington: Do you agree with the claim that The Wire is the greatest show in TV history? _______________________ Jeffrey Goldberg: I'm more of an I Love Lucy sort of guy. And The Sopranos. I Love Lucy and The Sopranos. Two great tastes that taste great together. Washington: I'd bet my next paycheck that Judge Phelan is Levy's snitch at the courthouse, because it can't be Ronda... _______________________ Jeffrey Goldberg: How big is your paycheck? _______________________ Bethesda, Md.: I think you all touched on this in your weekly Slate discussions, but I seriously hope this is not the last time I see these wonderful and gifted actors, and not on another episode of Law & Order either. I want to see Omar, Michael, Randy, Kim and especially Bunk, who really should have his own show. One more thing: You guys really never watched the previews for the next episode? How could you not? Half the fun is seeing what's gonna happen next! Jeffrey Goldberg: Discipline. Total, iron discipline. _______________________ The Western, Md.: Think we'll see Brother Mouzone on Sunday? David Plotz: Wouldn't that be nice! I doubt it, though. He was such a gift from the gods. I think we wireheads are thinking about the finale like the Seinfeld finale, as if they are going to bring back all the old favorite characters for a final cameo and hug. I would like them to bring back the ghost of Stringer Bell. _______________________ Washington: I work in Georgetown, and yesterday saw Anwan Glover (Slim Charles) going into Uno's of all places. I stopped and said hello, lamenting the end of the show. I think he was a bit taken aback that this white business kid knew who he was. It's amazing how some of these characters can go on with their public lives so anonymously. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Cast members working: I can't believe you gave no love to Andre Royo, aka Bubbles. I think he's a pretty good actor. A lot of The Wire cast members are experienced actors, and many were recast from other HBO vehicles -- particularly The Corner and Oz. Wendell Pierce has been in Hollywood productions like Get on the Bus (where he got thrown off of the bus) and Waiting to Exhale (where he should have been thrown out of bed). And the Clay Davis's character's signature line originally was done by the same actor playing a DEA agent in Spike Lee's 25th Hour. David Plotz: There are Bubbles-lovers and there are Bubbleshaters. I'm sorry to say I fall in the later group. I have always found his plots a little cheap and emotional manipulative. Except for his turn as Lear's fool at the end of Hamsterdam, and his wonderful lashing out at Herc in Season 4, I've never been drawn to him. But I know that puts me in the minority. _______________________ Baltimore: I really enjoy your back and forth commentary on this exceptional show. I know you have been critical of the fakeserial-killer plotline, and it is over the top. However I cannot help but admire McNulty and Freaman going after the real serial killer, Marlo Stansfield, when no else seems to care about 22 or 23 bodies left in the vacant houses. As for predictions, (or make that dear hopes) somehow Dukie is rescued and doesn't morph into Bubbles the Sequel. Jeffrey Goldberg: I think it's safe to say that Dukie is not on an upward trajectory. I also agree with your sentiment; the plot device is ridiculous, but it doesn't betray the natures of these characters, Lester especially. For Lester, it's all about catching the prey. _______________________ 68/124 Marlo and Cheese: Haven't you ever worked at a place where a smart higher-up noticed an ambitious youngster with little talent and realized how useful it could be to promote someone they knew would do whatever they told him to? Especially in a business where it's pretty easy to throw people away. Jeffrey Goldberg: I don't wince. Or cringe. I get angry, however. To answer your question, yes and no, mostly no. This is what HBO does—it plays it close to the line, it isn't afraid to offend. And it's equal opportunity offense. David Plotz: Right—and maybe if they stretched the plot forward a few more episodes, we would see Marlo drop Cheese and replace him with someone more capable (like Slim Charles). Marlo also has the problem that all homicidal sociopaths have when they are boss: The only people who want to work for you are also homicidal sociopaths. _______________________ _______________________ Anonymous: I still sit in amazement that this show never has received any accolades or awards. I won't debate the action, but the writing and story lines alone warrant more respect and acknowledgement. (I understand the demographic of the show, but the white actors were not even acknowledged.) Jeffrey Goldberg: I think you're on to something. The actors who play Bunk, Clay Davis, and Cedric Daniels in particular deserve accolades. _______________________ Re: Casting: Actually many of the stars, including Idris Elba and Dominic West, are not American at all. David Plotz: Yeah, Dominic West's accent is always kind of touch-and-go. _______________________ Jimmy's Demise: At the beginning of the season, HBO offered three minor character studies (I forget what buzzword they used to describe them) as part of the OnDemand products. They were a young Omar robbing the robber and "robin-hooding" the victim, a young Prop Joe backstabbing an opponent with a proposition for his teacher, and McNulty's first day on the homicide squad. Prop Joe and Omar are gone. I could see McNulty killing himself in the last episode. So, was Simon foreshadowing the deaths of three prominent characters? The courthouse snitch: Has to be Rhonda. Jeffrey Goldberg: Such a cynic, you. _______________________ Southeast Washington: Let's not forget the best potential byproduct of the wire—"Hampsterdam." For all the nonsense, I think that could work in the U.S. Jeffrey Goldberg: It didn't work so well on The Wire, though, if you'll recall. To the show's credit—and it is a show that is opposed to the Drug War—Hamsterdam wasn't prettified. It was a nasty place which trapped innocent people in its despair and perversity. _______________________ Albany, N.Y.: The two of you have spent a lot of time questioning the "realism" of the Baltimore Sun plot. Why is perfect adherence to real life such an important factor in your enjoyment of the show? Isn't it possible that other institutions have been portrayed with just as much deviation from real life and you just did not notice? More importantly, is documentarystyle realism the true goal of a series that is compared to Greek mythology, or is the verisimilitude just a well-executed artistic device? David Plotz: I agree with that beef. I dislike the newspaper portrayal, but I am willing to grant Simon liberty to play around. I doubt his police department or drug gang is perfectly accurate either. The problem with the newspaper is less that it's an inaccurate portrait of a paper than that the characters are not very compelling. They are psychologically narrower than the characters in the others seasons/plots _______________________ Jeffrey Goldberg: Provocative thought. Part of me wishes that Jimmy disappeared a long time ago. _______________________ Chicago: Does the portrayal of Levy the Jewish lawyer make you wince at all? Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Vancouver, Canada: Am I the only one who thinks McNulty's deception is going to be covered up? Maybe he takes a fall inside the police department by being forced to resign (or sent back to the marine unit/evidence locker), but is Carcetti (or Rawls for that matter) really going to let the big drug bust go up in smoke? That would end his chances for Annapolis in a pinch. 69/124 The only wild card is Levy, but Lester appears to be cooking something up on that end... Jeffrey Goldberg: You sound like a very clever person. _______________________ Washington Post: Have you read the blog "Stuff White People Like"? It fits you two exactly, from knowing what's good for poor people to not watching TV. David Plotz: I love that Web site! Multilingual children! Pretending to like soccer! _______________________ New York: Why didn't you tell me about The Wire? I just started watching it two weeks ago and am now finished with Season 3. I am now Bubbles, begging my neighbor for a Season 4 fix. Will not read the chat for fear of learning. Stupid HBO put Omar RIP on the Web site, and that was beat. Jeffrey Goldberg: Yes, that was indeed beat. _______________________ Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada: Jeffrey, you clearly came into this TV Club with an axe to grind against David Simon and his newspaper subplot. Are you normally this unobjective in your writing, or was it just because this was "only a TV show"? Regardless, I found it very amateurish, and it certainly doesn't make me want to read anything else you've written. Jeffrey Goldberg: Axe to grind? I've called him a genius. Some axe. _______________________ David Plotz: Thanks for all the great questions, and have a wonderful Sunday night! the green lantern Clinton, Obama, and McCain Which candidate has the most green cred? By Brendan I. Koerner Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 7:43 AM ET I'll be casting my vote in Ohio's Democratic primary, and I Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC was wondering how the two main candidates compare on environmental issues. Who's got more green cred, Barack Obama or Hillary Clinton? And how does John McCain stack up? With all the rancorous bloviation that's infected the Democratic race of late, it's easy to forget that Obama and Clinton are essentially kinfolk when it comes to policy. Sure, there are wonky differences between their stances, particularly on health care. But there are precious few discrepancies between the frontrunners' eco-plans, both of which focus primarily on energy. If you're looking for reasons to favor one over the other, you'll need to drill exceedingly deep. At the top of the agendas for both candidates is a cap-and-trade system to reduce the nation's carbon emissions. (Click here for Obama's plan and here for Clinton's.) Cap-and-trade requires companies to obtain credits that allow them to pollute a certain amount; initial credits are distributed by the government, which sets an overall limit on the number in circulation. Anyone can purchase additional credits from private-sector counterparts that have some to spare (presumably because they've cleaned up their practices). Obama and Clinton offer virtually identical cap-andtrade plans: Both propose auctioning off the initial credits and cutting America's carbon emissions to 80 percent below 1990 levels by 2050. In addition, the two presidential aspirants want 25 percent of the nation's energy to be derived from wind, solar, and other renewable sources by 2025. Obama and Clinton also place identical price tags on their proposals to boost clean energy R&D: $150 billion over 10 years. Obama, however, doesn't really break down where that money will come from; the aforementioned cap-and-trade auctions would generate an undetermined portion but certainly not the entire sum. Clinton, on the other hand, states that $50 billion would come from energy companies, which would be subject to a "windfall-profits fee" and would lose tax breaks— proposals that won't sit well with Exxon Mobil and its fellow energy goliaths. True to his roots as the junior senator from Illinois, Obama is slightly more gung-ho about biofuels. (The Land of Lincoln is also the land of ethanol; the state's corn is used to produce 40 percent of the nation's supply.) He wants to offer an additional per-gallon subsidy to biofuel refineries that are locally owned, and he wants all new American vehicles to be flex-fuel by 2012. Clinton counters by promising to increase domestic biofuel production to 60 billion gallons by 2030; she doesn't mention the word subsidies but does promise "loan guarantees" to spur the development of cellulosic ethanol. The candidates' enthusiasm for ethanol is politically expedient, but the jury's still out as to whether it makes environmental sense. Obama and Clinton are both fans of E85, which may not be quite the boon (PDF) it's been touted as. Also controversial is 70/124 the two Democrats' support for clean coal technology: Some greens claim that coal is inherently dirty, and all the liquefaction advances in the world won't change that. (Obama and Clinton both dance around the issue of nuclear power, stressing safety but staying vague as to whether they favor more nuclear plants. The candidates gave similarly ambiguous answers when asked about the issue during a 2007 CNN YouTube debate.) Overall, Clinton's plan is a little better on nitty-gritty details. The Lantern likes her specific shout-outs to plug-in hybrid vehicles and light-emitting diodes, as well as her adoption of Al Gore's idea for a federal agency (dubbed Connie Mae) that will facilitate the development of green homes. The plan's language is also more pragmatic than Obama's, with lots of emphasis on the phrase market-based in order to appeal to laissez-fairers and a whole section dedicated to explaining how the "green economy" will reinvigorate American industry. Obama, on the other hand, seems to regard environmentalism as more of a moral obligation than an economic opportunity. He's shorter on specifics, particularly when it comes to financial breakdowns, but he discusses some pressing big-picture concepts—for example, the environmental consequences of urban sprawl, a phenomenon that has been encouraged by misguided tax incentives. And he gets points for thinking not just about energy, but also several issues near and dear to greenminded voters: As elucidated in this supplementary fact sheet, Obama's team hopes to tackle lead poisoning, toxic runoff from livestock operations, and sustainable solutions to Western drought. But critics point out that McCain's cap-and-trade bill eventually morphed into this, which is much less ambitious than what either Obama or Clinton is proposing: The retitled Climate Stewardship and Innovation Act of 2007 would reduce American carbon emissions to 30 percent of their 2004 levels by 2050. The revamped act also includes large subsidies for nuclear power, with much of the money coming from the auction of pollution credits. (An in-depth, skeptical assessment of McCain's environmental record is here.) There's a good chance that McCain is waiting until his Democratic opponent is determined to release a detailed environmental plan. Until that happens, though, the Lantern will give McCain's barebones platform a solid C-minus, while the two Democrats get shaky Bs for their meticulous plans. Is there an environmental quandary that's been keeping you up at night? Send it to ask.the.lantern@gmail.com, and check this space every Tuesday. the has-been Amazing Race At last, a campaign that deserves to go on forever. By Bruce Reed Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 12:00 AM ET Wednesday, Mar. 5, 2008 So, to answer your pointed question, who has more green cred? The Lantern hates to waffle, but it's really a matter of how you regard your own environmental leanings. Clinton's plan offers more red meat for stats geeks (whose ranks include your humble narrator), but Obama's is slightly more visionary. Neither is perfect, given their knee-jerk affinity for biofuels and clean coal, but such is the nature of politics. Comparing the two leading Democrats with the presumptive Republican is tough, since McCain hasn't released a comprehensive environmental platform. All we can go by at present is this page from his Web site, which is full of sweet platitudes but woefully short on specifics. Given the lack of crunchiness among his base, McCain generally avoids any language that might smack of "Save the Whales" do-goodism. He instead favors variations on the concept of "stewardship," a catchphrase popular among admirers of Theodore Roosevelt as well as climate change skeptics. Based on his record in the Senate, McCain seems mildly green. He co-sponsored the 2003 Climate Stewardship Act, the first Senate bill to propose a cap-and-trade system, and he's been very clear about his personal belief that, yes, human beings are causing the planet's climate to go haywire. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC All the Way: As death-defying Clinton comebacks go, the primaries in Ohio and Texas were very nearly not heart-stopping enough. On Monday, public polls started predicting a Clinton rebound, threatening to spoil the key to any wild ride: surprise. Luckily, the early exit polls on Tuesday evening showed Obama with narrow leads in both do-or-die states, giving those of us in Clinton World who live for such moments a few more hours to stare into the abyss. Now that the race is once again up for grabs, much of the political establishment is dreading the seven-week slog to the next big primary in Pennsylvania. Many journalists had wanted to go home and put off seeing Scranton until The Office returns on April 10. Some Democrats in Washington were in a rush to find out the winner so they could decide who they've been for all along. 71/124 As a Clintonite, I'm delighted that the show will go on. But even if I were on the sidelines, my reaction would have been the same. No matter which team you're rooting for, you've got to admit: We will never see another contest like this one, and the political junkie in all of us hopes it will never end. It looks like we could get our wish—so we might as well rejoice and be glad in it. A long, exciting race for the nomination will be good for the Democratic Party, good for the eventual nominee, and the ride of a lifetime for every true political fan. For the party, the benefits are obvious: By making this contest go the distance, the voters have done what party leaders wanted to do all along. This cycle, the Democratic National Committee was desperate to avoid the front-loaded calendar that backfired last time. As David Greenberg points out, the 2004 race was over by the first week of March—and promptly handed Republicans a full eight months to destroy our nominee. This time, the DNC begged states to back-load the calendar, even offering bonus delegates for moving primaries to late spring. Two dozen states flocked to Super Tuesday anyway. Happily, voters took matters into their own hands and gave the spring states more clout than party leaders ever could have hoped for. Last fall, NPR ran a whimsical story about the plight of South Dakota voters, whose June 3 contest is the last primary (along with Montana) on the calendar. Now restaurateurs, innkeepers, and vendors from Pierre to Rapid City look forward to that primary as Christmas in June. week's MSNBC debate was the most watched show on any channel, with nearly 8 million viewers. An astonishing 4 million people tuned in to watch MSNBC's post-debate analysis, an experience so excruciating that it's as if every person in the Bay Area picked the same night to jump off the Golden Gate Bridge. The permanent campaign turns out to be the best reality show ever invented. Any contest that can sustain that kind of excitement is like the World Series of poker: The value of the pot goes up with each hand, and whoever wins it won't be the least bit sorry that both sides went all-in. No matter how it turns out, all of us who love politics have to pinch ourselves that we're alive to see a race that future generations will only read about. Most campaigns, even winning ones, only seem historic in retrospect. This time, we already know it's one for the ages; we just don't know how, when, or whether it's going to end. Even journalists who dread spending the next seven weeks on the Pennsylvania Turnpike have to shake their heads in wonderment. In the lede of their lead story in Wednesday's Washington Post, Dan Balz and Jon Cohen referred to "the remarkable contest" that could stretch on till summer. They didn't sign on to spend the spring in Scranton and Sioux Falls. But, like the rest of us, they wouldn't miss this amazing stretch of history for anything. ... 11:59 P.M. (link) Monday, Feb. 25, 2008 But the national party, state parties, and Sioux Falls cafes aren't the only ones who'll benefit. Contrary to the conventional wisdom, the biggest beneficiaries of a protracted battle for the nomination are the two contestants themselves. Primaries are designed to be a warm-up for the general election, and a few more months of spring training will only improve their swings for the fall. Hope Springs Eternal: With this weekend's victory in Puerto Rico and even more resounding triumph over the New York Times, John McCain moved within 200 delegates of mathematically clinching the Republican nomination. Mike Huckabee is having a good time playing out the string, but the rest of us have been forced to get on with our lives and accept that it's just not the same without Mitt. And let's face it: These two candidates know how to put on a show. Both are raising astonishing sums of money and attracting swarms of voters to the polls. Over the past month, their three headto-head debates have drawn the largest audiences in cable television history. The second half of last But soft! What light through yonder window breaks? Out in Salt Lake City, in an interview with the Deseret Morning News, Josh Romney leaves open the possibility that his father might get back in the race: Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC 72/124 Josh Romney called speculation that his father could be back in the race as either a vice presidential candidate or even at the top of the ticket as the GOP's presidential candidate "possible. Unlikely, but possible." energy." He let a Fox newswoman interview him in the master bedroom of the Mitt Mobile. (He showed her the air fresheners.) He blogged about the moose, salmon, and whale he ate while campaigning in Alaska—but when the feast was over, he delivered the Super Tuesday state for his dad. That's not much of an opening and no doubt more of one than he intended. But from mountain to prairie, the groundswell is spreading. Endorsements are flooding in from conservative bloggers like this one: As Jonathan Martin of Politico reported last summer, Josh was campaigning with his parents at the Fourth of July parade in Clear Lake, Iowa, when the Romneys ran into the Clintons. After Mitt told the Clintons how many counties Josh had visited, Hillary said, "You've got this built-in campaign team with your sons." Mitt replied, to Ann's apparent dismay, "If we had known, we would've had more." Mitt Romney was not my first choice for a presidential candidate, but he came third after Duncan Hunter and Fred Thompson. … I would love to see Mitt reenter the race. Even if re-entry is too much to hope for, Josh hints that another Romney comeback may be in the works. He says he has been approached about running for Congress in Utah's 2nd District. That, too, may be an unlikely trial balloon. Josh is just 32, has three young children, and would face a Democratic incumbent, Rep. Jim Matheson, who is one of the most popular politicians in the state. Matheson's father was a governor, too. But unlike Mitt Romney, Scott Matheson was governor of Utah. If Mitt Romney has his eye on the No. 2 spot, Josh didn't do him any favors. "It's one thing to campaign for my dad, someone whose principles I line up with almost entirely," he told the Morning News. "I can't say the same thing for Sen. McCain." Even so, Romney watchers can only take heart that after a year on the campaign trail, Josh has bounced back so quickly. "I was not that upset," he says of his father's defeat. "I didn't cry or anything." In his year on the stump, Josh came across as the most down-to-earth of the Romney boys. He visited all 99 of Iowa's counties in the campaign Winnebago, the Mitt Mobile. He joked about his father's faults, such as "he has way too much Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC We'll never know whether that could have made the difference. For now, we'll have to settle for the unlikely but possible hope that Mitt will come back to take another bow. ... 4:13 P.M. (link) Monday, Feb. 11, 2008 Face Time: When Ralph Reed showed up at a Romney fundraiser last May, Mitt thought he was Gary Bauer – perpetuating the tiresome stereotype that like some Reeds, all Christian conservatives look alike. Now, in Mitt's hour of need, Ralph is returning the favor. According to the Washington Times, he and 50 other right-wing leaders met with Romney on Thursday "to discuss the former Massachusetts governor becoming the face of conservatism." Nothing against Romney, who surely would have been a better president than he let on. But if he were "the face of conservatism," he'd be planning his acceptance speech, not interviewing with Ralph Reed and friends for the next time around. Conservatives could not have imagined it would end this way: the movement that produced Ollie North, Alan Keyes, and ardent armies of true believers, now mulling over an arranged marriage of convenience with a Harvard man who converted for the occasion. George Will must be reaching for his Yeats: "Was it for this … that all that blood was shed?" 73/124 For more than a year, Republican presidential candidates tried to win the Reagan Primary. Their final tableau came at a debate in the Gipper's library, with his airplane as a backdrop and his widow in the front row. It was bad enough to see them reach back 20 years to find a conservative president they could believe in, but this might be worse: Now Romney's competing to claim he's the biggest conservative loser since Reagan. If McCain comes up short like Gerald Ford, Mitt wants to launch a comeback like it's 1976. Even conservative leaders can't hide their astonishment over finding themselves in this position. "If someone had suggested a year ago and a half ago that we would be welcoming Mitt Romney as a potential leader of the conservative movement, no one would have believed it," American Conservative Union chairman David Keene reportedly told the group. "But over the last year and a half, he has convinced us he is one of us and walks with us." Conservative activist Jay Sekulow told the Washington Times that Romney is a "turnaround specialist" who can revive conservatism's fortunes. But presumably, Romney's number-crunching skills are the last thing the movement needs: there are no voters left to fire. To be sure, Mitt was with conservatives when the music stopped. Right-wing activists who voted in the CPAC straw poll narrowly supported him over McCain, 35% to 34%. By comparison, they favored getting out of the United Nations by 57% to 42% and opposed a foreign policy based on spreading democracy by 82% to 15%. Small-government conservatism trounced social conservatism 59% to 22%, with only 16% for national-security conservatism. As voters reminded him more Tuesdays than not, Mitt Romney is not quite Ronald Reagan. He doesn't have an issue like the Panama Canal. Far from taking the race down to the wire, he'll end up third. While he's a good communicator, many voters looking for the face of conservatism couldn't see past what one analyst in the Deseret News described as the "CEO robot from Jupiter.'" If anything, Romney was born to be the face of the Ford wing of the Republican Party – an economic Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC conservative with only a passing interest in the other two legs of Reagan's conservative stool. Like Ford, Mitt won the Michigan primary. He won all the places he calls home, and it's not his fault his father wasn't governor of more states. Romney does have one advantage. With a conservative president nearing historic lows in the polls and a presumptive nominee more intent on leading the country, heading the conservative movement might be like running the 2002 Olympics – a job nobody else wants. Paul Erickson, the Romney strategist who organized the conservative powwow, called McCain's nomination "an existential crisis for the Republican Party," and held out Mitt as a possible Messiah: "You could tell everybody at the table sitting with Romney was asking himself: 'Is he the one?'" Romney has demonstrated many strengths over the years, but impersonating a diehard conservative and leading a confused movement out of the wilderness aren't foremost among them. It might be time for the right to take up another existential question: If conservatism needs Mitt Romney and Ralph Reed to make a comeback, is there enough face left to save? ... 3:37 P.M. (link) Thursday, Feb. 7, 2008 Romney, We Hardly Knew Ye: When Mitt Romney launched his campaign last year, he struck many Republicans as the perfect candidate. He was a businessman with a Midas touch, an optimist with a charmed life and family, a governor who had slain the Democratic dragon in the blue state Republicans love to hate. In a race against national heroes like John McCain and Rudy Giuliani, he started out as a dark horse, but to handicappers, he was a dark horse with great teeth. When Democrats looked at Romney, we also saw the perfect candidate—for us to run against. The best presidential candidates have the ability to change people's minds. Mitt Romney never got that far because he never failed to change his own mind first. So when Romney gamely suspended his campaign this afternoon, there was heartfelt sadness on both 74/124 sides of the aisle. Democrats are sorry to lose an adversary whose ideological marathon vividly illustrated the vast distance a man must travel to reach the right wing of the Republican Party. Romney fans lose a candidate who just three months ago led the polls in Iowa and New Hampshire and was the smart pick to win the nomination. With a formidable nominee in John McCain, the GOP won't be sorry. But Romney's farewell at the Conservative Political Action Committee meeting shows how far the once-mighty right wing has fallen. In an introduction laced with barbs in McCain's direction, Laura Ingraham's description of Mitt as "a conservative's conservative" said all there is to say about Romney's campaign and the state of the conservative movement. If their last, best hope is a guy who only signed up two years ago and could hardly convince them he belonged, the movement is in even worse shape than it looks. Had Romney run on his real strength—as an intelligent, pragmatic, and competent manager— his road to the nomination might have gone the way of Rudy Giuliani's. Yet ironically, his eagerness to preach the conservative gospel brought on his demise. Romney pandered with conviction. He even tried to make it a virtue, defending his conversion on abortion by telling audiences that he would never apologize for being a latecomer to the cause of standing up for human life. Conservatives thanked him for trying but preferred the genuine article. In Iowa, Romney came in second to a true believer, and New Hampshire doesn't have enough diehards to put him over the top. Romney's best week came in Michigan, when a sinking economy gave him a chance to talk about the one subject where his party credentials were in order. In Michigan, Romney sounded like a 21stcentury version of the business Republicans who dominated that state in the '50s and '60s—proud, decent, organization men like Gerald Ford and George Romney. As he sold his plan to turn the Michigan economy around, Mitt seemed as surprised as the voters by how much better he could be when he genuinely cared about the subject. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC By then, however, he had been too many things to too many people for too long. McCain was authentic, Huckabee was conservative, and Romney couldn't convince enough voters he was either one. Good sport to the end, Romney went down pandering. His swansong at CPAC touched all the right's hot buttons. He blamed out-of-wedlock births on government programs, attacks on religion, and "tolerance for pornography." He got his biggest applause for attacking the welfare state, declaring dependency a culture-killing poison that is "death to initiative." Even in defeat, he gave glimpses of the Mitt we'll miss—the lovably square, Father Knows Best figure with the impossibly wholesome family and perfect life. He talked about taking "a weed-whacker to regulations." He warned that we might soon become "the France of the 21st century." He pointed out that he had won nearly as many states as McCain, but joked awkwardly with the ultraconservative audience that he lost "because size does matter." He didn't say whether we'll have the Romneys to kick around anymore. But with the family fortune largely intact and five sons to carry on the torch, we can keep hope alive. In the Salt Lake City paper this morning, a leading political scientist predicted that if Democrats win the White House in 2008, Romney "would automatically be a frontrunner for 2012." It's hard to imagine a more perfect outcome. For now, sadness reigns. As the Five Brothers might say, somewhere men are laughing, and somewhere children shout; but there is no joy in Mittville—Guy Smiley has dropped out. ... 5:42 P.M. (link) Tuesday, Feb. 5, 2008 Mittmentum: With John McCain on cruise control toward the Republican nomination, Mitt Romney finds himself in a desperate quest to rally true believers – a role for which his even temper and uneven record leave him spectacularly unsuited. Romney knows how to tell the party faithful everything they want to hear. But it's not easy for a man who prides himself on his optimism, polish, and good fortune to stir anger and mutiny in the 75/124 conservative base. Only a pitchfork rebellion can stop McCain now, and Luddites won't man the ramparts because they like your PowerPoint. So far, the Republican base seems neither shaken nor stirred. McCain has a commanding 2-1 margin in national polls, and leads Romney most everywhere except California, where Mitt hopes for an upset tonight. Professional troublemakers like Ann Coulter and Rush Limbaugh are up in arms, trying to persuade their followers that McCain is somehow Hillary by other means. On Monday, Limbaugh did his best imitation of Romney's stump speech, dubbing Mitt the only candidate who stands for all three legs of the conservative stool. Strange bedfellows indeed: Rush-Romney is like a hot-blooded android – the first DittoheadConehead pairing in galactic history. On Saturday, Mitt Romney wandered to the back of his campaign plane and told the press, "These droids aren't the droids you're looking for." Oddly enough, that's exactly the reaction most Republicans have had to his campaign. But in the home stretch, Romney has energized one key part of his base: his own family. Yesterday, the Romney boys set a campaign record by putting up six posts on the Five Brothers blog – matching their high from when they launched last April. Mitt may be down, but the Five Brothers are back. The past month has been grim for the happy-golucky Romney boys. They sometimes went days between posts. When they did post, it was often from states they had just campaigned in and lost. Bright spots were hard to come by. After South Carolina, Tagg found a "Romney girl" video, set to the tune of "1985," in which a smiling young Alabaman named Danielle sang of Mitt as the next Reagan. One commenter recommended raising $3 million to run the clip as a Super Bowl ad; another asked Danielle out on behalf of his own five sons. A few days later, Matt put up a clip of a computerized prank call to his dad, pretending to be Arnold Schwarzenegger – prompting a priceless exchange between robo-candidate and Terminator. Then the real Arnold spoiled the joke by endorsing the real McCain. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC In the run-up to Super Tuesday, however, a spring is back in the Five Brothers' step. On Sunday, Josh wrote a post about his campaign trip to Alaska. Richard Nixon may have lost in 1960 because his pledge to campaign in all 50 states forced him to spend the last weekend in Alaska. That didn't stop Josh Romney, who posted a gorgeous photo of Mount McKinley and a snapshot of some Romney supporters shivering somewhere outside Fairbanks, where the high was 13 below. He wrote, "I sampled all of the Alaskan classics: moose, salmon and whale. Oh so good." Eating whale would certainly be red meat for a liberal crowd, but conservatives loved it too. "Moose is good stuff," one fan wrote. Another supporter mentioned friends who've gone on missions abroad and "talk about eating dog, horse, cow stomach, bugs." Rush, take note: McCain was ordering room service at the Hanoi Hilton while Mitt was keeping the faith by choking down tripe in Paris. The rest of the family sounds like it's on the trail of big game as well. Ben Romney, the least prolific of the Five Brothers, didn't post from Thanksgiving through the South Carolina primary. Yesterday, he posted twice in one day – with a link to Limbaugh and a helpful guide to tonight's results, noting that in the past week members of the Romney family have campaigned in 17 of 21 states up for grabs on Super Tuesday. Now we can scientifically measure the Romney effect, by comparing the results in those 17 states with the four states (Idaho, Montana, Connecticut, Arizona) no Romney visited. After Huckabee's victory in West Virginia, the early score is 1-0 in favor of no Romneys. Tagg, the team captain, also posted twice, urging the faithful to "Keep Fighting," and touting Mitt's evangelical appeal: "The Base Is Beginning to Rally." Back in June, Tagg joked with readers about who would win a family farting contest. Now he's quoting evangelical Christian ministers. The brothers are so focused on the race, they haven't even mentioned their beloved Patriots' loss, although there has been no word from young Craig, the one they tease as a Tom Brady lookalike. Of course, if the Republican race ends tonight, the inheritance Mitt has told the boys not to count on will be safe at last. By all accounts, they couldn't care less. They seem to share Tagg's easy-come- 76/124 easy-go view that no matter what happens, this will have been the best trip the family has ever taken, and this time no dogs were harmed along the way (just moose, salmon, and whale). Yet we seem to dislike annuities. They barely exist in the United States. In the United Kingdom, they are compulsory for those who want tax relief on their pension savings. Still, we buy them kicking and screaming. At the moment, the Five Brothers must feel the same nostalgia to keep going that the rest of us will feel for their antics when they're gone. Back when the campaign began, Tagg joked that they would love their father win or lose, although he might become something of a national laughingstock in the meantime. Mitt did his part, but whatever happens tonight, he can be proud the firewall he cares most about – his family – has held up its end of the bargain. ... 6:15 P.M. (link) Quite why we have such an aversion to annuities is not clear. True, money spent on an annuity is not available as a lump sum on a rainy day. Annuities are also expensive: After all, insurers must fear that only vegan teetotalers will buy them. But the truth is that our reluctance even to dabble in annuities is almost certainly irrational. So, what quirk of human nature is standing in our way, and what might insurers (and governments) do to nudge us in a more sensible direction? the undercover economist Money That Lasts Forever Why are we so scared of annuities? By Tim Harford Saturday, March 1, 2008, at 7:17 AM ET Here's what I like about insurance: You pay the insurers money when you do not desperately need it, and then the insurers pay you money just when you need it most. Curiously, this is not what other people seem to like about insurance. Most people do not try to arrange for insurance payments to arrive when they will need them most. Instead, they arrange for insurance payments to arrive after bad luck. If your house has just burned down, "when you need money most" amounts to the same thing as "after bad luck." But what if your son has just been accepted by Harvard? That is when the money would be useful, but we are temperamentally more inclined to insure against the tragic death of a child. It goes against the grain to insure against "good news." Meanwhile, we pay through the nose to insure a cell phone—the loss of which is bad luck but hardly a life event that suddenly makes money more valuable. In contrast, we do not buy insurance against living until the age of 95—a "good luck" event that goes hand in hand with a huge need for extra money. Insurance against longevity is easy to obtain: It's called a "life annuity"—sometimes just an "annuity"—an investment product that pays you an income as long as you live. If you die young, you lose money on the deal, but who cares? Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC One indication comes from new research by four economists, Jeffrey Brown, Jeffrey Kling, Sendhil Mullainathan, and Marian Wrobel (PDF). Using an Internet-based survey, they presented respondents with a series of comparisons between pairs of fictitious retirees who had made different decisions about funding their retirement. The survey asked who had made the better choice. Brown and his colleagues found that whether their respondents favored those with the annuities depended entirely on how the question was presented. Annuity purchases look attractive when described as sources of spending. For instance, when told that "Mr. Red can spend $650 each month for as long as he lives in addition to social security. When he dies, there will be no more payments," respondents preferred Mr. Red's choice (implicitly, an annuity) to Mr. Gray's savings account, which was flexible but would run out of money at age 85 if he spent $650 a month. But when described as investments, annuities suddenly became unpopular. Few fancied Mr. Red's decision when told that he had invested "$100,000 in an account which earns $650 each month for as long as he lives. He can only withdraw the earnings he receives, not the invested money. When he dies, the earnings will stop and his investment will be worth nothing." The two Mr. Reds, of course, chose exactly the same product described in a slightly different way. The lesson: Don't focus on what rate of return an annuity produces. Just think about what you can spend if you buy one. today's blogs Blast in Times Square By Michael Weiss Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 5:55 PM ET Bloggers wonder what was behind the explosion near a recruitment center in Times Square and ask if Al Gore is going to pick up that ringing red phone. 77/124 Small blast at Times Square: A small bomb exploded outside the famous Army Recruitment Center in Times Square on Thursday morning. No one was hurt, the damage was minimal, and all we really know so far is that a creepy bicyclist in a gray sweatshirt was seen wandering around the area seconds before the explosion. That hasn't stopped blogger speculation. the right are eager to use to shut down any potentially energizing movement." Read more about the Times Square bombing. Progessive Connecticut Bob Adams was staying at a Times Square hotel. The explosion woke him up: "I knew immediately it was some kind of explosion. I stayed in bed and listened for the sirens. After about a minute I only heard a couple, then it was kind of quiet, so I didn't worry about it and fell back asleep. If it was 9/11 part II, I'd have heard all hell breaking loose." Pick up the phone, Al: Charles Hurt at the New York Post has started a potent little conversation about whether Al Gore is the man to forestall a Democratic Party meltdown. He's a national figure with solid popularity, untainted by any government tenure during the past eight years. Plus, his refusal to endorse any candidate makes him meta-partisan. As Hurt writes, "The inconvenient truth is that the red phone is now ringing and Al Gore hears it. The only question is whether he has the guts to pick it up." Allahpundit at Hot Air posts the surveillance tape, and Confederate Yankee does his own armchair forensics: "From the choice of target, lack of shrapnel, and low amount of explosives used, I think it only logical to conclude that the blast was political in nature, a violent though purposefully less-lethal bomb, if you can ever call an improvised explosive device 'less lethal.' For these reasons, I doubt it was the act of Islamic extremists. This was an act of domestic terrorism." Marty Peretz at the New Republic's Spine agrees that Gore is the peacemaker: "Make no mistake, Hillary will take this battle all the way to the convention; she will destroy the party if that is what it takes. Al Gore, in the 2000 election dispute, put his country before himself. Is there a greater study in contrasts?" Alaskan Grizzly at In God We Trust thunders: "This is an escalation of the terror and treason being committed against our troops. We have Code Stink and other various groups constantly protesting at military recruitment centers and now we have a loon who went so far as to plant an actual bomb outside a recruitment center in the middle of Times Square where thousands of tourists go through all times of the day and night. Thank God no one was injured." John Hinderaker at Power Line points a finger: "Given the increasing virulence of attacks on the military and on military recruiting facilities by antiwar groups like Code Pink, most notably the repeated confrontations in Berkeley, one could speculate that a liberal group is the most likely culprit." Megan McArdle is more skeptical of the culprit's motives: "The obvious inference it that it's some dimwit who thinks that if he acts like the Weathermen, he'll be magically transported back to the halcyon days of 1969, when the LSD ran like wine and every student in America lined up to press their righteous crusade. But the police say it may be linked to two bombings of the British and Mexican consulates, which makes it sound more like a random lunatic who likes to watch things go bang. Either way, it's pretty sickening." Relax. "Antirove" at Daily Kos has got it all sorted out: "It's nothng new for the right to CAUSE or INCITE the violence, or to trigger arranged mob responses, and make sure it all gets pinned on the Left. And the right seems to be able to get the FBI and law enforcement to do this for them as well. Anarchy, chaos, property damage, physical harm, mayhem, murder, militarized police with massive crowd control equipment, are all 'options' John Derbyshire at the National Review's Corner doesn't think guts have anything to do with it: "This guy took in the 'public service' ethos with his mother's milk. He was practically born on the White House lawn. In his own mind, he's been elected President once already. He'll answer the call even if he doesn't much want to. And he does much want to." Though Hurt doesn't say it in his column, some are interpreting it as a call for Gore to become the nominee. PoliBlog ain't buying it: "[W]hy would the party want to go through this big fight and then jettison both of the candidates who went through it only to hand the nomination to someone who did not campaign? How would that heal the party? Why would the supporters of the candidate who won the most elected delegates find solace in having then nomination taken from their candidate and handed to Gore?" Tennesee blogger Kleinheider is skeptical for different reasons at Volunteer Voters: "Is there any doubt in anyone's mind that Al Gore voted for Barack Obama in the Tennessee Primary this year? If this is true how is he any less conflicted out than anyone else? Or does he not have to be? Is his presence so large in the political landscape these days that his advice will have to be heeded no matter what his biases?" Don Surber is even more damning of the idea: "If Al Gore is your answer then you're asking the wrong question." Read more about Gore to the rescue. today's blogs Stalemate Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC 78/124 By Bidisha Banerjee Wednesday, March 5, 2008, at 3:38 PM ET Hillary Clinton defeated front-runner Barack Obama in both Ohio and Texas last night, while John McCain sealed his nomination as the Republican candidate. Some bloggers toss around recommendations and recriminations while others pass the popcorn. What can history teach us? Dismissing Obama's claim that he has overwhelmingly more delegates on his side, the Huffington Post's Stephen Schlesinger references three instructive Democratic conventions: "A lead in pledged delegates is not enough. You still have to convince your party that you are the best nominee. That is what the next stage of this election is all about." Political Animal Kevin Drum trots out the hyperdramatic 1968 Democratic primary season as proof that intraparty sparring won't damage the Dems. "Like a lot of people, I'm not very happy about the direction the Democratic campaign has taken, but the idea that it's going to wreck the eventual winner's chances in the fall seems pretty far fetched. … By keeping Dems in the spotlight, it might even help them." Suggesting that Hillary rivals her husband for the title of Comeback Kid, SheKnows' Joel Damos writes, "Never count a Clinton out." "If I were Obama, I'd stop arguing it's over and say, 'Okay, let's keep this discussion going,' recommends Portolio's Matt Cooper. "The more people see Obama the more they'll probably like him. So roll with it." Obama fan Andrew Sullivan concurs: "Obama must not let the Clintons into his head. He has to make this campaign about his positive ideas again. Their goal is to destroy his inspiration, to make this election about who you're most familiar with in a world of nasty Republicans and nasty Islamists. His goal must be to swamp them, as he has already, with his talent, his reason, and his optimism." Looking ahead to Pennsylvania, the next big battle ground, liberal Matt Yglesias posts a bar graph comparing that state's demographics to Ohio's. He conjectures: "The good news for Obama is that given how Clinton-friendly the state and, and the fact that Clinton can't overtake him in the delegate lead anyway, if he does manage to beat her here she'll have no excuses left to stay in the race." But on Pam's Coffee Conversation, Pamela Lyn, an African-American woman, slams the media for demographic pigeon-holing and asks, "[H]ow do they explain that every time that they pronounce that it's time for Hillary to just fade away, a large group of the American people say 'Hillary Stay!' " On National Review Online's Corner, Ramesh Ponnoru adds, "The default option in our culture is skepticism, even delegitimization. It's cool to believe in Obama now, but it may become cool to see through him by the fall." Does Rush Limbaugh deserve credit for Hillary's big wins? Some conservatives think so. "Now anyone who knows me Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC personally knows I can't stand the evil political machine that is the Clintons. But this strategic move by Republican voters in Texas and Ohio has forced a near draw that will have Clinton and Obama clawing each others eyes out for the next 6 months and force the Super-Delegates to pick who will be their candidate and not the will of the people directly," crows Alaskan Grizzly at In God We Trust. Below the Beltway's Doug Mataconis demurs: "I'm sure that Rush, being Rush, will take credit for the win but the numbers just don't add up. … Strategic voting like this usually never works and more often comes back to bite you in the end. I think that's what will happen to Republicans for Hillary." Hot Air's AllahPundit agrees that Rush wasn't a factor "for the simple reason that a man who couldn't sway enough conservatives to tip close primaries from John McCain to Mitt Romney probably isn't capable of getting them excited about Hillary Clinton." And at Reason's Hit & Run, David Weigel has another take. He marshals stats indicating that Limbaugh may indeed have had something to do with Hillary's victory and writes, "Every joke that's ever been told about how the right needs the Clintons to survive is true. Hillary Hatred is the gas, the ethanol, and the rocket fuel of the staggering GOP." Pointing out that Clinton's attacks on Obama haven't necessarily helped her, Daily Kos diarist Draylogan credits the negativity for John McCain's recent lead over Obama. "There is something extremely powerful about a candidate from the same party saying that the other candidate is dishonest and lacks integrity. It's just something that wouldn't be as powerful coming from the RNC, and would cause a backlash of negativity from minorities and Democrats, and even Independents." Others wonder about the possibility of a Clinton/Obama—or Obama/Clinton—ticket. "If Clinton's going to ask Obama to be her VP, or he's going to ask her, why not now, soon? ... In order to win, Obama and Clinton will have to spend time and money exposing even more of each other's weaknesses. John McCain will be happy to use that same ammunition against the eventual Dem nominee," notes independent Chris Tucker of Muse Machine. Politico's Mike Allen observes, "Obama might be reluctant to join, figuring that if Clinton lost, he'd be able to run for the top job four years later. But he might accept her invitation at the behest of the party." Now that McCain has corralled the Republican nomination, the Washington Note's Steve Clemons speculates about whether New York Mayor Mike Bloomberg will be McCain's VP: "Bloomberg could give McCain some much needed sizzle on the GOP ticket. Of course, Bloomberg would have to rejoin the Republican Party." And at Power Line, John Hinderaker points out the lessons that can be learned from McCain's comeback, including that "we're reminded that most voters don't pick candidates by reviewing a checklist of issues. Most voters try to size up the candidate's character, temperament and stature, and 79/124 are willing to vote for candidates across what we ideologues would consider a broad philosophical range." Read more about last night's primaries. Slate's John Dickerson analyzes the Clinton comeback. today's blogs As the Press Turns By Michael Weiss Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 5:31 PM ET Bloggers talk about the media's sudden tough questioning of Barack Obama and lament a pair of fradulent memoirs. Kevin McCauley at O'Dwyer's PR Blog welcomes Obama to the club: "Even if he sweeps Texas and Ohio tomorrow, Obama (and his supporters) need to toughen up because the media long knives need material to fill the huge time gap before the election in November. Right-wing knuckleheads making fun of Obama's middle name, Hussein, will be the least of the campaign's worries." The Provocateur, though, is underwhelmed with the media's late thwacking: "On issue after issue the media has taken a hands off approach toward challenging the specifics of any of Barack Obama's proposals. If by the media lover affair being over it means that Obama will be asked frivilous questions about loose affiliations with those of questionable integrity, then again we may as well swear him in now. If, on the other hand, the media begins to examine his record and ask probing questions about its specifics then the lover affair will really be over." As the press turns: "Like a man bitten by his own dog" was how Dana Milbank described Barack Obama's expression Monday as he faced the most hostile press corps of his campaign. Coming soon after Saturday Night Live made a mockery of the media's fawning treatment of Obama, journalists in San Antonio hounded Obama with questions about his camp's statements to Canada about NAFTA; his relationship with indicted Chicago real-estate developer Tony Rezko, and his supposed loss of the Jewish vote. Obama was visibly flustered and exited the press conference early, claiming he was "late" for something. Read more about the media's ending love affair with Obama. Conservative Floppin' Aces says smells fear in Obama's skedaddle: "Another big rookie mistake is to cut short a press conference and run from the room. It only amplifies the importance of the questions and Obama's lame response." Obama supporter Andrew Sullivan writes: "Would have been better to happen next week—because you never want to be on the defensive like this before major primaries. But it's a good thing for the candidate and the country to keep the heat on all of them. The NAFTA thing, while pretty trivial in the grand scheme of things, is a perfectly legitimate story, and reveals a certain naivete on the art of Golsbee." Ann Bartow at Feminist Law Professors poses the question: "Should publishers be held to a higher standard of care, to protect readers from this sort of opportunistic and exploitive fraud? Or should readers cynically assume all memoirs are ragingly dishonest?" Joseph Fink at Something Awful didn't need the latest headlines to wonder about the veracity of Misha's tale: "I'm sorry, she claimed she did what? With a pack of what? It really took this long for people to realize that maybe this young Jewish war orphan did not, in fact, wander war-torn Europe under the care of wolves?" John at Christian Political Response credits SNL with the media sea change: "Saturday Night Live for the past two weeks has opened their show with skits depicting the media as Barack Obama lovers, refusing to ask the candidate tough questions and sucking up to him, while at the same time hammering Hillary Clinton. It seems the media cares what the media thinks about itself." At New Republic's Stump, Michael Crowley makes the same point: "Last week Clinton spokesman Phil Singer was ridiculed for telling the press corps they should take cues from Saturday Night Light's skits on pro-Obama media bias. Last night CNN's Anderson Cooper conducted an entire segment on based last weekend's debate-parody sketch, in which correspondents John King and Candy Crowley basically conceded that Obama has gotten gentle treatment." Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Pack of lies: It's been a bad week for memoirists, as two women who published accounts of incredible lives turned out to have lied. Misha Defonseca is not a Holocaust survivor raised by wolves but is actually Monique De Wael, a Belgian Catholic whose parents were indeed murdered by the Nazis. And Margaret Jones—er, Seltzer—did not spend her youth running drugs in South Central but at a private school in the well-off San Fernando Valley. Alex at the Museum of Hoaxes rolls his eyes at Defonseca's dud apologia that "This story is mine. It is not actually reality, but my reality, my way of surviving." Alex says: "This excuse is used so often that bookstores might soon have to start separating books into a third category: fiction, non-fiction, and non-fiction in a metaphorical sense." Bruno Waterfield at the Telegraph compares Defonseca to Holocaust deniers: "The story of Misha Defonseca is a parable for our times and a warning of the dangers we face when we suspend our critical faculties to claims made by people who put on the mantle of victim-hood. The Holocaust, especially when used as a moral touchstone representing human evil (rather than a unique historical account of the terrifying consequences of a dehumanising state policy), seems to attract such testimony. 80/124 Such fabrications are true revisionism and pose more of a danger to history that the Holocaust deniers such as David Irving." Oline H. Cogdill at Off the Page is not surprised by Seltzer's fabrication: "Would the book had been less powerful if she had turned it in as FICTION instead of nonfiction? I don't think so. Is having a vivid imagination and coming up with an excellent story the sign of a good writer? Yes, it is. Is coming up with a wonderfully written book, passing it off as reality and then being found out the sign of a good writer? No, it is not. It is the sign of a fool." Gawker is especially harsh: "The saddest thing for Seltzer in all this is that she couldn't drag her deception out just a little bit longer. Her adulatory Times clips had her on track for bestseller status in the mold of A Million Little Pieces, by fellow lying memoirist James Frey. If she had been caught a few months down the road, she would still have been disgraced, but at least would also have had a shot at profiting off her infamy by selling a clearly labeled work of fiction for upwards of $1 million, as Frey did." And Moue Magazine makes the fair point: "If fiction is where she feels more comfortable as a writer, there is such a thing as fictional memoir. Dave Eggers has practically made a career out of that genre and his "What is the What"- told through the eyes of a Lost Boy of Sudan- is a compelling read. Eggers' worked for years interviewing Valentino Achak Deng and the result is a story where Eggers' own voice is only occasionally noticeable." Read more about memoir fabulism. today's blogs Bearish on Russia By Sonia Smith Monday, March 3, 2008, at 6:11 PM ET Vladimir Putin's anointed successor, 42-year-old Dmitry Medvedev, secured more than 70 percent of the vote Sunday in Russia's presidential elections, to the surprise of no one. Medvedev has said he will name Putin as his prime minister, but some wonder how the two will share power. Opposition protesters who said the election was fixed clashed with riot police in the streets of Moscow Monday. "To call it an election is insulting to countries that have real ones," writes Edward Lucas, a former Moscow bureau chief of the Economist. "Mr Putin has neatly sidestepped the two-term limit stipulated in the Russian constitution, but achieves his other objectives, chiefly a speedy return to power in a few months or years. … As so often in the past eight years, Russia's rulers will have preserved the letter of legality and political propriety, while trampling on the spirit." Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC At the New Republic's Plank, Michael Idov reports from Moscow, where he spent Election Day visiting polling sites and attending a party of the anemic opposition. "Those that think that the Putin-Medvedev regime (is that what we're calling it now, by the way?) is quashing a potent opposition movement are humoring themselves, because the alternative is too nauseating to consider. We're not exactly sure how to deal with a narrative of near-unanimous voluntary submission to autocracy. Russia is as conclusive a repudiation of the idea that every nation hungers for the democracy-capitalism combo as Iraq (if not as tragic). More conclusive, in fact: In Iraq, various species of idealism are still butting heads. In Russia, people give up their liberties out of well-considered pragmatic self-interest." He also files a video diary from a dreary Moscow apartment. At Sean's Russia Blog, Sean asks the West to look deeper at what drives Russian politics: "Why pretend there is a contest when there actually isn't one in real political terms? Dima is Putin's man, so by that simple fact he's also most Russians' man. So instead of harping again and again on the obvious–Russia is not the democratic, liberal nation we all pray for–we need concentrate on why Russians may not love Putin, but they love Putin's Russia." Conservative Kim Zigfeld at La Russophobe is all doom and gloom at the results: "We've said for years now that we'd have much preferred to see Vladimir Putin remain in power in 2009 than to allow a proxy to take his place, because remaining in power would signal that he doesn't yet have sufficient control to make him comfortable with a proxy -- in other words, that he recognizes vulnerability. But now he has allowed Dmitri Medvedev, an utterly unqualified sycophant, to assume the nominal reins of power whilst he remains as prime minister, and this is a darkest omen for Russia's future, indeed." At Three Thousand Versts of Loneliness, British blogger Chekov strikes a more positive note, hoping that Medvedev— who he points out was 25 when the USSR disintegrated—will be the first true post-Soviet leader. "Although Russia's path of sovereign democracy and state-based energy monopolies will remain true, Medvedev is a leader who will not have the 'siloviki' baggage of his predecessor. Authoritarianism may remain, but there is every chance that controls on the press may be relaxed and the primacy of the rule of law will be more fastidiously asserted. Beyond this there is no great appetite for extensive reform in Russia and western observers will simply have to accept that the system of government there enjoys the support of a large majority." At Lex Libertas, Owen—who lived in Russia for two years— looks to recent history to remind readers that Putin may not be able to hold onto power despite being named prime minister. "Remember, Putin was picked in '99 because he was a weak, unknown candidate. There were various factions fighting to see who would take over from Yeltsin, and in order to sort of make a 81/124 peace agreement Yeltsin selected Putin, who wasn't a part of any of the factions. … I'll withhold judgment for the time being. The thing about Russia is that you never know what's going to happen tomorrow. Given the chaos of the 90's, any smooth transition of power is progress, even it's one as rigged as this." Writing at Robert Amsterdam, the blog of the lawyer for jailed oil tycoon Mikhail Khordorkovsky, contributor James worries that others will copy Russian "democracy." "Perhaps the worst part of the complacency with which the world has tolerated the Russia's election farce is that many other authoritarian nations will take this as precedent - an understanding that skillful manipulation of democratic processes is perfectly OK with international partners. China, for one, seems ideally poised to copy Russia's brand of sovereign democracy as though it were a counterfeit Prada handbag." At the Oil and Glory, Steve LeVine, an ex-Wall Street Journal correspondent in the former Soviet Union, opines that heavyhanded Russian energy policy won't change under Medvedev, citing as evidence that Gazprom—the gas behemoth that Medvedev formerly headed up—on Monday decreased supply to Ukraine by 35 percent. Others try to find humor in the darkness. "Closing Russian polls this Sunday are indicating that Dmitry Medvedev, long preened to be the next Russian President has won in a landslide victory over the opposing candidates. Putin, in the meantime, is taking up the newly coined role of 'Prime Minister', which, shall we say, is Russian for 'Medvedev is my bitch,' " quips Grant Martin at travel blog Gadling. Russia Today, the English language news service run by state news agency RIA-Novosti, declares Medvedev has a "thumping mandate." Read more about the Russian presidential elections. Slate's Anne Applebaum ponders why Russia bothers with elections. today's papers during a tense time for the region after an Israeli military operation in Gaza killed more than 100 Palestinians. The New York Times leads with a look at how Democratic leaders are desperately trying to figure out a system that would allow voters from Michigan and Florida to have a say in the presidential contest. In such a hotly contested race, the fight over these delegates is intensifying, and the big question is whether the two states will hold another vote. It seems both candidates could agree to a do-over, but the problem is no one wants to pay for it. The Washington Post leads with the Senate overwhelmingly voting in favor of a new law that would strengthen the government's oversight of safety in consumer products. Spurred into action by last year's recalls of toys that contained hazardous materials, it would mark the first time Congress passes this type of legislation in 18 years. Differences with the House version of the bill still have to be worked out, but the legislation would give a bigger budget and more power to the Consumer Product Safety Commission. It could also lead to the creation of a public database of complaints about potentially dangerous products as well as an increase in fines for safety violations. USA Today leads with the Federal Reserve's announcement that American's percentage of equity in their homes fell below 50 percent for the first time since 1945. This trend downward is likely to continue as home prices continue to decrease while mortgage rates increase. The gunman who attacked the Jerusalem seminary, which the WSJ says is "known as the birthplace of religious Zionism," has not been identified, but there's speculation that he was a young man from East Jerusalem. Hamas didn't take responsibility for the attack but praised it, and thousands of Gaza residents took to the streets to celebrate the killings. The WP and LAT note that a television station operated by Hezbollah said a previously unknown group—named for the Hezbollah leader who was killed last month—claimed responsibility for the attack. Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas condemned the act. He had recently agreed to return to the negotiating table, but talks now seem less likely because, as the NYT points out, the attack will certainly push Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert "to respond somehow, somewhere with force." Hundreds of people gathered outside the seminary last night, chanting, "Death to Arabs" and blaming Olmert for the attacks. "Tonight's massacre … is a defining moment," Olmert's spokesman said. Play It Again By Daniel Politi Friday, March 7, 2008, at 6:15 AM ET The Los Angeles Times and the Wall Street Journal's world-wide newsbox lead with, and everyone else fronts, news that a gunman killed at least eight people, and wounded nine, when he opened fire at a Jewish seminary in Jerusalem yesterday. It was the first attack inside Jerusalem in four years, and the deadliest against Israeli civilians in almost two. The attack that apparently involved a sole gunman, who was killed at the scene, comes Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Everyone agrees that disenfranchising millions of voters from two battleground states could be a disaster for the Democratic Party, even if those states did break the rules by scheduling primaries in January. No one really worried about it when it was assumed the eventual nominee would simply agree to seat the delegates. But now it turns out that their delegates could be crucial in figuring out who wins the nomination. DNC Chairman Howard Dean said it's up to the states to figure out what to do, while emphasizing that he won't change the rules in the middle of the contest so there's no way delegates from the January vote 82/124 will be seated. Dean also insisted states should not be looking to the national party to fund a primary, while the leaders of the states said they won't ask taxpayers to foot the bill, which, in Florida, could be as high as $25 million. The LAT notes that in Florida some are suggesting a mail-in vote, which would be much cheaper. Despite all the back-and-forth, the WP says both campaigns just want the issue to be decided as quickly as possible so they can start planning. Dean has been adamant that the Democratic National Committee needs to keep its money for the general-election campaign. But the truth may be that it simply doesn't have much money to spare. In a Page One story, the NYT takes a look at how the DNC trails the Republican National Committee in the amount of cash it has in hand. The DNC ended 2007 almost broke while the RNC has raised far more money in this election cycle and has $25 million in cash on hand. Democratic officials say money will start flowing once a nominee is picked, but some are quick to blame Dean for the predicament, saying that his "50-state strategy," which involves opening offices in all states, has proved to be too expensive. Many within the DNC insist the strategy will pay off in the end, but in the meantime, the RNC has a clear advantage since it can start spending more money to campaign for Sen. John McCain. The WP and LAT front news that Viktor Bout, a Russian businessman who is thought to be one of the world's largest arms dealers, was arrested yesterday in Thailand after a sting operation by U.S. agents. Bout has long been the stuff of legend, particularly since he seemed to operate with impunity even though his role in fueling some of the world's deadliest conflicts was widely known. Much has been written about him over the years (including a long profile in the NYT Magazine in 2003), and his life is said to have been the basis for the movie Lord of War. But DEA authorities managed to get Bout to Thailand for a supposed arms deal with people he thought represented the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia, or FARC. Federal prosecutors in New York said they plan to seek Bout's extradition, along with an associate, and charge him with conspiracy to provide support to a foreign terrorist organization. Nobody fronts news out of Baghdad, where a bomb in a crowded shopping district killed at least 68 people, according to the LAT. Worried about losing an hour of your life this weekend in the switch to daylight saving time? In the NYT's op-ed page, Stefan Klein argues that our constant battle with a lack of time has much to do with the belief that time is money, but "the quest to spend time the way we do money is doomed to failure." The solution? Just relax. "We are not stressed because we have no time, but rather, we have no time because we are stressed." Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC today's papers No Way Out By Daniel Politi Thursday, March 6, 2008, at 6:16 AM ET The Washington Post leads with a detailed look at how the "wall" that has long existed between local law enforcement and intelligence gathering on national security matters is coming down more quickly than most realize. After Sept. 11, police agencies began to link up their systems to share more information than ever before, and these efforts are going to shift into high gear this month as some local and state agencies will connect to a new Justice Department system known as N-DEx (National Data Exchange). USA Today leads with word that U.S. Postal Service officials approve almost all the requests from law enforcement to record information that is on the outside of letters and packages. A Freedom of Information Act request revealed that more than 97 percent of the requests are approved, and there have been more than 10,000 of these authorizations since 1998, a number that doesn't even take into account the mail that was monitored as part of national security investigations. The New York Times, Los Angeles Times, and the Wall Street Journal's world-wide newsbox lead with, and everybody else fronts, a look at the state of the Democratic presidential race after Sen. Hillary Clinton's victories this week. No one doubts that winning three out of the four primaries on Tuesday has revived Clinton's bid for the White House, but in reality she wasn't able to cut into Sen. Barack Obama's lead by a significant margin. The full results from Texas aren't in yet, but the NYT estimates that Clinton will get a net gain of anywhere from five to 15 delegates, while the Associated Press thinks the number will be around 12. Estimates vary, but Clinton still trails Obama by more than 100 delegates, including superdelegates. N-DEx aims to become a central repository of information that will allow "federal law enforcement, counterterrorism and intelligence analysts to automatically examine the enormous caches of local and state records for the first time," explains the WP. Previous efforts to create these types of networks haven't been very successful, but officials are optimistic that this new $85 million system developed by Raytheon will be different. The paper notes that these new systems of information networks highlight the important role private companies are playing in national security matters, but doesn't expand much on the issue or elaborate on why that could be considered troubling. Of course, many are simply troubled by such extensive informationsharing networks that could easily lead to abuse. Even some proponents of these systems are worried that if there's a lack of proper oversight "the new networks pose a threat to basic American values by giving police too much power over information." 83/124 The LAT and WSJ highlight, and everyone mentions, Clinton's victories caused more heartburn among Democratic Party insiders who are concerned that a long primary fight will cause irreparable damage to both candidates and hand the presidency over to Sen. John McCain. As predicted, more attention is being paid to Michigan and Florida, two states that were stripped of their delegates for scheduling early primaries. Yesterday, the governors of the two states called on the party and the candidates to come to an agreement so their delegates can be seated at the convention. But some are concerned about a potential backlash if there's a feeling Obama lost because the rules were changed, particularly among black voters who could see it as the party's way to stop the first viable African-American candidate. "It would be an absolutely gigantic fight that would spill over not only to the convention floor, but to the streets of Denver," a Democratic strategist tells the WSJ. Making matters more complicated for the Democratic insiders is that there doesn't seem to be any way for either candidate to clinch the nomination without the help of superdelegates. The Clinton campaign is leading an effort to convince superdelegates that they should stay put and not make any commitments at least until Pennsylvania votes on April 22. Assuming she wins that state, Clinton could then try to convince superdelegates to join her by arguing she is the better nominee for the general election, even if she trails in the delegate count. In that scenario, the race would still go on, and now it seems even more Democrats are suggesting that the best way to avoid potential damage would be a joint ticket. "To me that's the most logical option, the easiest one to figure out," Leon Panetta, a Clinton supporter, said. Clinton opened the door to this discussion yesterday when she suggested, "that may be where this is headed," but Obama countered that the talk "is very premature." Despite all the hand-wringing, not everyone is convinced that a long Democratic race automatically helps McCain. In the WSJ's op-ed page, Karl Rove writes that as long as the Democratic contenders keep fighting each other (and there were hints yesterday that the battle is about to become even more aggressive), McCain will have trouble getting media coverage. The WP's Libby Copeland agrees and says that "such a fascinating election deserves a little more time and contemplation." Copeland argues that as long as the Democrats hog the news coverage, "voters are left with the image of McCain … receiving the president's endorsement," which may not be to his advantage considering Bush's low approval ratings. A new poll out today by the WP that shows McCain would lose to either of the Democratic contenders—although by a larger margin when paired against Obama—could give credibility to this view. The paper doesn't mention it, but the poll was taken the weekend before Tuesday's primaries, when the media largely ignored McCain and focused on the Democratic battle. Clinton's supporters may have been popping bottles of champagne yesterday, but inside the campaign, it felt "less than Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC victorious," says the WP. Most of the other papers have already written about the intense infighting that has plagued the Clinton campaign, but today the WP adds several choice nuggets about this battle that won't die and points out that as soon as the results were known yesterday, her advisers quickly let everyone on their contact lists know that Mark Penn, her chief strategist, should not be credited for the victories. Many of the campaign's most senior officials have frequently tried to convince Clinton that she should fire Penn, but she has stuck by him. During the month of February, tensions were so high that apparently insults (including several instances of "[Expletive] you!") were bandied about. Two other interesting tidbits from the insidery article about the sources of statements that backfired: It seems Penn was the one who gave Bill Clinton the line about comparing Obama's victory in South Carolina to Jesse Jackson, and it was Bruce Reed (a Slate contributor) who offered up the "change you can Xerox" line that Clinton used in last month's debate. Campaign workers may be exhausted from all the campaigning, but so are the journalists who have to follow them around, notes the WP's Howard Kurtz. Although the media are often accused of trying to prolong the horse race, some reporters just want it to end. "This is a really strange phenomenon in that you're seeing people who can't wait for it to be over," says Time's Ana Marie Cox. "There's only so many stories you can write, and we're running out of them." today's papers It Keeps Going and Going By Daniel Politi Wednesday, March 5, 2008, at 6:18 AM ET Everybody leads with yesterday's primaries, where Sen. Hillary Clinton won key victories in Ohio and Texas primaries, which marked another comeback for the former first lady and assured Democrats that the fight for the nomination will continue. Sen. Barack Obama won Vermont, and Clinton received more votes in Rhode Island. The New York Times points out that Clinton achieved victory in Texas by a small margin, but her earlier, more decisive, win in Ohio allowed her to "deliver a televised victory speech in time for the late-night news." By breaking her opponent's winning streak, Clinton effectively "jolted a Democratic Party establishment that was beginning to see Obama as the likely nominee," says the Washington Post. USA Today mentions that Obama had hoped to "provide a knockout punch" yesterday, and the Los Angeles Times says Obama looked "disappointed" last night even as he emphasized that he continues to lead in delegates. Everybody notes that despite the momentum that Clinton might gain from the high-profile victories, she still faces an uphill battle to narrow Obama's lead. 84/124 On the Republican side, Sen. John McCain won all four contests and clinched the Republican nomination. His main rival, Mike Huckabee, dropped out of the race soon after polls closed and vowed "to do everything possible to unite our party." In his victory speech, McCain lumped the two Democratic contenders and made it clear that he will continue talking about how neither one is fit to lead the country. "I will leave it to my opponent to propose returning to the failed, big-government mandates of the '60s and '70s to address problems such as the lack of health-care insurance for some Americans," he said. McCain will travel to the White House today, where he will officially accept President Bush's endorsement. The Wall Street Journal's print edition closed before Clinton's victories were evident, and the paper emphasizes that McCain now has to raise lots of money and figure out how to "transform his shoestring primary campaign into a machine able to win the presidency," particularly since he's made it clear that he wants to compete in reliably Democratic states. Clinton won the primary vote in Texas by a narrow margin, but all the papers remind readers Obama could still get more delegates out of the state because of its complicated voting system that allocates 35 percent of delegates through caucuses that began after the polls closed. Results from the caucuses aren't in yet, but Obama was leading before counting stopped for the night. Despite the fact that Clinton "will continue to find herself in a difficult position mathematically," as the NYT puts it, winning in both Texas and Ohio was exactly what Clinton needed to effectively challenge calls for her to withdraw from the race. Before the Texas results were known, Clinton dedicated her Ohio victory to everyone "who's ever been counted out but refused to be knocked out, and for everyone who has stumbled but stood right back up." So, how did she do it? Mostly by regaining the blocs of voters that had been an integral part of her base but lately seemed to be switching to Obama. Her biggest advantage was with white voters who don't have a college education, with whom she led by 25 percentage points in Texas and almost 40 points in Ohio. Surveys showed Hispanics and women also supported Clinton by wide margins. Exit polls showed she had a clear advantage among late-deciding voters, suggesting that her attacks against Obama in the last few days worked as intended. In a Page One analysis, the LAT says Clinton "seemed to finally figure out how to make her brand of 'experience' compete with a mantra of 'change.' " And now she can continue saying that Democrats need a nominee who can win the big, battleground states. Still, as the NYT points out in its own analysis, Clinton is "viewed by many party leaders as an obstacle to the fight ahead." There are concerns that a continued negative tone in the Democratic campaign could hurt the party's chances in November. Others (including Slate's Christopher Beam) argue that Democrats could benefit from a long fight that will continue to energize voters while helping the eventual Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC candidate figure out how to best fend off attacks from the Republicans. But the LAT cites an interesting statistic from exit polls that suggests "negativity will take its toll." In previous contests, Democrats overwhelmingly said they'd be satisfied with either candidate, but in Texas and Ohio only four in 10 expressed the same sentiment. The unusually high number of voters who wanted to express their opinion in yesterday's primaries led to problems in Ohio and Texas. Paper ballots ran out in several places in Ohio and some polls were left open for an additional 90 minutes. In Texas, there was chaos at several caucus sites that were filled to capacity, and Clinton's campaign said Obama supporters were unfairly trying to gain an upper hand in several caucuses. Up next for the Democrats are the caucuses in Wyoming on Saturday and the Mississippi primary next Tuesday, two states where Obama has a big lead. But Pennsylvania, a state that doesn't vote until April 22, is the big prize, and Clinton is thought to have an advantage there. As the battle for delegates continues, there's likely to be a big push from the Clinton camp to persuade the Democratic Party that delegates from Florida and Michigan should count. Although McCain won decisive victories yesterday, voters who described themselves as "very conservative" supported Huckabee in large numbers, and at least 40 percent of Republicans said the senator from Arizona isn't conservative enough. Regardless, seven in 10 Republicans said they'd be satisfied with McCain as their nominee. Meanwhile, the NYT points out inside that Republicans will now focus on who McCain will choose as his running mate, a particularly important decision considering that he would be the oldest candidate ever elected to a first term. In other news, the NYT fronts, and everyone goes inside with, the growing tensions in South America resulting from Colombia's strike against a rebel leader in Ecuador. The LAT notes Venezuela "made a move that could halt billions of dollars worth of trade" with Colombia, and Venezuelan President Hugo Chávez characterized Colombia as the "Israel of Latin America." Meanwhile, Ecuador's president went on a tour of Latin American countries to seek condemnation for the bombing, emphasizing that the killing of the FARC leader likely ruined any chance that more hostages, including former Colombian presidential candidate Ingrid Betancourt, would be released. Colombia fired back, and said it would file charges against Chávez at the International Criminal Court for assisting the rebel group with money and other resources. The WSJ highlights the announcement by Colombia's vice president that the FARC had been trying to obtain material to build a radioactive dirty bomb. Despite all the saber-rattling, USAT emphasizes, and everyone notes, that a full-scale war in Latin America still seems highly unlikely. 85/124 Even though presidential debates have garnered relatively high ratings, the TV networks preferred to eschew coverage of the important primaries during prime-time hours to broadcast shows like The Biggest Loser and Big Brother. "It's official," writes the NYT's Alessandra Stanley, "The networks no longer cover news, they slap it onto the bottom edge of their regular programming like Post-it notes." today's papers Is This the End? By Daniel Politi Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 6:22 AM ET The New York Times and Washington Post lead with the last day of campaigning before the potentially decisive primaries in Ohio and Texas. Voters in Rhode Island and Vermont also go to the polls today but the main focus tonight will be on the big states that could seal the fate of Sen. Hillary Clinton. The two Democratic candidates engaged in an intense battle of words yesterday over trade and national security while Clinton vowed to stay in the race. "I'm just getting warmed up," she said, even as Sen. Barack Obama's aides emphasized she won't be able to catch up in the delegate count. As the Los Angeles Times emphasizes, there now seems to be general agreement that the only way Clinton will conceivably drop out is if she loses both Texas and Ohio, a prospect that is seen as highly unlikely. The Wall Street Journal's world-wide newsbox leads with Israel's withdrawal of its ground troops from the Gaza Strip. The move "lays bare" the difficult situation Israel faces as it tries to both weaken Hamas and continue peace talks with Palestinians in the West Bank. USA Today leads with an interesting poll that shows one-third of Americans ask their doctors about a prescription drug they saw advertised. Of those who asked, 44 percent ended up with the drug they had inquired about, while 82 percent walked away with some sort of prescription. "Our survey shows why the drug companies run all these ads: They work," the president of the Kaiser Foundation said. The LAT leads with the price of oil, which briefly hit an inflation-adjusted record when it reached $103.95 a barrel yesterday. The previous record was set in April 1980, when, adjusted for inflation, oil reached $103.76 a barrel. The falling dollar is seen as a key culprit, and many expect oil prices to keep increasing as investors continue to seek protection in commodities. Motivated by a general feeling that her attacks against Obama are finally beginning to stick, Clinton continued on the offensive yesterday. The NYT is alone in giving front-page play to a new ad where Obama is criticized for not holding hearings as chairman of a Senate subcommittee that is in charge of overseeing NATO troops in Afghanistan (watch the ad here). Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC NAFTA was also on the menu yesterday as Clinton's campaign pushed a newly released memo about a meeting one of Obama's senior advisers had with Canadian Consulate officials. The memo said Obama's talk on NAFTA should be seen "as more about political positioning than a clear articulation of policy plans." Obama had previously said that reports of a meeting between his adviser and Canadian officials were false, and yesterday the adviser said his words had been misinterpreted. The senator from Illinois said this was all part of Clinton's "kitchen sink strategy … three, four things a day. This is one of them. It doesn't, I think, change the facts." (Confused about this back-and-forth about an obscure memo? USAT has a good rundown that quickly explains how the story has progressed over the past few days.) There seemed to be no shortage of material for Clinton's camp, which was also fortunate that Antoin Rezko went on trial this week, which forced Obama to answer questions about his relationship with the infamous Chicago developer. Obama insisted he has already made clear that carrying out a real-estate deal with Rezko was "a boneheaded move." If there's one thing that stands out from today's campaign stories, it is that contrary to the general gloom-and-doom attitude that had been evident in the papers over the past few days, the overall theme today seems to be that Clinton could surprise and score another comeback. It could be an eagerness to continue the horse race, but as Dana Milbank (who last week openly mocked the Clinton campaign and said her aides "have resorted to a mixture of surreal happy talk and angry accusation") points out, the press went on the offensive yesterday, which appeared to catch Obama off guard. "The lumbering beast that is the press corps finally roused itself from its slumber Monday and greeted Barack Obama with a menacing growl," writes Milbank. Still, the papers recognize that even if Clinton wins a majority of the 370 pledged delegates that are at stake today (and remember that, particularly in Texas, she could win the popular vote but lose in the delegate race), it will be difficult for her to cut into Obama's lead. In a particularly insightful edition of his nowfamous "8 Questions That Today's Primaries Could Answer," the Post's Dan Balz is clear: "There is virtually no realistic way for Clinton to emerge from the primary-caucus season with more pledged delegates than Obama." But any outcome besides a clear loss will probably keep Clinton in the race, particularly since she's seen as having an advantage in Pennsylvania, where voters will go to the polls on April 22. Despite all the pundit talk about Clinton dropping out, she would have a good basis of support from the voters to stay in the race. A new WP poll reveals that a mere 29 percent of Democratic voters think Clinton should leave the race if she wins one of the two big states at stake, although 51 percent think she should call it quits if she loses both Texas and Ohio. 86/124 It might be easy to forget thanks to the attention-hogging Democrats, but Republicans will also vote today, and some think it'll finally mark the end of Mike Huckabee's candidacy. If McCain wins by a wide margin in Texas and Ohio, it might give him enough delegates to officially claim the nomination, which the NYT thinks could be possible when superdelegates are factored into the math. Even if the numbers don't add up, some Republican strategists think Huckabee will drop out. "The Huck will suspend after Texas," predicted one. "He's tired of being the star forward of the Washington Generals against the McCain Globetrotters." The NYT fronts, and everyone goes inside with, Hamas quickly declaring victory after the Israeli withdrawal from Gaza as militants continued launching rockets into the Jewish state. The NYT emphasizes that it looks like Hamas is taking on tactics that are typical of Hezbollah in Lebanon, which was clear yesterday when the Hamas leader vowed to reconstruct homes that were damaged by the Israeli strikes. The parallels aren't lost on Israeli officials, who say they are convinced that Hezbollah is helping Hamas with "training and logistical support." But the LAT says there's a growing debate inside Gaza about the wisdom of continuing the rocket attacks into Israel, which some see as a way for Hamas to maintain its support among Palestinians by continually provoking Israel. The WP and NYT go inside with news that charges were dropped against two former high-ranking Shiite government officials accused of running death squads in Iraq. The move once again raises questions about the independence of Iraq's judiciary and whether the government would ever be able to hold Shiites accountable for perpetrating sectarian violence. The NYT fronts word that Love and Consequences, a memoir by Margaret B. Jones that received rave reviews, was all made up. The author of the work is really Margaret Seltzer, and she confessed to the NYT in a "sometimes tearful, often contrite" telephone interview. Instead of a half-white, half-Native American who was raised by a black foster mother in a tough neighborhood of Los Angeles and sold drugs for the Bloods gang, Seltzer is a white woman who was raised by her biological family in a well-off area of San Fernando Valley and went to an exclusive private school. The story began unfolding when her sister saw a profile of "Jones" in the NYT (which apparently didn't check any of her claims) last week and alerted the publisher. Seltzer admits she made a mistake but emphasized the book was based on real experiences of her friends, and she said she wrote it while "sitting at the Starbucks" in South Central Los Angeles, where "I would talk to kids who were Black Panthers and kids who were gang members and kids who were not." today's papers Double Trouble By Daniel Politi Monday, March 3, 2008, at 6:20 AM ET The Washington Post leads with Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas suspending all peace talks with Israel as violence continued to rage across the region yesterday, although with fewer casualties than on Saturday. More than 100 Palestinians (the Associated Press puts the number at 114) have been killed since Wednesday, and Abbas said talks will resume once Israel ends its "criminal war on the Palestinian people." The Los Angeles Times and Wall Street Journal's world-wide newsbox lead with the Russian elections, where, to the surprise of no one, Dmitry Medvedev won a landslide victory by collecting more than 70 percent of the vote. Now the question on everybody's mind is whether Vladimir Putin and his handpicked successor will be able to share power effectively. USA Today leads with the latest from the Democratic presidential race as Sens. Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama prepare for Tuesday's crucial primaries. Both candidates were in Ohio yesterday and traded critical words on familiar issues, including Obama's inexperience and Clinton's poor judgment for voting to authorize the Iraq invasion. The New York Times leads with a look at how a number of states and cities are complaining that Wall Street's system to rate municipal bonds is unfair. It's a complicated issue but it comes down to a complaint that Wall Street gives municipal borrowers low credit scores compared with corporations, despite the fact that "states and cities rarely dishonor their debts." This lower rating makes it more expensive for cities and states to borrow money, forces them to buy expensive insurance policies, and ultimately ends up transferring billions of dollars in taxpayer money to the financial markets that could be used for local projects. But ratings agencies dispute these assertions and emphasize that little or no money would be saved if the system changed. Despite the continued strikes in Gaza, Palestinian militants continued to fire rockets into Israel yesterday while the United Nations condemned the Israeli attacks as "disproportionate." The WSJ makes clear that the recent outbreak in violence is a "blow to the Bush administration" that had previously hoped there could be a peace deal by the end of the year. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice will begin a trip to the region today, and although the administration had hoped that she could pressure both sides to move along on a deal, it now looks like she will have to spend her time trying to end the current bout of violence. In a particularly insightful analysis, the NYT's Helene Cooper writes that Hamas has made it clear that by controlling Gaza it can be a player in the negotiations and now "the United States finds itself with dwindling choices, none considered attractive." Rice could encourage Israel to increase attacks against Hamas, Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC 87/124 but that would undoubtedly result in more condemnation from the Fatah-controlled West Bank and could actually increase Hamas' power, just as Hezbollah benefited from the Israeli strikes in Lebanon. Alternatively, Rice can't exactly pressure Israel to negotiate with Hamas, which would undermine Abbas and bring further legitimacy to the group that is widely seen as a terrorist organization. "Excluding them doesn't work, and including them doesn't work, either," a former U.S. ambassador to Israel said. "This is a situation that does not lend itself to a sensible policy." Even as Medvedev vowed to continue with Putin's policies, many continue to be skeptical that there can be such a thing as shared power in a country that has "traditionally been ruled by a single strongman," as the LAT puts it. Some are cautioning that Medvedev won't turn out to be as much of a puppet as many are expecting (the LAT shares a common joke: "Putin and Medvedev sit in a restaurant. Putin: 'I'll have the steak.' Waiter: 'And what about the vegetable?' Putin: 'He'll take the steak too.' ") and could end up making a grab for power further down the line. The NYT notes that even if Medvedev and Putin don't clash on a personal level, "the very fact that there will be two centers of power could stoke conflicts." Pressure continued to grow on Clinton to drop out of the presidential race if she doesn't get good results out of Tuesday's primary. New Mexico Gov. Bill Richardson characterized it as "D-Day" and said: "Whoever has the most delegates after Tuesday, a clear lead, should be, in my judgment, the nominee." But as the WP reminds readers, "Obama has such a big lead in pledged delegates that there is virtually no way Clinton can overtake him on Tuesday." Advisers are hoping that she'll be able to keep her candidacy going by winning the popular vote, even if that means they'll both get about the same number of delegates. The NYT points out that Clinton's campaign "has been steadily managing expectations" and is now suggesting she can keep going as long as she wins Ohio. The LAT fronts an overview piece looking into the internal problems and squabbles that brought problems to Clinton's campaign and contributed to her current predicament. There have been a number of turf wars as her staffers have been constantly plagued by a debate over whether Clinton's defeats were a question of organization or message. Even as Clinton continues to be optimistic about her prospects, it seems some of her most high-level staffers are quickly trying to distance themselves. Strategist Mark Penn, who has often been pointed to as a source of conflict, tells the LAT that his influence has been largely exaggerated and he had "no direct authority in the campaign." All the papers go inside with the rising tensions in South America a day after Colombian forces killed a senior guerilla leader inside Ecuador. Colombian officials apologized for the incursion into Ecuador's soil, where troops killed 17 members of Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia, including its second-ranking commander. But Rafael Correa, Ecuador's president, rejected the apology, kicked out Colombia's ambassador, withdrew his ambassador from Bogota, and moved additional troops to the border. For his part, Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez, who has friendly ties with the leftist guerilla group, mobilized troops to its border with Colombia and sternly warned against any incursions. "This could be the start of a war in South America," Chavez said. The LAT also catches word that Colombian officials announced they recovered a few laptops in the guerilla camp that show the slain rebel leader held meetings with Ecuadorean officials. USAT fronts a look at how federal prosecutors are using documents that were recovered in Iraq to bring charges against alleged spies who were working in the United States during Saddam Hussein's regime. So far, 12 people have been charged and there are more ongoing investigations. These agents weren't spies in the conventional sense because they weren't out to uncover government secrets, but rather were told to infiltrate opposition groups, keep tabs on Iraqi immigrants, and figure out ways to influence U.S. policy. The Justice Department says it's the first time since the Cold War that it has brought so many charges against foreign agents from one country. Back to the Russian elections for a moment, the LAT points out that so little is known about Medvedev and what his relationship with Putin will be like that analysts look for signs in the unlikeliest of places. Lately, the subject of wristwatches has come up. "Putin wears his watch on the right wrist; Medvedev on the left," explains the LAT. "Kremlin watchers say some of the United Russia party faithful have begun to switch their watches from right wrist to left to signal loyalty to the new chief." today's papers Gaza Goes South By Lydia DePillis Sunday, March 2, 2008, at 6:46 AM ET The Washington Post leads with the breaking news of the weekend: Israel has launched a new incursion into the Gaza Strip, killing 60 Palestinians—half of them civilians—in the area's deadliest day since 2000. The Los Angeles Times leads with an analysis of how the new popularity of corn ethanol as a source of fuel could lead to price shocks in everything from food to gasoline, especially if any kind of drought hits this summer. The New York Times runs with election news, highlighting Sen. Barack Obama's heavy spending on television advertisements in Texas and Ohio, which will vote on Tuesday. 88/124 The latest clash in Gaza had been building since Wednesday, when Israel hit a van carrying five Hamas members thought to be planning an attack inside the country, setting off a hailstorm of rockets and mortars from militants in Gaza. The WP story focuses on the diplomatic implications for President Bush's attempt to negotiate a settlement between the governments anytime soon (they don't look good), paired with an analysis of the United States' shrinking role in Middle East politics. The NYT's Page 3 coverage instead emphasizes the experience of civilians under fire and suggests that Hamas may be attempting to lure Israel into a major ground operation. The Israeli army contends that the escalation is nothing out of the ordinary, but rather "within the scope" of activities carried out in Gaza since the army has been permanently engaged there. According to the LAT, it may not be so for long: Defense Minister Ehud Barak has been signaling that a larger operation may launch when the weather warms up. Turning to another battleground, candidates are going full tilt before the Tuesday primaries, where Obama has $50 million to spend over Hillary's $30 million, plus television input from independent heavyweights like the SEIU: "If this can be purchased, he can win it," said Gov. Ted Strickland, a Hillary supporter. Potentially more problematic for the Hillary camp is a scheduled concert by popular indie-rock band and Obama supporters Arcade Fire, which may prompt at least a few temporary desertions. Although Ohio voters remain focused on the economy, the Post's front-page coverage features the impact of the candidates' pitches on foreign policy, noting the prominence of arguments over what each would do with a red phone. The paper also finds that youth may trump ethnicity in the battle for the Latino vote—long considered a check in Clinton's column—as younger Hispanics increasingly stump for Obama. It's also Women's Day in election coverage, as the LAT looks into feminist debates over the number of females jumping ship for Obama. A piece in the Post's Outlook section breaks the split down along class lines: Maria Shriver-types favor Obama, while the less-educated stick with female solidarity. A companion piece bemoans the tendency of "us women" to fall for the sentimental and superficial pitches of both sides. If you didn't know that Russia was picking its new leader today, you'd be forgiven: Deputy Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev, the subject of an illuminating below-the-fold profile in the Post, had it made as soon as he got the endorsement of President Putin. Forty-two-year-old Medvedev, a former law professor, talks a good game about personal freedom and cracking down on corruption—but with the possibility of Putin becoming his prime minister, observers say, those claims will need some backing up. For more on elections, the NYT reports (and the WP barely catches) news that days after a settlement had been reached following weeks of post-election violence in Kenya, Armenia seems to be following suit, declaring a state of emergency 11 Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC days into clashes between police and people protesting an election they say was stolen. And even after a changing of the guard in Pakistan, U.S. troops will help the country form an 86,000-strong paramilitary force called the "Frontier Corps," in what the NYT calls "another sign of the Bush administration's concern and frustration with Pakistan's failure to do more about Al Qaeda's movement in the tribal areas." Perhaps most sobering of all, the janjaweed are back in Darfur, intones the lede for a center-stage story on the NYT front page. The Sudanese government has in recent weeks re-employed the fearsome Arab militias that terrorized villages on horseback in earlier stages of the conflict, turning to a scorched-earth policy to reclaim territory from rebels who vacated for a period in February to come to the aid of the president of Chad, with whom they have close ties. In front-page economic news, the WP makes concrete that creeping feeling that things are not all right in corporate America, talking to businesses in all sectors (although mostly D.C.-area-based) that are cutting jobs to insulate themselves from the downturn. It's not as bad as the 2001 recession yet, but deflated consumer spending is having ripple effects through the corporate sector, which in turn—as the NYT notes in a similar story back in Business—hurts people looking for jobs on the lower end of the pay scale. The LAT thinks it has hit upon a scandal in the overvaluing of multimillion dollar pieces of art used as tax write-offs, estimating that half the donations over the last 20 years were appraised at double their actual value. Elsewhere in swindle news, and continuing with its coverage of how seniors get screwed in America, the NYT fronts a long piece on the selling of "reverse mortgages": payments tied to the value of a home that only need to be repaid when the owner moves out or dies. Drawing heavily on the experience of one elderly woman who says she lost thousands of dollars in a scheme, the paper recounts dozens of sketchy details about a $20-billion-a-year industry that says it's only trying to help seniors out. In probably the most underplayed story of the day, the WP runs news on A7 that President Bush is speaking out to oppose the dozens of lawsuits pending against telecommunications firms that, if allowed to go forward, would establish whether companies including AT&T, Cingular, and Verizon had handed over phone records en masse to the government. Bush's primary concern is that airing e-mails and other documentation pertinent to the case would "aid our enemies" and "give al-Qaeda and others a road map as to how to avoid the surveillance." Also, Bush pushed back against the high-level unnamed source who yesterday told newspapers that the administration was planning to withdraw troops from Iraq before the end of the year, following a drawdown pause in July to accommodate provincial elections. Bush reiterated that no decision had been made— somebody's either out of the loop or lying here, folks.* 89/124 Anyone wanting to understand what's going on in the broader Middle East should take a gander at veteran Washington Post reporter Robin Wright's new book, which apparently even has an optimistic side. Or just read her piece in Outlook. Anyone wanting to read one more Bush retrospective might pick up Bushism chronicler and Slate Editor Jacob Weisberg's book The Bush Tragedy, which reviewer Alan Brinkley deems "mostly persuasive," if occasionally "highly speculative." Brinkley also points out that tragedies usually involve some amount of talent squandered and self-awareness of failure, which Weisberg argues that this presidency lacks. The NYT took the time to collect a few voices from the dead, giving has-been presidential candidates the chance to hammer away at pet issues one more time. One of them, the Hon. Dennis Kucinich, may be more dead than others. Correction, March 3, 2008: This piece originally stated that an unnamed source in the Bush administration said troops reductions were being planned for July. The plan allegedly calls for troop withdrawal by the end of the year, with pauses in July for provincial elections. (Return to the corrected sentence.) today's papers Bad News for Boeing By Ben Whitford Saturday, March 1, 2008, at 6:01 AM ET The Los Angeles Times leads, and the New York Times off-leads, on the Pentagon's unexpected decision to award a $40 billion contract for aerial refueling tankers to a U.S.-European partnership between Northrop Grumman and Airbus rather than to Boeing. The NYT and the Wall Street Journal lead with news from Wall Street, where a series of negative economic and financial reports sent shares tumbling. The Washington Post leads local, reporting on the Virginia Supreme Court's ruling that a regional transport authority has no legal right to impose taxes to fund transit projects. The Air Force says that its decision to pass over Boeing for a massive air-tanker contract was a no-brainer, with the NorthropAirbus proposal offering better value and better performance across the board. Still, the decision riled many who believe military hardware ought to be entirely homegrown: "This isn't an upset," one analyst gasped to the NYT. "It's an earthquake." The Post reports that the Pentagon took painstaking efforts to ensure its selection process would withstand scrutiny—essential not least because, as the WSJ notes, previous plans to award a similar contract to Boeing were shelved after negotiations were found to have been conducted illegally. A protracted Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC congressional battle is now expected; the LAT reports that both Boeing and Northrop have already spent hundreds of thousands of dollars hiring lobbyists to argue their case. Things are looking bleak on Wall Street: The NYT reports that a new study suggests financial institutions could lose up to $600 billion amid continuing turmoil in the global credit markets. The news spooked already wary investors, fueling sell-offs that saw both the S&P 500 and the Dow Jones slump more than 2.5 percent. The WSJ argues that the stock market is stuck in a rut and ponders the wisdom of the massive write-downs being posted by financial firms: it's unclear whether current accounting rules make matters better or worse. Meanwhile, billionaire investor Warren Buffet takes a swipe at America's financial firms in his latest letter to investors: "You only learn who has been swimming naked when the tide goes out," he wrote. "And what we are witnessing at some of our largest financial institutions is an ugly sight." Hillary Clinton upped the ante yesterday ahead of Tuesday's crucial primary votes in Texas and Ohio, running provocative TV ads that the NYT says "all but declared Senator Barack Obama unprepared to serve as commander in chief." The ads show children sleeping while an international crisis brews and a phone rings, unanswered, in the White House; the announcer says that only Clinton has the experience "to lead in a dangerous world" and asks: "Who do you want answering the phone?" The LAT notes that Clinton staffers hope the ad will rally female voters in a repeat of the last-minute surge that helped Hillary to victory in New Hampshire. With everyone—including Slate's John Dickerson—noting parallels to Walter Mondale's 1984 "red phone" ad, Obama countered with an ad of his own, arguing that Clinton had already fluffed her "red phone" moment by backing the war in Iraq. The Post reports that behind the scenes, Clinton strategists were yesterday trying to downplay the necessity of winning both Texas and Ohio in Tuesday's vote. Still, the WSJ notes that if Hillary fails to pick up both states—or if Texas' complex primary-caucus hybrid ends in tears—she'll likely face pressure to step aside for the good of the party. Bob Herbert picks up the theme in the NYT: "Tuesday's elections may decide the nominee. But if they don't, the wisest heads in the party will be faced with the awesome task of preventing a train wreck that would ruin what was supposed to have been a banner year." All the papers quote an unnamed "senior White House official," who said yesterday that the Bush administration would resume withdrawing troops from Iraq following a short pause this summer. "This is not a stall tactic," the official said. "I fully expect further reductions this year, in '08, and so does the president." There's no indication, though, of how many troops will be withdrawn; the NYT speculates that Bush might order only token withdrawals, leaving the final decision to his successor. 90/124 Under pressure from the United States, Turkey yesterday announced that it had withdrawn its troops from northern Iraq, bringing to a close an eight-day offensive against Kurdish guerrillas. It's hard to gauge the operation's impact; the NYT notes that Kurdish and Turkish spokesmen gave contradictory accounts, each claiming their side had killed hundreds of enemy fighters while incurring minimal losses. The Post notes that U.S. officials were skeptical about the Turkish statement, since a full withdrawal would take several days to complete. Everyone gives big play to the British defense ministry's decision to recall Prince Harry from military service in Afghanistan; the move came after the Drudge Report broke a media embargo that had kept the prince's deployment secret for 10 weeks. The Post notes that even Britain's much-derided tabloid editors considered the leaked report "a cheap hit"; the LAT is more critical of the British media's complicity in concealing Harry's presence on the front lines. Still, as the NYT notes, the press pack were careful to commit only to covering up the rowdy prince's military activity: "If Prince Harry had managed to find a nightclub in Kabul, that news would have been acceptable to report," one tabloid editor sighed. tv club The Wire Final Season into its final run, coming off two bad years. Its last episodes— which really were incredible—seemed even better because they followed dud seasons. The Wire has no such luck.) Here's a good sign: Season 5 begins with a tight close-up on the face of homicide detective Bunk Moreland, who's in the process of conning a particularly dim murder suspect into confessing, in part by rigging up a Xerox machine as a "lie detector." Bunk, the profane teddy bear, is one of my favorite Wire regulars (though that list is so long it's hardly worth keeping anymore: Bunk, Omar, Clay Davis, Stringer Bell, Prop Joe, Herc, Snoop, Namond, Dukie, Norman, Cutty …). Now that I think of it, Jeff, if you were a Wire character, you'd be Bunk—funny, ironic, lovable, and brilliant. Anyway, if this season is going to give us plenty of Bunk, it's going to be all right with me. That said, I found the opening episode promising but a little too busy. It threw a huge number of balls in the air, almost too many to follow: a brewing battle between Marlo and Prop Joe; the collapse of the police department, McNulty's return to alcoholism, womanizing, and the homicide squad; Bubbles' sorry attempt at rehab; a shady real estate deal rigged by the citycouncil president; the investigation of Clay Davis; Carcetti's descent into pure political opportunism; Herc's new dirty tricks; Dukie's failure as a drug dealer. … And I am skipping a bunch, notably the Baltimore Sun, which is going to be a central character in Season 5 the way the schools were in Season 4 and the docks were in Season 2. Week 9: Snoop wasn't talking about a domestic shorthair. By Jeffrey Goldberg, David Plotz, John Swansburg, and June Thomas Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 1:44 PM ET From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 1: How Do You Follow Up the Best Season of the Best Show Ever? Updated Monday, January 7, 2008, at 4:17 PM ET Remember that time you had an awesome college girlfriend and you hadn't seen her all summer and it was finally the first day back on campus? That's approximately how I feel about the return of The Wire for its fifth and final season. As Slate Editor Jacob Weisberg observed a year ago, The Wire is not merely the best show on television now, but the best show that has ever been on television. And Season 4, which focused on the catastrophic lives of four Baltimore schoolboys, was The Wire's best season. So, Season 5 has a practically impossible task: It's following the best season ever of the best show ever— how could it not be a letdown? (Compare this to The Sopranos, The Wire's rival for show of the century. The Sopranos limped Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC I'm a little worried about the Baltimore Sun plot. I've had two brief conversations with David Simon—he's a friend of a friend—and my wife has had two long ones. In all four of those exchanges, Simon demonstrated an obsession with the Sun that bordered on monomania. There Hanna and I were, slobbering to him about Omar, and Simon kept changing the subject to stories that his editors had screwed up 19 years ago. I'm praying that his fury at the Sun won't overwhelm his genius for storytelling. The signs in Episode 1 are good: The Sun characters—most notably city editor Gus Haynes—are vivid and humane, and there's only one heavy-handed scene (the one where the Sun's blowhard editor squashes a story idea). And it gets the newspaper uniform—the cheap looking ties and dingy striped dress shirts— exactly right. Finally, let me pay homage to the miracle of Snoop: She utters only one sentence, and it's the best line in the episode. She's explaining to a reluctant partner of Marlo how she'll retaliate if he doesn't cooperate: "We will be brief with all you mother----rs—I think you know." Best, David 91/124 From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 1: I'm Worried Posted Monday, January 7, 2008, at 11:01 AM ET Dear David, Yes, I remember the time I had an awesome college girlfriend and I hadn't seen her all summer and it was finally the first day back on campus. I remember that time very well, because she had decided, over the summer, to start wearing black nail polish, stop shaving her armpits, and go to Nicaragua to help the Sandinistas pick coffee beans or some shit like that. Luckily, I didn't like her anyway. The way I felt when I made these unhappy discoveries is a little bit the way I felt after watching the first episode of the final season of The Wire last night. I was enjoying myself just fine for the first 20 minutes or so, becoming reacquainted with some of my favorite drug dealers—the intensely lovable psycho-killer Snoop most of all—and scandalous cops. But then we entered the newsroom of the Baltimore Sun, and it was straight-up whiskey-tango-foxtrot time for me. I thought the show stopped dead, just about the time we were introduced to the saintly city editor and the darkly ambitious white-boy reporter. But let me not get ahead of myself here. We are told that the collapse of big-city journalism is the show's theme this season, so the two of us will have plenty of time to discuss the thing that interests all reporters more than anything else—namely, us. First, let me dissent from Mr. Weisberg's audacious claim that The Wire is the best show on television ever. I think that I would have agreed with his assertion, except that I recently watched, in seriatum, the first season of The Sopranos, which is just pure Shakespeare. Actually, it's better than Shakespeare, because Paulie Walnuts isn't in Shakespeare. It has become a cliché to call The Wire Dickensian, because it so clearly is, but it's no insult to Dickens to say that he's no Shakespeare. Of course, The Sopranos has had more bad seasons than The Wire, but that is in part because it has had more seasons than The Wire. So, I would say that The Wire is perhaps the second-best series on television ever. Welcome Back, Kotter, of course, rounds out the top three. Talk about a realistic portrayal of urban school life! In re: the comparison between me and Bunk: Are you calling me fat? I agree with you that Bunk is a wonderful character, and I agree with you that the list of great characters is nearly as long as the cast list itself. My favorite, Snoop aside, is Omar, and I missed Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC him last night. I'll take more Bunk, more Omar, and less of the Baltimore Sun. Why, you ask, have I had such a negative reaction to the Sun crew? The brilliance of this show is its complexity: Never before, apart from the novels of Richard Price or the genius George Pelecanos (both of whom write for The Wire, naturally), have we had such a fully realized, tangledup, humane, and morally ambiguous portrayal of the black innercity, and not only its criminal underclass, but the cops who fight the robbers: Bunny Colvin, the erstwhile mayor of Hamsterdam, was one of David Simon's greatest creations, and, in a just world, Clarke Peters, who plays Det. Lester Freamon, would win a bucketful of Emmys. (Of course, the show has won exactly no Emmys, which is insane and worthy of much discussion.) In our early glimpse of the Sun newsroom, we're not seeing much in the way of gray: just asshole bosses, a fantasy-camp city editor, a brooding and envious general assignment reporter and his naive-seeming Hispanic colleague, who gave us the most unrealistic moment last night: After she is publicly humiliated by the grammarians of the city desk, she actually seems grateful. Give me a break. I have to tell you, David, I'm worried about this: We all know that David Simon is obsessed by the injustices wrought against the Sun, his former employer, but I'm hoping that his desire for revenge hasn't blinded him to the need for dramatic complexity. Best, Jeff From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 1: Does the Journalism Feel Clichéd Because We're Journalists? Posted Monday, January 7, 2008, at 12:12 PM ET Jeff, Having now seen the episode again—I watched the first time when my wife was out, which is a hanging offense in our house, so I had to do a second viewing with her—I share some of your concerns about the Sun newsroom. I actually like the darkly ambitious white-boy reporter. He reminds me powerfully of, oh, three or four or 40 friends at the Post and Times. And the exchange about the photo of the burned doll was inspired. But you're right that most of the newsroom characters—the crusty, big-hearted city editor, the pompous editor, the crotchety grammar-fascist old-timer—arrive as caricatures, and do very little in Episode 1 to flesh themselves out. 92/124 Still, it's not surprising that the newspaper seems familiar—and trite—to us, because it's the ocean we swim in. If we were drug dealers or cops (God help the public!), maybe we would have felt the same way about Episode 1 of The Wire's first season. Maybe drunk-cynical-but-brilliant homicide detective McNulty is just as much a cliché in Copworld as cranky-romantic-andfearless city editor Gus is in ours. Maybe we have to make a conscious effort to watch the newspaper subplot as outsiders rather than insiders. If we watch as insiders, we're bound to be disappointed: It will inevitably feel clichéd or dishonest. Don't you think that Simon is taking Mayor Carcetti a little too far to the dark side? When we left him at the end of Season 4, his political ambitions and his idealism were synchronized: They fed on each other. Now he's nothing but naked political ambition. If I'm remembering correctly, the very first words he speaks in the episode are about crime stats, the subject he spent all of last season deriding. I suspect he'd be more realistic, and more interesting, if they let him retain some trace of his old googoo self. Attorney seemed motivated by righteous fury. It's no surprise that a sitting mayor would have an appreciation for low crime statistics. I've actually thought that Carcetti was, in a way, a stand-in for David Simon, who is made angry by—well, most everything, as Mark Bowden's new piece in the Atlantic shows—but mostly by the systematic abandonment of urban America. The bleakest moments for me in The Wire have not been the scenes of drug violence (although the harassment of Bubbles last season did break my heart), but those very effective moments, many starring Carcetti, which persuasively show that Baltimore itself is no longer a viable enterprise, and the reason it's not is because it is populated mainly by poor AfricanAmericans, about whom America—Barack Obama notwithstanding—still doesn't give a shit. America's general disinterest in The Wire (and certainly the general disinterest of the people who vote for the Emmys) is a corollary to this larger disinterest, by the way. Jeff Oh, and calling you a "Teddy Bear" was too subtle for you? You need me to spell it out? David From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 1: Do We Really Want a President Who Would Skip The Wire Premiere? Posted Monday, January 7, 2008, at 4:17 PM ET From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 1: Baltimore Is No Longer a Viable Enterprise Posted Monday, January 7, 2008, at 2:14 PM ET Dear David, I admit, I wondered whether my reaction to the newsroom scenes was one of contempt born of familiarity. And it's certainly true that I've run into editors who have been monochromatically assholish, and reporters who absolutely burned with ambition. Why, it's even been said that I have, on occasion, burned with ambition. You, too, burn with ambition, but it's not so noticeable, because you're so unambitious about it. But: I think I know a little bit about cops, being related to cops, and, more to the point, having written about cops, and David Simon's cops generally pass the verisimilitude test, and this newsroom, so far at least, does not. But, as they say on the TV news, only time will tell. I don't see what you see in Carcetti. He's not shaking anyone down, is he? He's just trying to better his city and himself, which is what you'd expect. And his attack on the scumbag U.S. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Dear Jeff, Speaking of Obama, did you know that The Wire is one of his favorite shows? But—and here's the kind of scoop that makes Slate the must-read that it is—according to my colleague Chris Beam, Obama actually missed last night's premiere. I know Obama's busy, but The Wire is The Wire! Doesn't the Manchester, N.H., Radisson have HBO? As for your excellent observation that The Wire is bleakest when it shows the nonviability of Baltimore, I've been puzzling over that question for a long time. When I was in college, during the depths of the crack epidemic, it was widely believed that the American city was doomed. Sure, centerless megasuburbs like Phoenix would survive, but the sunny-side-up city, with a rich delicious center, was written off. In the 20 years since, though, center cities have bounced back: most notably New York, but lots of other ones, too—Boston, Chicago, even our own fair city of Washington, D.C., have filled back in with downtowns livelier than they were 30 years ago. So, why is the renaissance not universal? Why are some cities worse than ever? For a sheltered white yuppie like me, Baltimore remains a terrifying, I Am Legend-nightmare, where any wrong turn can take you down a street that's at once empty and terrifying. 93/124 So, what is it, ultimately, that distinguishes the New Yorks from the Baltimores? Is it race? Or poverty? Or the vagaries of the global economy? (New York has rebounded because Wall Street and the entertainment industry have had 15 fantastic years.) Or governing and policing strategies? Is it truly inevitable that Baltimore must fail? From: John Swansburg To: Jeffrey Goldberg and David Plotz Subject: David Simon Responds David David and Jeff, From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 1: I Get Why David Simon Is Angry Posted Monday, January 7, 2008, at 4:47 PM ET Dear David, Well, you're one deep-thinking dude. I thought we were going to talk about killer Snoop and Robin Hood Omar the whole time. Let's look at the cities you mentioned: New York is New York, the world capital of finance. So, it has the money to stay afloat. Boston is the world academic center. If Washington goes out of business, America goes out of business. Baltimore, on the other hand, has what? Johns Hopkins, which is something, but not enough. It doesn't give meaning to Baltimore the way Yale gives meaning to New Haven, and believe me, as someone who lived in New Haven (don't worry, Yale wouldn't have taken me in a million years; it was my wife that brung me to that dance), New Haven is barely floating. What else does Baltimore have? That crappy Inner Harbor, with its wildly overpriced aquarium and its World's Fair-circa-1972 feel? Some cities get passed by, and some don't. Baltimore seems to have been passed by. And you're on to something: The percentage of a city's population that's African-American has something to do with the overall health of the city; there's simply no way around the fact that the murder and sickness and general debasement of urban AfricanAmericans don't register as crises to most Americans. Every time I read a front-page story about death in Baghdad, I ask myself: How many African-Americans died violent deaths in the same time period in American cities, without anything more than a news brief to record the awful fact? In other words, I get why David Simon is angry. By the way, Obama's love of The Wire speaks well of him. I don't picture Hillary going in for this sort of thing. Jeff Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Posted Tuesday, January 8, 2008, at 5:25 PM ET A quick note from your TV Club editor. It seems David Simon came across David's first TV Club post on a blog called Ubiquitous Marketing and had a few thoughts on it. Here they are: Just curious: What were the circumstances at which those conversations occurred? When I am at say, at a book-release party with a bunch of journos, or at a wedding table, where I am seated exclusively with newspaper people, or simply talking to a noted reporter or editor, the conversation is often about journalism and quite naturally, my unlikely transition from newspapering to television also is a topic and yes, I am very blunt about what went bad for me at The Sun, and for many, many others there as well. If it were at a party of say, Baltimore cops, then the drug war, or the copshop, or the bar tab itself would predominate. And journalism and/or my experiences in journalism would go unmentioned in any regard. Entertainment industry people? We talk about the business. Drug dealers? We talk about the, um, business. And in all instances when people come up to me to discuss how much they love them some Omar and how he's the bestest character ever, well, okay, my eyes do glaze to the point of distraction and I do desperately try to change the subject back to whatever the collective conversational zeitgeist might be at a given gathering. I was a newspaperman from my high school paper until I left the Sun at age 35. It was a delight to me. It informs my work in myriad ways. At some point, it went bad. And the fact is, you'll not find me speaking openly against 94/124 the fellows who made it go bad for long after my departure. I held my tongue pretty well despite my low regard for those fellows. But in 2000, five years after I left The Sun, those cats finally made clear that they had dragged The Sun into a journalistic fraud through the same myopia and indifference that later cost [Howell] Raines and Gerald Boyd their careers, except they did so despite private warnings about the reporter who was the problem. Why yes, at that point—which you describe as 19 years ago, though it is in fact, seven—I got angry and vocal and direct. Mr. Carroll and Mr. Marimow are notable journalists with impressive resumes. They have done some fine things, I am sure. But in Baltimore, in their hunger for prizes, they tolerated and defended a reporter who was making it up wholesale. Events, quotes, meetings at which people were supposed to have spoken powerfully about The Sun's powerful coverage of a Pulitzer-worthy issue but never said any such thing—it was simply farce. Yet even after that third retracted article, they continued to defend the behavior as the honest mistakes of a good, aggressive reporter. To flourish, shit like that relies on silence and fear within the newsroom, and complicity within the industry itself. And at the point when the third story had been retracted in full and these guys were still trying to mitigate the fraud and accept no responsibility for it, I resolved that I was going to speak to it openly and without regard to decorum. I make no apologies whatsoever for that. I grew up a newspaperman; I do not know how to regard newspapermen who would go out of their way, over a period of years, to continually retract stories by the same reporter and continue to defend such. And so, when I meet other journos, I am full-throated in a way that everyone still in the game never manages to be when it comes to a yet-to-be-outed Blair, Bragg, Kelley, or Glass. These scandals keep coming one after another and everyone pretends that they are aberrations, that the only guilty parties have all been caught, that there isn't an underlying and fundamental problem with prizes and ambition and accountability that is inherent within the shrinking pond that is print journalism. I loved my newspaper and I loved working for my newspaper; and given the basic ethics of newspapering, I don't know how not to be angry over what happened there. You want to call that sour grapes? No problem. Call it spoiled roast. It is what it is. I got in the business thinking certain things about journalism; naively, maybe, I took that shit to heart. My mistake, apparently. That said, if you've ever taken an Introduction to Logic course, you know that Argumentum Ad Hominem, while a stock maneuver in most half-assed journalism and commentary, is the weakest sort of intellectual crutch. If you are serious in addressing something, then ideas matter, not the man. The Wire's depiction of the multitude of problems facing newspapers and high-end journalism will either stand or fall on what happens on screen, not on the back-hallway debate over the past histories, opinions passions or peculiarities of those who create it. I've got a secret for you cats: Ed Burns has some pretty fierce feelings about the people he worked for and with in the Baltimore Police Department and the Baltimore Public School System. Do you really believe that insiders in the B.P.D. and school system can't recognize certain specific references to reality in the previous 50 hours of television? Writers of fiction cannibalize their most meaningful experiences and then regurgitate them and hope for the best. There is nothing at all new to this. The only difference between your discussion of seasons one through four and the current one seems to be that you did not encounter Ed Burns at a party. Next time we meet, remind me to talk about the Orioles parsimony when it comes to pitching or my complete collection of Professor Longhair albums in order that you might be able to address yourselves to the work itself, for better or for worse. Best, David Simon From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 2: All Thrust, No Vector Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC 95/124 Posted Monday, January 14, 2008, at 7:42 AM ET David, Well, you've achieved the possible—you've pissed off David Simon. You have now gone where, well, thousands of people have gone before. Perhaps it was this line of yours, from last week's dialogue, that triggered the attack: "The Wire is not merely the best show on television now, but the best show that has ever been on television." What did you expect after you delivered yourself of such praise? A thank you? A basket of muffins? I reread Mark Bowden's excellent piece on Simon in this month's issue of my magazine, the Atlantic, after receiving Simon's complaint about you. Bowden, like you, is an unabashed partisan of the show: "The show's boxed sets blend nicely on the bookshelf with the great novels of American history," he wrote. Naturally, Simon is infuriated with him, as well. In the course of unpacking Simon's epic, unidirectional dispute with Bill Marimow and John Carroll, the one-time Baltimore Sun editors who, in Simon's view, destroyed the paper, Bowden makes an obvious mistake: He decides to remain neutral in the fight. "When I discovered," Bowden wrote, "after my last conversation with Simon, that the final season of the show would be based on his experiences at The Sun, I felt compelled to describe the dispute, but I resolved to characterize it without entering it." Bowden showed Simon a draft of his piece, "which provoked a series of angry, long-winded accusations" in which Simon impugned Bowden's journalistic integrity to the editor of the Atlantic, which is amusing, of course, because Bowden is one of the five or six best reporters in America. Which brings me back to your first posting and Simon's response to it. Simon accuses you of … I'm not sure what, precisely. Violating his privacy by reporting on a conversation you had at a wedding? Sort of. Mischaracterizing that conversation? Not exactly, either, since he pretty much admits that, in conversation with other reporters, he's fairly monomaniacal on the subject of Marimow and Carroll and their manifold sins. His lengthy post seems to confirm your analysis. As did the second episode, which I'll get to, briefly, in a second. But to conclude this sorry conversation: This is a man who is all thrust, no vector. He's mad at the rapacious capitalists who have destroyed the American city, and he's mad at reporters who praise him. A little bit of discernment would be useful here. I don't know much about the Carroll-Marimow years at the Sun, but I do know that Marimow, as a reporter, was one of the greats, taking on a grotesque and frightening Philadelphia Police Department, and changing his city for the better, and I do know that Carroll quit the Los Angeles Times rather than gut its newsroom. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Which is why his Carroll stand-in, the dim-bulb, corporate hack executive editor, seems like a semi-unreal character to me. Very few big-city-paper editors are quite so ostentatiously stupid and venal as the Carroll of Simon's imagination, and so, once again, the Sun subplot was not at all compelling to me. Also, it's almost ridiculously telegraphed. We've learned that the overambitious Templeton is already suspected of creating a Baltimore variant of Janet Cooke's "Jimmy" (we've learned this thanks to a most unnaturally perceptive city desk), and we also know that top management just adores our sweater-vest-wearing Stephen Glass and is giving him the opportunity to write a Pulitzer-bait "Dickensian" series (I like the way Simon subverts the Dickens meme by associating it with one of his villains) on a city classroom. I have no idea what will happen to McNulty and Bunk and Marlo and Proposition Joe. I have a very good idea what will happen in the Baltimore Sun newsroom. But I'll let you defend Simon from the charge of excessive obviousness. It's a shame that Simon gets in the way of his own great work; he's doing something very important here. I was reminded of this by the discovery last week in a Washington house of the decomposing bodies of four girls, who were not found by neighbors, or the police, or the schools, or by child protection agencies, but by marshals acting on behalf of a mortgage company that was foreclosing on the property. How can this horror happen in America? David Simon is one of the few people asking this question. Jeff From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 2: Too Much Moralizing, Not Enough Omar Posted Monday, January 14, 2008, at 10:06 AM ET Dear Jeff, At the risk of making this a Slate dialogue that is mostly about itself, let me just say a few more words about Simon's furious response to my post last week. And those words are: He was right. It was wrong for me to write about social conversations we had at a mutual friend's wedding and book party. He had every right to expect privacy when we talked and to be angry when I turned the conversations into journalistic fodder. OK, back to the show. There was something off about the second episode, but I don't think it's the Sun subplot. The conniving ascent of the Cooke/Glass fabulist, egged on by the two evil editors, doesn't bother me the way it bothers you. I agree that it's obvious—I don't think the Sun editor needed both 96/124 horns and a pitchfork—but it's not boring. In fact, my favorite part of the episode is the bull session in the Sun's loading dock. How could you not crack up at Gus' riff about the mother of four who died from an allergic reaction to blue crabs: "Ever notice how 'mother of four' is always catching hell? Murder. Hit and run. Burned up in row house fire. Swindled by bigamists." I'm giggling just typing it. "Swindled by bigamists"—give that writer an Emmy! So, it's not the newsroom that's confounding me. No, I think the problem is that The Wire has gotten preachy. The show has always had a didactic streak, but a relatively subtle one. For all that Simon is seething with righteous anger, he never let that overwhelm the show. It was a backbeat. He let the story and the characters do the work, and didn't lay the lessons on thick. Like the great journalist that he is, he showed, he didn't tell. He and his colleagues understood that no "the game is rigged" speech could ever mean one-fiftieth as much as, say, the momentary shot of Dukie selling drugs at the end of Season 4. But the first two episodes of this season repeatedly pause—stop dead—for heavy-handed moralizing. It didn't bother me in Episode 1—I figured they were just breaking us in—but now I'm getting worried. Just checking my notes from Episode 2, I see: 1. The hooker's overwrought speech about her addiction 2. Lester's majestic peroration about the importance of the Clay Davis case 3. Steve Earle's exhortation to Bubbs, urging him to stop bottling up his sorrow about Sherrod and live again 4. The face-off between Gus and the Sun's editor about their schools series—the editor pompous, Gus biting, both sermonizing 5. Michael's conscience-ridden argument with Chris and Snoop about killing a guy who may have insulted Marlo 6. Bunk, Lester, and Jimmy's chorus about the devaluation of black men's lives ("You can go a long way in this country killing black folk.") In every one of these scenes, The Wire's characters are just a bit too grandiloquent, their dialogue a shade too portentous. Maybe because this is the final season, Simon and Ed Burns don't want to leave anything unsaid, but they're saying too much. Two episodes and counting without Omar! On the upside, Avon Barksdale is back, and flashing that awesome West Baltimore "W" hand signal. We need one of those—a three-finger "S"—for Slate. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC David From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 2: Give Me More Clay Davis! Posted Monday, January 14, 2008, at 11:01 AM ET Dear David, I appreciate your deep morals, I really do. But still: Your post was fairly inoffensive and had the benefit of being true. So, no guilt! Like you, I love the expression "swindled by bigamists." David Simon and his writers love words, and I love them for loving words. That said, I thought the scene in which this marvelous line was embedded, on the loading dock, was forced and ostentatious and heavy-handed. Why not just have St. City Editor say, "Man, Baltimore hacks are so witty and hard-boiled and yet they have hearts of gold, all except that yuppie shit who is obviously going to Jayson Blair our newspaper half to death." I was so busy hating the Baltimore Sun story line that I neglected to notice what you picked up: that it's not only the reporters who are ardently speechifying. I don't mind speeches—give me more Clay Davis any day! It's the moralizing that's getting me. Why do they have to tell us that the lives of black men are cast away by our society? Isn't that the whole point of this show? We get it. We've been watching for years. These occasional bumps in the writing are not so noticeable in most cases because the acting is so good—otherworldly good. Have you noticed that Isiah Whitlock Jr., as the febrile and corrupt Clay Davis, is a genius? One question I'm always left with after an episode of The Wire is this: Where will these brilliant African-Americans actors go when The Wire is finished? Maybe this is why David Simon is so pissed—he knows that Hollywood hasn't figured out how to showcase large quantities of black talent and fears for the careers of his cast. I can't think of another cast of such astonishingly good unknown actors, except maybe for The Sopranos—though if you watch Goodfellas carefully, you'll see that they're all there. (Weirdly, Isiah Whitlock Jr. was also in Goodfellas.) So, let's have a moment of appreciation for Lance Reddick, who plays Cedric Daniels; and our mutual favorite, Wendell Pierce, who plays Bunk; and, of course, Clarke Peters, who plays Lester Freamon; and Andre Royo as Bubbles; and Jamie Hector as Marlo Stanfield; and, for his voice alone, Anwan Glover as Slim Charles. The list goes on and on. Every so often, the writing fails, but the cast never does. 97/124 As Sarah Silverman says, I have a dream, too: My dream is that some savvy Shakespeare company hires, en masse, the cast of The Wire for what would be just a thrilling Julius Caesar. Wood Harris, who plays Avon Barksdale, has already appeared in Troilus and Cressida. Just imagine him as Brutus. From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 2: Templeton Needs a Big Story and McNulty's Selling One Posted Monday, January 14, 2008, at 1:30 PM ET David, From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 2: Where Is Simon Going With the Parallel Fraud Plots? It's not only actors on The Wire who have a tendency to show up in dispiriting commercials: The guy who played Agent Harris on The Sopranos now appears as a chef in a Campbell Soup commercial, and—if you don't mind me saying so—looks like a fuckwad. Jeff, And speaking of fuck, you're right, that scene between Bunk and Jimmy possesses Raging Bull-quality fuckedness. (Have you ever seen the Flintstones version? Hysterical.) Posted Monday, January 14, 2008, at 11:49 AM ET One of the weirdest moments of my Wire offseason was when I spotted Clay Davis—I mean Isiah Whitlock Jr.—playing a goofy dad in a Verizon cell phone commercial. Much to my disappointment, his several lines didn't include his trademark "sheee-it." (Maybe he could do late-night toilet paper spots instead?) And he's not the only one of The Wire's great black actors who's moonlighting to make ends meet: Lance "Cedric Daniels" Reddick brightened my NFL watching this year by showing up as the new face of Cadillac. I share your amazement at the concentration of acting talent on The Wire, and your concern about what will happen to all these great black actors now that the show is ending. I'm hoping that they get to cash in on their talent the way Idris Elba (Stringer Bell) has since his character got murdered at the end of Season 3. But I fear you're right that Hollywood isn't going to figure out a way to employ idiosyncratic geniuses like Felicia "Snoop" Pearson, Michael K. Williams, and Anwan Glover as anything but "Street Thug #3" in crime dramas. Where are Simon & Co. going with the parallel fraud plots? We've got the newsroom con artist Scott fabricating a sob-story 13-year-old cripple to advance his own career. And now Jimmy McNulty is fabricating a serial killer to … do what exactly? Seeing it for a second time, it occurs to me that the final minutes of the episode, when Jimmy turns an accidental death into a homicide while Bunk observes in horror, is a grim echo of that Season 1 scene when Jimmy and Bunk solve a murder with nothing but gestures and 38 utterances of the word "fuck." Watch the "fuck" scene again: It is one of the Wire's all-time great moments. David Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Where are Simon & Co. going with the parallel fraud plots? It seems to me that he'll have to merge them. Stephen Glass needs a big story, and McNulty's selling one. I can't imagine McNulty having trouble closing the deal; Scott is dying for the story that gets him to the promised land of the Washington Post metro section. Ordinarily, I'd predict that Scott gets chewed up in the process, but isn't David Simon's main complaint against his onetime bosses at the Sun that they protected a Pulitzer-bound fabricator, rather than expose him? I feel like I've read about this complaint of his a dozen times already. You've noticed, of course, that more people write about The Wire than actually watch it? The magazine articles never stop coming. Jeff From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 2: Avon Returns Posted Monday, January 14, 2008, at 2:48 PM ET Jeff, I know what you mean about the endless Wire commentary. I'm having a hard time separating what I see on the show from what I read in the papers (and magazines, and blogs). Sometimes that's because what I'm seeing on the show is what I am reading in the papers. During the episode last night, it's-hard-to-be-a- 98/124 saint-in-the-city editor Gus Haynes savages the Sun editor's idea for a public schools expose: [If] you want to look at who these kids really are, you have to look at the parenting or lack of it in the city, the drug culture, the economics of these neighborhoods. … It's like you're up on the corner of a roof and you're showing some people how a couple shingles came loose. Meanwhile, a hurricane wrecked the rest of the damn house. This morning, I read the Columbia Journalism Review's opus about Simon's war with Marimow and Carroll and saw this quote from Simon: You can carve off a symptom and talk about how bad drugs are, and you can blame the police department for fucking up the drug war, but that's kind of like coming up to a house hit by a hurricane and making a lot of voluminous notes about the fact that some roof tiles are off. It's a great metaphor, incidentally. Let me just return to my other favorite moment in last night's episode: the visiting-room negotiation between Avon and Marlo. It plays a great trick by making us root for the heartless murderer Avon because he's putting one over on the even-more-despicable Marlo. (That kind of sympathy manipulation is a specialty of The Wire. See also: Prop Joe, Omar, Bodie …) Also, how great was the final moment of chitchat between them, when Avon, hungry for details about the street, asks: "What about you, how you been?" And Marlo answers with a shrug: "You know. The game is the game." That's what I'm going to start saying whenever anyone asks me about my job. David From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 3: Whiplashed by Jimmy McNulty's Fall Posted Monday, January 21, 2008, at 6:31 AM ET this season. We're not in Bold and the Beautiful territory—no one has suddenly remembered that she's actually a lesbian incest victim—but McNulty, Marlo, and Clay Davis have all become very different men, very fast. Sen. Davis, who has always projected omnicompetence in his sleazy dealings, is uncharacteristically panicky as the grand jury investigation tightens around him. Marlo, who's terrifying because of his total lack of affect, cracked this week, revealing an unexpected anxiety about his money. And Jimmy McNulty—well, what to say about Jimmy's extreme makeover? In this episode, Jimmy embellishes his serial-killer fabrication, inventing—over Bunk's fierce objections and with the help of a flask of Jameson's—a murderer who targets homeless men and marks his victims with red ribbons.* Jimmy plants evidence, tampers with a corpse, and forges documents, drinking and screwing blondes in the few minutes he's not inventing crimes. I'm whiplashed by Jimmy's fall: We've always known that his sweet domesticity couldn't last, but don't you think this nose dive is too much, too quickly? As for the serial-killer plot itself, I'm ambivalent. It seems a little far-fetched to imagine that Jimmy and ultimate good cop Lester could betray the job so easily. On the other hand, Simon proved in Season 3 that he could take an outlandish premise and make it enthralling. The drug-legalization zone of Hamsterdam, the great idea of Season 3, was as far-fetched as Jimmy's fake serial killer, and Simon made it utterly gripping and persuasive. Maybe he will do it again this year. What I loved most in this episode was its variations on the theme of escape, or rather, the impossibility of it. The scene of Marlo, fish out of water, trying to get his money at the Antilles bank reminded me of Season 4's most powerful moment, when Bunny took the kids to a fancy downtown restaurant and they panicked. Then there was Omar's brief fling with beach life at the end of the episode, another reminder that the game will keep sucking you back in. And there was Michael and Dukie's glorious day out at the amusement park, which ends with Michael in trouble for leaving the corner. Some of the best scenes in The Sopranos were when the insular characters encountered the outside world—Vito hiding out in the New Hampshire B&B, Paulie and Chrisopher lost in the snowy pine barrens. The Wire too understands the power of claustrophobia, the terrible difficulty of leaving the familiar. As for the newspaper subplot, the less said, the better. (I wish I had a dollar for every time someone said, "do more with less" this season—I could afford to take the Sun buyout.) Dear Jeff, David Maybe it was just that melodramatically tight closing shot of Omar—thank God! Omar—distraught over Butchie's death, but I thought there was a slight telenovela feel to Episode 3. Or maybe it is the too-fast way the show has altered its characters Correction, Jan. 22, 2008: The article originally stated that McNulty relied on the help of Jim Beam. (Return to the corrected sentence.) Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC 99/124 From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 3: Does the Baltimore Sun Not Have a Web Site? Posted Monday, January 21, 2008, at 10:35 AM ET Dear David, Since you won't take on the newspaper subplot, let me. But before I do, let me attach myself to your comments re: the terrible difficulty of leaving the familiar. There is one other Sopranos analogy here, in this case, having to do with Adriana's disappearance. You'll recall a meeting at the offices of the FBI, when one of the agents suggests that Adriana might have not, in fact, been murdered but had instead taken off to China. This suggestion was met by looks of absolute incredulity from her colleagues. It was an absurd notion, the idea that Adriana had the will, knowledge, and wherewithal to escape North Jersey. I thought of this scene while watching Marlo at the bank. Here is the lion out of his den and, without any defenses, just a shmuck who can't speak French (which is also an apt description of me). It's a useful reminder of the completely circumscribed lives these characters lead, though I do prefer to take my Marlo straight up and affectless—I like my gangsters cold. What next? Scenes of Snoop playing with her American Girl collection? Unlike you (presumably, since your tight-lippedness on the matter of the Baltimore Sun has me guessing just a bit), I found the newsroom scene moving, perhaps because I had just read about the latest coup at the formerly great L.A. Times; the "fellows" from Chicago—as David Simon calls them in his latest elegy to the lost world of the Sun papers—have taken to murdering their own now, firing a corporate-shill editor who wouldn't shill enough, apparently refusing to carry out more newsroom head-chopping during the labor-intensive presidential campaign. That scene in the newsroom was near perfect because it had the power of truth, right down to the moment when the patrician executive editor, Whiting, forces his sweaty, ferretish managing editor, Klebanow (sounds like …), to deliver the actual bad news. How can your heart not break for 40- and 50-year-old reporters, with no discernible skills other than the ability to work the phones, who are cast adrift by a newspaper company that still makes barrels of money? The problem, of course, is that these realistic scenes of newsroom life circa 2008 are undermined by deeply unrealistic scenes of newsroom life circa never. In other words, why does Roger Twigg, the discarded police reporter, have to be so Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC encyclopedically perfect? Why does Scott, the unpleasant upstart, have to be so ostentatiously Glass-ian (or Blair-ian)? And why is there no reference whatsoever to the newspaper's Web site? Simon makes it clear in his Washington Post Outlook piece that he neither knows very much nor cares very much about the Web, but doesn't reality demand that we see the newsroom of the Sun feeding the beast? All this talk of finals and double dots is so archaic. Are you telling me that the cub reporter, Alma Gutierrez, would run all over the city looking for an early edition of the paper before checking to see how her story was played on the Web? I just looked—the Baltimore Sun actually does have a Web site. All this raises a larger question: Just how good was the Sun in David Simon's day? Was the golden age really so golden? I'm not equipped to answer this question. Perhaps there's someone out there who can. Best, Jeff From: David Plotz To: David Plotz Subject: The Skeleton in Daniels' Closet Posted Tuesday, January 22, 2008, at 7:50 AM ET Dear Jeff, Thank you for figuring out why Alma's early-edition odyssey bugged me so much! A real Alma wouldn't even have woken up early to see her story. She would have checked the Web site at midnight the night before, when the paper went live (and then immediately updated her Facebook status to read "Alma Gutierrez is getting screwed by her editors," and Twittered same to 135 friends). Heck, the single act of her logging onto the free Sun Web site rather than schlepping out to buy the paper would have explained more about the newspaper crisis than 17 closeups of Whiting's I'm-an-asshole suspenders ever could. It's weird that The Wire clings to a 1999 vision of the newspaper—no e-mail, no texting, barely even cell phones— when it's so incredibly au courant about the practices of drug dealers. According to one of the 18 zillion Wire articles from the past couple of weeks (though I can't remember which one), New York gangbangers actually watch the show for tips on how to avoid cell-phone wiretaps and other popo surveillance. Its newspaper Luddism gives me another thought: The Wire is in many ways the useful counterpoint to another cultic TV show that began around the same time, 24. In 24, conspiracies are 100/124 everywhere and institutions are corrupt, but technology is omnipotent and the individual can triumph. In The Wire, conspiracies are everywhere and institutions are corrupt, but technology always betrays us, and the individual can never triumph. All anyone can hope for is sheltered, private happiness. Needless to say, I find The Wire much truer to the world I live in. (Hmm, does this help explain why 24 is revered by Republicans and The Wire by Democrats? I have to think about that.) I'm not a newspaper guy, and I lack the profound emotional connection to them that drives Simon. So, I'm skeptical about this newspaper nostalgia. Our mutual friend and Slate media critic Jack Shafer has explained that the newspaper glory years—1950s through the '80s, right Jack?—were anomalous, a period of artificially high profits that allowed papers to overstaff, throw resources into huge projects, and avoid the exigencies that plague most competitive businesses. So, maybe what's happening now isn't a rape, but a long overdue correction. And maybe it's not true that smaller newspapers mean less journalism—or even less great journalism. Web journalism is thriving. So is magazine journalism. Public radio is bigger and better than ever. It's true that they're not the same as newspaper journalism. Certain wonderful kinds of newspaper stories don't get done anymore. On the other hand, it doesn't mean they're worse. I like Thomas Edsall even more as a blogger and political analyst at the Huffington Post than I did when he was a campaign-finance reporter for the Washington Post. Now you've made me talk about all the newspaper stuff I vowed to avoid! Let's get back to the show. I've forgotten: What was it that Cedric Daniels did wrong, deep in his past? (It's the All the King's Men subplot: Everyone, even Saint Cedric, is dirty: "Man is conceived in sin and born in corruption.") done wrong; I think the allegation dates to when he ran McNulty's squad. Now you're forcing me to watch all of the first season again. I would like to get back to Snoop and Omar and Butchie (what a man, huh?—though they should have tried water-boarding; it's quite effective, according to many Republicans), but I have to say this, in light of the firing of the editor of the Los Angeles Times: I will not be criticizing David Simon's Baltimore Sun plot today. The truth is, the battle between David Simon and the Tribune Company is the battle between the Forces of Good and the Forces of Evil. The Forces of Good whine a lot, but I'll take David Simon's whining over corporate pillaging, gladly. There's an astonishing quote today from David Hiller, the publisher of the L.A. Times, who fired the editor (who—and this shows you how bad things have gotten—was the corporate lackey put into the editorship after the previous editors were shit-canned for standing up for their newsroom) and who will be held responsible by God for the gutting of a great American newspaper. Hiller asked, "Can you solve the newspaper industry's problems by spending more? It's an attractive theory, but it doesn't work." Of course it doesn't. Spending more money to gather more news and hire better reporters couldn't possibly help the newspaper industry, could it? What a barbarian. David Hiller is the Marlo Stanfield of daily journalism. Jeff David From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 3: Would Somebody Please Give Daniels a Sandwich? From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 3: I Will Not Be Criticizing the Baltimore Sun Plot Today Posted Tuesday, January 22, 2008, at 11:38 AM ET Dear David, Sorry, I don't see the All the King's Men subplot. Cedric Daniels is the personification of rectitude. I like the character, but he always struck me as one of David Simon's less complicated creations. Maybe I'll be proven wrong, but this episode of alleged corruption buried in Daniels' past seems to be a bit of a red herring. I can't even remember what it was he's said to have Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Posted Tuesday, January 22, 2008, at 12:34 PM ET Dear Jeff, One big difference: Marlo is a West Baltimore gangster trying to muscle in on the East Side, while Hiller is an East Side tough trying to muscle in on the West Side. (Also, I suspect that Hiller would be perfectly comfortable talking up a French-speaking bank clerk.) Nothing more from me today about The Wire and the state of newspaper journalism. I'm going to leave that to my colleague, Slate media critic Jack Shafer. I mentioned Jack's views on 101/124 newspaper nostalgia in my last entry, and I'm happy to report that he is going to write a piece today about David Simon's critique of the newspaper business. Since Jack is so much smarter than I am about this subject (and most others, for that matter), I'll read his piece to find out what I really should think. I agree that Daniels is one of The Wire's thinner creations. (Thinner in all ways: His cadaverous frame, which is meant to suggest that rectitude you're talking about, mostly makes me think: "Someone give that man a sandwich.") That said, his mysterious ugly past is what makes him more than just a stick figure. Like Judge Irwin, he is haunted by a sin that could destroy him. At the same time, that sin—and the deep shame he feels about it—may be what turned him into the upright cop he has become. The Wire is brilliant in giving us characters who sin and overcome it, or rather, harness it to redeem themselves: Cutty, Carver, Daniels, to name a few. And they are all the more persuasive because they stand next to the weaker men, such as Herc, who refuse to own their sins. Later, D From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 3: Who Doesn't Like a Blind Bartender? Posted Tuesday, January 22, 2008, at 4:52 PM ET Dear David, The people of America—including the .00003 percent who watch The Wire—can rest easy now that Jack Shafer is going to weigh in on Simon. Prediction: Jack pisses him off. This means, I suppose, that we can go back to talking about the show next week. Which is a relief, of course. A thought struck me not long ago, a dangerous one: Perhaps the weakness of the Baltimore Sun subplot is not Simon's fault, but ours. And by "ours," I mean all of us in journalism. Maybe we're just not that interesting; David Simon can't make us interesting; David Milch couldn't make us interesting; maybe even David Chase himself couldn't make us interesting. Well, maybe he couldn't make me interesting. You, he could build a show around. An amendment to an earlier post: Alert reader (and Jack Shafer acolyte) Ryan Grim points out that, though Butchie was not water-boarded by Chris and Snoop, he was in fact "liquorboarded," before he was shot in the legs and then murdered. Butchie's demise was unfortunate—who doesn't like a blind Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC bartender?— but at least it brings Omar back into our lives, and, with any luck, Omar's return will set off all sorts of conflicts between Marlo and Chris and Prop Joe and Slim Charles and Cheese, all of whom are much more interesting than the sad-sack denizens of the Sun newsroom. As Mitt Romney recently said, "Woof woof." Jeff From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 4: Cheese Must Die! Posted Monday, January 28, 2008, at 10:29 AM ET Dear David, Cheese must die! I feel very strongly about this, which is why I placed an exclamation point at the end of the previous sentence. Also, Marlo and Chris, but to repair a tear in the moral universe, Cheese must die, not only for betraying his uncle, Proposition Joe Stewart, but for participating in what we assume was the torture-murder of the man who invented the Swanson Hungry Man TV dinner. You know, it's a damn shame that Method Man, a stalwart of the remarkable Wu-Tang Clan, was cast as the most unspeakable bastard on The Wire. I'll never listen to Enter the Wu-Tang (36 Chambers) the same way. Not that I've listened to it in 10 years, but you get the point. What next? The RZA as a stoolie? (For the moment, he has my old job at The New Yorker.) Sorry, back to the coldest execution scene this side of Abe Vigoda. Actually, colder, because, really, did you care that much about Tessio? Clemenza, yes, of course, but Tessio? I liked Abe Vigoda (still alive! www.abevigoda.com) better in Fish, anyway. That was an extraordinarily powerful scene, the martyrdom of Prop Joe. "Close your eyes. It won't hurt none," Marlo said, and my blood froze. It's true that Tom Hagen's "Can't do it, Sally" marked one of the most unforgettable moments in The Godfather, but Marlo seemed to actually embody the Angel of Death. Prop Joe's murder also has a metaphorical power missing from Tessio's demise. What we just saw, I think, was a David Simon op-ed on the miseries of capitalism. The rising young executive learns what he can from his elders and then kills them. In corporate America, the murder victim is left alive, as opposed to what happens in the New Day Co-Op (there's an organization that just ceased to exist—I'll bet my lungs on that), but except for that technical issue, it's the same thing. I think we can spend all day unpacking the meaning of Prop Joe's execution, but let me make one larger point: What we saw 102/124 in the undoing of Prop Joe was The Wire at its best. What we saw in the Baltimore Sun subplot this time around was The Wire at its worst. Prop Joe and Slim Charles and all the rest are complicated people; it's too bad David Simon couldn't make the newsroom similarly complicated. The editors of the Sun aren't characters; they're walking indictments. The low moment came when Klebanow warned Gus against cursing in the newsroom. Ridiculous. I'm not saying that once or twice between John Peter Zenger and now, some shmuck in some newsroom somewhere warned a colleague about the use of foul language. But for fuck's sake, that was the most unbelievable thing I've seen in The Wire's five seasons. ask me. And as you say, the no-cursing-in-the-newsroom speech defied belief (though, even as I write that, I am betting we get email from at least one reporter who's been on the receiving end of such a lecture from some newspaper-chain middle manager). Jeff Yours without profanity, David From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 4: No Cursing in the Newsroom Posted Monday, January 28, 2008, at 11:01 AM ET My favorite moment of the episode: when Prop Joe and Herc are waiting around in lawyer Levy's office and Joe tells Herc that he and Burrell attended high school together, back in the day (a connection, incidentally, that is meant to foreshadow their simultaneous downfalls). Prop Joe says of Burrell, in that inimitable Jovian drawl: "Ervin was a year before me at Dunbar. He was in the glee club." From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 4: Is My Intuition Growing Stronger, or Is The Wire Just Getting More Obvious? Posted Monday, January 28, 2008, at 12:06 PM ET Dear Jeff, Dear David, It's not just Prop Joe who got did this week. All the chunky old veterans were kicked to the curb. Joe got a bullet in the brain. Plus-size police commissioner Ervin Burrell got a plaque. And spare-tired police reporter Roger Twigg got a final scoop and one last byline. (Oh, and Hungry Man, who's not fat but is, apparently, hungry, got it worst of all.) Each was a victim of the octopuslike system that Simon believes is destroying America. The younger, colder Marlo—the living embodiment of conscienceless capitalism—sucks every bit of useful information from Joe before corpsing him. The mayor who cares for nothing but his own political ambition chops down Burrell, but not for any principled, improve-the-city purpose. Toolish editors Whiting and Klebanow force Twigg to quit, simply to serve their rapacious corporate masters. (I also think it's sly that the fat old-timers are replaced by the lean-and-hungry: Marlo has never consumed anything but a lollipop on the screen. And as I wrote last week, Burrell's heirapparent Daniels suffers from an acute case of manorexia.) I totally agree about the power of the Prop Joe-Marlo drama. And I love watching Carver's frustration over the disintegration of his department, at the very moment his career is taking off. But I continue to puzzle over practically everything else. The fake serial killer story line is increasingly operatic and mannered: What did you make of that Hieronymous Bosch spectacle in the homeless encampment? A bit too much, if you Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Yes, that glee-club line was great. You remind me of something—it was immediately clear to me that Marlo and Herc were put in the same room, Levy's waiting room (speaking of Levy, where's Abe Foxman when you need him?), for a reason. Don't you think Herc is going to use his proximity to Levy to try to bring down Marlo? Is my superpower of intuition growing even greater, or is The Wire just becoming more obvious? Prop Joe's demise, in retrospect, was foreshadowed a million different ways. His murder was still a powerful and elegiac moment, but we were clearly meant to see it coming. Interesting point about Burrell, though I'm not sure the analogy sustains itself. Unlike the heroin distributor Prop Joe, Chief Burrell deserved his fate. And Cedric Daniels is not the bureaucratic equivalent of Marlo Stanfield. Still, you make a compelling point about heartlessness. The world of The Wire often reminds me of a keen observation of Rabbi Abraham Joshua Heschel, who once wrote, in lamenting the moral condition of modern man, "Living in fear he thinks that the ambush is the normal dwelling place of all men." Welcome to David Simon's Baltimore. That said, I thought last night's tour of the homeless demimonde was a bit ripe. And McNulty's shenanigans are becoming more and more unbelievable. It's only a matter of time before the 103/124 scheming reporter Templeton and the wackadoo McNulty marry their ambitions, don't you think? Jeff From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 4: Copy Desks: Indispensable in Real Life, Not Thrilling on TV Posted Monday, January 28, 2008, at 4:59 PM ET From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 4: Marlo Isn't the Bagels-in-the-Boardroom Type Yes, thank God for Wire watchers. They've called us out a couple of times. Dear Jeff, So far, only two reporters who've been chastised for profanity? Sort of proves our point. Maybe we should get this up on Romenesko and see what comes in over the transom there. Posted Monday, January 28, 2008, at 2:40 PM ET Sure enough, within five minutes of my last entry going live, I received e-mails from two reporters who've been chastised for their excessive profanity. One of them, York Daily Record columnist Mike Argento, writes, "An editor pulled me into a conference room and gave me a little lecture about swearing in the newsroom, that one of the editorial assistants, who was religious, complained mostly about taking the Lord's name in vain. Others also received the talk. Didn't do any fucking good." Do I think Herc is going to help bring down Marlo? No chance. It's Marlo's cash that's keeping Herc in suits and bottled beer. And if there's anything we've learned about him in the past few seasons, it's that he's too stupid and amoral to do anything right. You know what I'm going to miss most now that Prop Joe's dead? The co-op meetings. (I'm guessing that Marlo is not going to be a bagels-in-the-boardroom kind of drug lord.) Ever since Stringer Bell's funeral home assemblies back in Season 3, the drug dealer councils have been The Wire's funniest scenes, hilariously juxtaposing the aspiration for managerial order with the reality of criminal violence. Come to think of it, wasn't the best scene in The Untouchables the board meeting when Al Capone beats one of his lieutenants to death with a baseball bat? There's something inherently compelling about the combination of crime and bureaucracy (which is also why that Wannsee conference movie was so gripping, too). The choice line from the final co-op meeting comes from titty bar owner Fatface Rick, advising his fellow hoods to: "Buy you some property, hold on until the white people show up, and make a killing." We're clearly not watching The Wire as carefully as our readers. Several wrote me to point out that the goateed guy boozing in the homeless encampment was Johnny "Fifty," Ziggy's friend from Season 2, who helped "misplace" cargo on the docks. He must have lost his union card after the cops busted Sobotka's fraud operation. David Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC On Herc, you're forgetting that Marlo got him fired, by stealing the surveillance camera. I'm not suggesting that Herc would be motivated by selfless idealism to trap Marlo; revenge is enough to get him going. Speaking of The Untouchables, did you notice the obvious nod in Capone's direction during the final meeting between Chief Burrell and Cedric Daniels? The chief picked up his golf club and started smacking his palm with it, just to the east of Daniels' head. I don't mind this at all, nor do I mind the obvious Godfather echo in the killing of Prop Joe. What I mind is the Schoolhouse Rock homage every time we visit the Sun newsroom. Copy desks are indispensable in real life, but they are not exactly thrilling on HBO. I have a premonition that this is only going to get worse as the season goes on. So, have you ever been dissed by the Washington Post? Jeff From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 4: How Does Omar Find So Many Perfect Observation Posts? Posted Monday, January 28, 2008, at 5:46 PM ET Dear Jeff, Not just two—I've now heard from four potty-mouthed journalists who were slapped by bosses. Let's see if Romenesko turns up more. My wife, Hanna Rosin, chastises me for pooh-poohing your idea that Herc will take down Marlo: She observes that "one thing that happens predictably this season is that everyone switches places: McNulty trades with Bubbles (one addict up, another 104/124 down); Kima becomes the baby-sitter; Lester goes dirty; Carver switches on a dime from protector to snitch." We haven't talked about Omar's return. First of all, was that Michael he saw when he was spying from the window? Second, how does Omar find so many perfect observation posts? Isn't that a little convenient? (Remember how he also had a window on Marlo's secret hideout?) And, finally, I want to call out Omar's ambush of Slim Charles, which was a thrilling scene. (Partly because it was filmed as if by a security camera, as Fray poster Isonomist notes.) Slim Charles' brush with death reminded me of a panel I moderated six months ago at a D.C. film festival. Anwan Glover, who plays Slim Charles and is a D.C. go-go star, was one of the panelists. He had that week finished filming Episode 4. He wouldn't reveal anything about the season's plot, but he did say that his character was still alive. Now that we've seen it, I realize he must have been mighty pleased to have gotten through the episode alive—especially when he learned what had happened to fellow cast member Robert Chew. I've never been dissed by the Washington Post, because I was never good enough to get in the door for an interview. (And then Hanna worked there, so I could blame their lack of interest in me on their nepotism rules.) Talk to you next week, David From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 5: Omar Goes Too Far Updated Monday, February 4, 2008, at 10:38 AM ET Jeff, So Omar is Batman now? He can dodge a hail of bullets, then fly off a fifth-story balcony, and slip away? The Wire has always allowed itself a little magical realism when it comes to Omar. Alone of the show's characters, he's allowed to exist outside the normal laws of space and time. We've seen that in small ways (last season's impossible, catbird-seat observation post) and large (his hilarious gunslinger duel with Brother Mouzone in Season 3). It's as though David Simon has decided, perhaps as a present to Omar's many fans, to suspend the show's otherwise ruthless realism when he walks on camera. That said, I fear the balcony escape stretches the Omar Rules too far. Jimmy's too-fast decline and my frustration over the serial-killer fabrication, but it's something else about him that's troubling me: The show drags whenever Dominic West is on the screen. He lacks the unexpected, living, three-dimensionality of practically everyone else on The Wire—from Bunk to Carcetti to Marlo to Dukie. West's McNulty is a dead weight, and I think this season is suffering in direct proportion to the amount of time he spends on the screen. (Also, my friend Jessica Lazar asks a great question: If McNulty is such a drunken wreck, why does always he look so natty? He dresses dandier and dandier every episode.) Let me return to another point I made a few weeks ago, about this season's over-preachiness. There was a stark example of that this week, in the heartbreaking scene between Cutty and Dukie. Having failed as a boxer, Dukie is finally realizing that he's not made for the streets, that he'll never have it in him to fight. (Boy, did I identify with him at that moment!) Cutty gently encourages him, saying that he has the intelligence to make something of himself. Dukie pleads, "How do you get from here to the rest of the world?" And Cutty answers, "I wish I knew." It's a beautiful scene, a perfect scene. But for reasons inexplicable, it continues. Dukie and Cutty are shot from behind as they leave the warm safety of the gym and enter the dark city. As they walk, they conduct a cliched, obvious version of the conversation they have already had. ("All I got is hopes and wishes …") Not for the first time this season, I muttered, "They need an editor!" Enough griping. Here are some favorite moments for this week. When Chris asks Marlo how Vondas took the news of Prop Joe's death, Marlo deadpans, "The man overcame his grief." Norman cautions the mayor not to celebrate the Clay Davis indictment: "You don't dance on Clay's grave unless you are sure the motherfucker's dead." And as for Davis himself—what a show! His talk-radio spiel was a hypnotizing monologue, and he also uttered the longest "sheeeeeee-it" in the history of The Wire. Finally, big ups to you, for predicting both that Herc would betray Marlo and that McNulty and Templeton would merge their crazy fabrications. Also kudos to David Simon, who proved both of us wrong about newsroom cursing. Both of us doubted that any journalist had ever been chastised by a boss for excessive profanity, but we invited our colleagues to correct us. During the week, Romenesko's Letters column and my inbox crammed with stories from journalists who had been rebuked for their dirty mouths. I also liked all the letters celebrating the importance of vulgarity to the newsroom. I particularly recommend this story, whose punch line is, "Thanks, sheriff. Now I owe you TWO blow jobs." David I can explain in one word why this episode disappointed me so much: McNulty. I've already mentioned my puzzlement over Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC 105/124 From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 5: I Called Marlo Posted Monday, February 4, 2008, at 11:22 AM ET Dear David, I'll forgive David Simon the Flying Omar, and I'll forgive him McNulty's unexplained and uninteresting descent into professional and personal lunacy, but I won't forgive him for making me watch Shattered Glass again. Don't get me wrong— it was a good movie about a bad ex-friend of mine (and, as a bonus, the excellent Chloë Sevigny played your excellent wife). But I'm bored by stories of pathological fabricators, not because they don't exist (though I doubt they exist in numbers—ready, set, go: Stephen Glass, Jayson Blair, Mike Finkel, and … who else, exactly?) but because they don't tell us much about the ailments of modern journalism. This was the promise of the fifth season of The Wire, that David Simon would take apart journalism the way he took apart public education and the decaying big-city economy. We were meant to be getting a sophisticated look at the demise of daily journalism, besieged by the Internet and by venal media companies. Well, what we've got is a newspaper edited by a pair of impossibly shmucky editors who seem, in 2008, unaware of the existence of the World Wide Web and who have in their employ a reporter who is doing something no fabricator, to the best of my knowledge, has ever done: manufacturing information about an ongoing homicide investigation. Put aside, please, the fact that said investigation is a sham as well; the reporter, Templeton, doesn't know that. Is this what David Simon really wants his viewers to believe happens at major newspapers? Is he that blinded by hate for the Baltimore Sun? As you can tell, I am, like you, dispirited by the McNulty subplot, though I don't think it has quite gone off the rails yet. There were a couple of redeeming moments in this episode—for instance, the look on McNulty's face when he realized that Templeton was scamming the bosses at the Sun in much the same way that he was scamming his own at homicide. But most of the time, I thought I was watching CSI: Baltimore. That is to say, when I didn't think I was watching Schoolhouse Rock again. What's all this talk about gerunds? Do you know actual editors who talk this way? The cops on The Wire talk like cops (best line of the night: Bunk accusing McNulty of being "nut deep in random pussy"), so why can't the editors sound like editors? None of the editors I've worked with, including the quietly persnickety David Plotz, would ever criticize me for the inappropriate use of gerunds. And not only because I've got a Ph.D. in gerundology. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC There was one great, true moment in the newsroom, by the way, great not only because it was fleeting and subtle, but because it got at something real about journalism, which is that we miss much of what happens in the world. You'll recall the moment when Alma is running down the list of homicides and mentions a "Joseph Stewart," shot in his dining room? Gus tells her to give him two paragraphs on each killing, and off she goes. Baltimore's most important drug dealer, murdered, and he gets two grafs, because his name rings no bells. That's journalism. By the way, I called Marlo's cell phone: (410) 915-0909. I was hoping someone would answer so I could test my bad Greek accent, but there's no service on the line. Best, Jeff From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 5: An Obit for Hungry Man Posted Monday, February 4, 2008, at 3:30 PM ET Dear Jeff, That's disappointing about Marlo's phone. I was hoping they would use the number for opportunistic Wire marketing, selling ringtones from Anwan "Slim Charles" Glover's Backyard Band and vintage copies of the Baltimore Sun, from back when David Simon was still working there. Gus and Alma's exchange about Joseph Stewart was wonderful. In fact, it may have been even better than either of us noticed. Reader Joshua Levine writes in an e-mail that "one of the other four (?) names [Alma] cited was 'Hungerford,' who she said was found in some building off an alleyway (or something like that). That had to be Hungry Man, so Alma et al. were missing out on more than just who Prop Joe was." (Levine isn't certain about the exact line, and I don't have my DVD at the office to check the quote, so I hope some reader will write in with the correct dialogue.) This is a random train of thought: Over the past five seasons, The Wire has shown us schools, drug dealers, politicians, unions, cops, and a newspaper. But it occurs to me, as we near its finish, that it has never really shown us young black men at work. It has brilliantly captured the no-choice lives of the young street dealers and the way in which the smartest and most ruthless of them make a career from drugs. But The Wire has never presented the alternative path. Many young black men in Baltimore (or Washington, or Chicago, or wherever) end up in 106/124 crime, for lack of education, skills, and opportunity. But most of them don't. The unemployment rate for teenage black males— The Wire demographic—is an appallingly high 40 percent, but that still means 60 percent of them are employed. Among the poorest black teenagers, some join the Army, some work fast food or retail, some learn trades, some go on to college and professional careers. (And a few make it as cops: Bunk and Bunny Colvin were ghetto kids who worked their way out through the department.) Ignoring the working world of black men means The Wire shorts a key and tragic point about American life. The lives of the dealers are grim, but the lives of the working poor may be sadder still. There's little glamour serving chicken on the 4 p.m. to midnight shift at Popeyes, and it's hard (though perhaps not impossible) to make a career selling sneakers at Foot Locker. The world shuts out the young men who choose to go straight, just as it shuts out those who choose to sling heroin. Only once has The Wire watched a black man try to enter the noncriminal job market: In Season 3, Cutty finds under-the-table work as a landscaper; in Season 4, he briefly dabbles in the growth industry of truancy enforcement. I wish The Wire had given us a few more young men trying to make it outside of crime, and let us see the bleakness of their world, too. David Jack Kelley as a worthy addition. She also corrects my earlier assertion that no fabricator had ever interfered in an ongoing criminal investigation. Emily writes, "Jayson Blair came down to DC in the middle of the sniper shootings and started making stuff up about the investigation. ... The prosecutors ended up having a press conference to denounce one Blair story as a total lie, but because they refused to say what was actually going on inside their office, the Times, for a time, took it as confirmation of Blair's superpowers." I want to thank Emily for correcting my mistakes so promptly (does she do that to you, too?). She also makes an interesting point about what could be Templeton's undoing: "Don't you think that Templeton laid his own trap when he used the name of a random homeless guy as the terrified homeless father of four?" Yes, using the name of an actual live person for a fictional character did seem dumb. On the other hand, do we really think that Templeton will get caught? Hasn't David Simon made it abundantly clear that evil has triumphed at the Baltimore Sun? Templeton will probably end up winning the Pulitzer. By the way, David, I've noticed very little commentary from you of late on the Sun subplot. Do you secretly love it and not want to share that fact with me? Jeff From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 5: What, If Anything, Will Be Templeton's Undoing? Posted Monday, February 4, 2008, at 5:11 PM ET Dear David, Excellent point. And very liberal. It is true most young black men in the inner city do not sling drugs, even when the opportunity avails itself, and even when the economic rationale for doing so is overwhelming. There is, as you point out, a whole other world of bleakness, of black men who stay out of the drug trade but find themselves in dead-end jobs at Popeyes and Foot Locker. But here's another point: Many black men, even some who were raised in conditions of West Baltimore poverty and taught by indifferent teachers in crappy schools, wind up not merely managing a Popeyes but managing mutual funds at T. Rowe Price on the Inner Harbor or practicing medicine at Johns Hopkins. The Wire is meant to dramatize the inner city, and we can't fault it for its tight focus, but some things are left out. Taken in isolation, The Wire suggests that life in black America is unrelievedly grim. For many people, it is, but for many others, it simply isn't. Alert reader and Slate contributor Emily Yoffe writes to correct my too-short list of serial fabricators; she suggests USA Today's Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 5: Why I'm Shortchanging the Sun Plot Posted Tuesday, February 5, 2008, at 10:49 AM ET Dear Jeff Pardon me while I pander to our readers. Within minutes of my last post going live, Peter S. dropped me e-mail with the correct dialogue from the Alma-Gus scene: Alma: Follow-ups on the recent murders. An arrest on one, which was the domestic cutting from Hampden. No arrests on a couple of drug-relateds from East Baltimore. Gus: OK, give me a bit for the budget line. Alma: Domestic was a Patricia Bogus, found in her car. Drug-relateds were one Joseph Stewart, found in his dining room, and one Nathaniel Manns, found in an alley garage. 107/124 Hungry Man, presumably, is Nathaniel Manns. Second pander: Fray poster Sasha remembered the most chilling example of a straight-arrow worker intersecting Wire world: In Season 4, Marlo steals a lollipop right in front of a grocery store security guard. When the guard confronts him, Marlo has him killed. Halfway through, I still have hope (because, like Obama, I'm all about hope) that the newsroom drama will somehow become complicated and realistic. But I promise—if next week's episode has something interesting to tell us about Marlo or Omar or Bunk or Cedric Daniels, I'll be sure to make note of it. Before going back to complaining about the Sun. Jeff Third and final pander: I'm shortchanging the Sun plot because that's what our readers want. Judging from my inbox and the Fray, they think that we're obsessed with the Sun plot because we're journalists. And they're right. So stop being so selfinvolved, Jeff! Try to think about someone other than yourself, for a change! David From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 6: What the Hell Is Going On? Posted Monday, February 11, 2008, at 7:27 AM ET Dear David, From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 5: Hopes for the Second Half Posted Tuesday, February 5, 2008, at 11:07 AM ET Dear David, You're shortchanging the Sun subplot because this is "what our readers want"? What if our readers wanted you to jump out a fifth-floor window of a Baltimore apartment building? What if our readers wanted you to stop Marlo Stanfield from boosting Tootsie Pops? What if our readers wanted you ditch your wife for Snoop? What if our readers wanted you to speak from now on with a ridiculous Greek accent? Since when do you care about your readers? What do you think you're writing for, the Web? The People of the Fray are only partially right; we do in fact (speak for yourself, Goldberg, I hear Plotz say) write about our industry because we are interested in it, but the truth is that we're supposed to write about David Simon's show, and David Simon's show has much to do with journalism. Unfortunately. I'd like to write only about Omar's auto-defenestration, but this season is mainly about Simon's obsession with newspapering. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC OK, I have to ask this: Am I mistaken, or did Jimmy McNulty kidnap a mentally and physically incapacitated homeless man, take his picture, and then drive him to Washington (or Richmond, Va.? Please inform) and hide him in a homeless shelter so that he could use the photo as evidence of an abduction in his make-believe homeless serial-killer investigation, evidence that will invariably, and quite soon, appear in the press and on national television, which should prompt the obviously competent shelter director to tell the police, "Why, that homeless man on television wasn't kidnapped; in fact, he's eating lunch right here," at which point the police will ask her how he arrived at the shelter, at which time she will describe to them the physical appearance of Jimmy McNulty, who by that time will probably be appearing on television anyway as the lead detective in the by-now most sensational murder-kidnap case in America, and did Jimmy McNulty kidnap this mentally and physically incapacitated homeless man in order to free several hundred dollars from his commanders so that Lester, who is already running an illegal wiretap, could unscramble the photo messages Marlo now apparently uses to communicate? And, by the way, did Omar survive a five-story fall with only a leg injury? And one other thing: Did Templeton really set out on a reporting trip to the underpasses of Baltimore wearing a Kansas City Star T-shirt? Or am I missing something? No, I just looked again: He's wearing a Kansas City Star T-shirt, all right. Is this because his "I'm a Douchebag" T-shirt was in the laundry? 108/124 David, you're a smart fellow. Tell me: What the hell is going on? Jeff I'm sorry to see that my prediction about Marlo and the co-op came true. That was our last gathering of the drug dealer board, because, as Marlo says, "I ain't really one for meets no how." Also, does Jimmy McNulty ever listen to anything besides the Pogues? (Not that I'm complaining: I'm going to the Pogues' D.C. concert next month.) From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 6: The Sublime Bunk Moreland Soldiers On Your increasingly vexed colleague, David Posted Monday, February 11, 2008, at 10:35 AM ET Dear Jeff, Evan threatens Lily and Lucinda with a poison syringe. Margo finds out the hostage taker is Evan Walsh. Lucinda promises to fund Evan's research offshore. Lily tries to save Lucinda. Evan is stabbed with the poison syringe. Lily blasts Lucinda for her scheming and blames her for Dusty's death. Holden admits he'd be lost without Lily. Lily feels the same. Chris tells Emily he never wants to see her again. … Oh, wait, that's from As the World Turns. I'm beginning to think Wendell Pierce is all that stands between this season of The Wire and farce. While all around him turn into parodic versions of themselves, the sublime Bunk Moreland soldiers on, exasperated by the incompetent crime lab, bullying Michael's mother to give up information about her boyfriend's death, and, in what was the most affecting scene in the episode, vainly trying to persuade a sullen Randy to cooperate in a murder investigation. Randy was the most delightful and promising of the Season 4 schoolboys—a joyful little bundle of entrepreneurial energy. His fall is as sad as anything The Wire has ever shown us. What's astonishing is that it takes only a few brilliant shots to show us his ruination: Randy muscled up in his wife-beater, Randy walking out on Bunk into the hellish chaos of the group home, Randy gratuitously shoving a little kid on the stairs. The destruction of an entire life, compressed into 15 seconds. Too bad it was shoved into such a stinking mess of an episode. A quick journalistic procedural question for you, since you've been a daily newspaper reporter and I haven't: Do we really think Gus and Scott managed to check out that PTSD Marine's story in one day? Did they really manage to get the Marines to confirm that this guy was a Marine, that he has PTSD, that he was in an explosion outside Fallujah where someone lost his hands … etc. Because judging by what my friends at the Washington Post go through, it would take about three weeks to get the military to confirm a story like that. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 6: Death of the Co-Op, Death of The Wire Posted Monday, February 11, 2008, at 11:21 AM ET Dear David, It struck me while watching the sixth, and so far most implausible, episode of the final season that the death of the coop signals the death of The Wire. How's that for a topic sentence? But think about it: The co-op was one of David Simon's cleverest inventions (the funeral home gatherings were my favorite, as they were yours, I believe). Now, he's giving us the inane, banal, and systematically unrealistic Baltimore Sun newsroom. Four episodes left, and hope grows dim. Have you, by any chance, noticed that each episode now delivers some sodden journalistic cliché? Last week, Gus informed us, with knowing weariness, that "if it bleeds, it leads." Fascinating thought. This week, the judge helpfully instructs Pearlman and McNulty never to "pick a fight with someone who buys ink by the barrel." Next week, I imagine, we'll receive a lesson on the "Five Ws and How." I don't understand what's happening here. I still find it hard to believe that David Simon has nothing interesting to say about newspapering. To answer your question, no, of course the alleged Marine's story would never pass muster in a day. Imagine this conversation between Plotz and Goldberg: Goldberg: David, I just met a mentally ill homeless man under an overpass, and he told me the true story of the battle of Falluja in beautifully rendered detail. Plotz: Hold the front page! I'm not sure it would take three weeks to confirm the basics of the story, but it certainly would take a week or so just to confirm 109/124 his true identity. Besides, no capable city editor would allow this story even to come to the attention of his managing editor without doing some basic verification first, especially if the reporter who reeled in the story was so obviously mistrusted by his own desk. Thank you for pointing this out—I can't believe I missed the absurdity of this scene the first time around. I think I was too busy railing against Templeton's Kansas City Star Tshirt, which, you have to admit, was idiotic. More than idiotic, actually—it was insulting. We're not dumb; we get that Templeton is, among other things, a yokel and an outsider, unworthy of Simon's newsroom. Aaargh. At least we have the Bunk, as you note. Don't you get the sense that it will be the Bunk's careful police work, rather than McNulty's haywire scheming, that unravels Marlo? And that Michael is the thread he'll pull? Jeff P.S. I've got nothing for you on the Pogues. I'm comprehensively uninterested now in McNulty. Marlo/homeless murder/Omar mess and b) guess which beloved friend gets did. With that in mind, here's my initial guess: Bunk's police work implicates Michael in his stepfather's murder. Feeling pangs of conscience, Michael agrees to help Bunk get Marlo, but Marlo has Michael killed first. Unfortunately, this does not help us with the homeless plot and Omar. I don't think Omar can die (because, as we've discussed, he's outside the laws of space and time). On the other hand, I don't think Marlo can die either. He embodies the evils of modernity, as Simon sees them: sociopathy, lack of feeling, greed. So he can't be brought low. Yet it's hard to see how Omar and Marlo both live. So I've talked myself into a corner. Plotz P.S. Speaking of great Sunday-night television, I watched the Grammys last night, too, and had an entirely non-Wire-related question for you: What's the deal with Amy Winehouse and Judaism? Can you go find out? Our readers may not know this, but you are also the founder of Jewsrock.org, the Jewish rock hall of fame. Can you please assign one your crack staffers to figure out: 1) What kind of Jew she is; 2) If there are any other Jewish rockers who have cracked up so spectacularly; and 3) Does she really recite the Shema in that crazy accent? From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 6: Institutional Loyalists vs. Noble Rebels Posted Monday, February 11, 2008, at 3:38 PM ET Dear Jeff, I know you don't want to talk about Jimmy and Lester, but my colleague Emily Bazelon had an interesting insight about their lunatic freelance plot. Usually The Wire has asked us to sympathize with the rebels, to relish the way Lester and Jimmy (and Bunny Colvin, and Teacher Prez) broke the rules of the system to do good. But this season the rebels have befouled everything. Their homeless killer mishigas is ruining the good, institutional police work of Bunk and Kima. The Wire has put us in the unprecedented (and uncomfortable) position of siding with the institutional loyalists against the noble rebels. Now that we're sliding down the back slope of the season, with only four episodes left to go, we should play the Wire Parlor Game. In the final couple of episodes of every season, The Wire generally does two things: First, it unravels the major plot complication (Hamsterdam in Season 3, the ports murder in Season 2); and second, murders a sympathetic and/or fascinating character (Wallace in Season 1, Stringer Bell in Season 3, Bodie in Season 4). So the game is: a) guess how they'll unravel the Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 6: Predicting Who Lives and Who Dies Posted Monday, February 11, 2008, at 4:14 PM ET Dear David, What kind of Jew is Amy Winehouse? My guess is a heroinaddicted Jew. With a great voice. She's actually the offspring of London blue-collar Jewry (her father's a taxi driver), which is a fast-disappearing subset of a fast-disappearing community; and she's apparently excited— when she's not cooked—by her Jewishness. In fact, she keeps threatening to make a Hanukkah album, which, by the way, I'm all for. Winehouse would stand a good chance of introducing danger back into a once-thrilling and complicated holiday (When Elephants Attack Jews!—go look it up) that's been pasteurized and homogenized to within an inch of its eight-day life. Interesting, very smart, point from Emily Bazelon. Maybe she's identified the reason that we've been so discombobulated by this 110/124 season. I'm particularly unhappy with Lester's transformation. He and Bunk were the moral centers of the cop-shop, and I need Lester to be Lester, not McNulty's partner in stupidity. It's strange to flip the script on us so late in the story, and it's not working. This is why I think there's still a chance Lester will trap Marlo, rather than Bunk; because if he doesn't, then he's just a shmuck, and that's a terrible way to end this show, with Lester a shmuck. What would be the argument for turning Lester into a shmuck? That the city, its oafishness, made its greatest detective crazy by denying him a shopping run to Best Buy? Chris dies. That's my prediction. You're right about Marlo— Marlo has to live, because capitalism can't be put down, but Chris can be shed. Snoop, however, is too smart to die. And corruption most certainly won't die, which is why I predict that Clay Davis is left standing, and maybe Templeton, too. No, almost certainly Templeton: I can't imagine David Simon letting the good guys—and Gus is Simon's dashboard saint—win in the Baltimore Sun newsroom. For him, that would be a fairy tale. As for Omar, I think it's quite possible Omar dies, for the same reason that Marlo lives. Omar still has a code; he's a throwback—he robs from the rich and gives to the poor, and he listens to Motown, just in case you didn't get that he's a throwback. Omar's way of life is over, and I think he could be over, as well. Jeff From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 6: Stop Sending Me YouTube Spoilers! Posted Monday, February 11, 2008, at 4:59 PM ET Dear Jeff, As I was writing my last entry, and thinking about how the murder of Stringer Bell capped Season 3, I remembered a fantastic story that Wire screenwriter and crime novelist George Pelecanos told at a panel I moderated during last year's Filmfest D.C. According to Pelecanos, the original version of the Stringer murder script had Omar urinating on Stringer's corpse. But Idris Elba, the actor playing Stringer, was quite unhappy about the pee scene and complained about it. (Although, as Pelecanos pointed out, Elba himself would not have been pissed on. There would have been a stunt double taking the stream.) Ultimately, Pelecanos said, the show's creators cut the pissing part. David From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 7: This Is The Wire That I Fell in Love With Posted Monday, February 18, 2008, at 7:01 AM ET Dear Jeff, Kima staring out on the moonlit streets of Baltimore and reciting this benediction to her sleepless semi-son: "Good night, moon. Good night, popos. Good night, fiends. Good night, hoppers. Good night, hustlers. Good night, scammers. Good night to everybody. Good night to one and all." What a spectacular ending to a sublime episode! This is The Wire that I fell in love with. I didn't think there could be a television courtroom scene better than Omar's testimony in the Season 2 murder trial, but last night's Clay Davis soliloquy, culminating with that grand gesture of standing up and turning his empty pockets inside out, topped it. If Isaiah Whitlock Jr. doesn't get an Emmy (or at least his own sitcom) after his performance this season, there's no justice. (Which, as we learned in the Davis trial, there isn't.) Actually, can you wait a second? Dear Readers, Please, please, please do not send me (or your friends) any more YouTube clips showing purported scenes from upcoming Wire episodes—particularly that monster spoiler showing you-knowwho shooting you-know-who at the you-know-where. I don't know if the clips are real or if they're canny misdirections, and I don't care. Either way, they're aggravating! If they're genuine, I hope David Simon finds the guy who's been posting them and sends Snoop after him. OK, Jeff, I'm back. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC You and I haven't paid much attention to The Wire's directors or writers, but Episode 7 was so great that I want to give all praise to novelist Richard Price (Clockers), who wrote it, and Dominic West, who directed it. West, who plays Jimmy McNulty, even improved his own performance. The Jimmy of Episode 7 is enthrallingly confused: anxious over his escalating fraud, gleeful at helping his colleagues advance their cases, embarrassed at his new sugar-daddy role as "boss." A few things that stood out for me in Episode 7. First, the obsession with money. From Clay Davis' fee negotiation with his lawyer, to Carcetti's short-lived joy after raising $92,000 for his gubernatorial campaign, to Davis' courtroom peroration, to 111/124 the judge nudging Rhonda to pick up the check, to the police department and newspaper pouring resources into their homeless-killer investigations, to Omar spurning Marlo's cash, money is the deep theme of the episode. Or rather, the fallacy of money: The police chiefs, the editors, and the mayor think money is the answer. But the dollar isn't almighty: Money can't solve a murder that never really happened. Second: the continued martyrdom of Bunk. Did you notice how many shots of Bunk showed him squashed, as though a weight was bearing down on him? Watch those scenes of him in the office: He appears crushed in the foreground, struggling with his real police work, while the charade of the serial killer investigation plays out behind him. Third: the lovely visual joke of Marlo's watches. The cops don't know what time it is! I suspect that Omar signed his own death warrant this week. Correct me if I'm wrong, but Omar has never killed for sport before, never murdered an innocent. Savino isn't a choirboy, but he never wronged Omar directly. By doing Savino, coldblooded, on the street, Omar betrays his own code. He's no longer a sanguinary angel, just an outlaw gangster. He may still have his revenge on Marlo, but he may have lost his halo of protection. assertion?) that Omar is finished; there's no room for Robin Hood in Marlo Stanfield's Baltimore. As you note, Richard Price and Isiah Whitlock Jr., in the breakout performance of the season as Clay Davis (listen to me, I sound like Peter Travers), combined this week to remind us of what The Wire once was—a blunt, complicated exposé of the devastated American city, with jokes. Maybe it doesn't take vast courage to portray a black politician as a criminally conniving ignoramus (Aeschylus!), but the impiety of it all—the cynical nod last week to "Lift Every Voice and Sing" comes to mind—is refreshing. I'll lay off the episode's manifest weaknesses for the moment, since you've fallen in love and I don't want to wound your tender heart, but because I can't help myself, let me point out one moment in which this episode was too clever by half. It came during the trial, when Clay Davis referred disparagingly to the prosecutor, Rupert Bond, as "Obonda." Maybe when the episode was filmed this seemed like a clever joke, but now, with everything we know about Obama's overwhelming popularity among African-Americans (and coming just several days after the Maryland primary), it fell awfully flat. Dyspeptically yours, Jeff Yours with delight, David From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 7: Bitey the Bloodthirsty From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 7: No Room for Robin Hood in Marlo's Baltimore Posted Monday, February 18, 2008, at 11:21 AM ET Posted Monday, February 18, 2008, at 12:16 PM ET Dear Jeff, Why be such a hater? (Or should that be hata?) Dear David, Slow down there, Slim Plotz. You write as if you were watching Chinatown. Last night's episode had its moments—Clay Davis' moment most especially—but it also gave us more of McNulty's wearying, improbable scamming and more Baltimore Sun pedantry, of which this reporter is thoroughly sick. And while I'm on a rampage, let me defend Omar's decision to shoot Savino in the head. Strike that, I won't defend Savino's killing, in case I run for office one day and someone dredges up this post as a defense of cold-blooded murder, but I would argue that the killing was of a piece with Omar's methods. That said, I agree with your previous assertion (or was that my previous Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC On the Obonda joke, cut David Simon and Richard Price some slack. Six months ago, they made a guess that 1) Barack Obama would be an important enough cultural figure in late February that they could risk a joke about him; and 2) Obama's support among black voters might be tenuous or touchy enough that the joke would make sense. They were dead right about No. 1 and a little bit off about No. 2. You really want to fault them for failing to predict the ebb and flow of the Democratic primary campaign? Do you actually think their six-month-out guess was worse than the (much more recent) forecasts by political reporters and pundits whose job it is to follow the race? I don't, and I give them ballsy points for risking the joke at all. 112/124 Yes, I share your general dismay about the linked faux serial killer/newspaper fabulist plots. (Klebanow, in particular, was ridiculous this week, more Dr. Evil than Marimow.) But given that we're yoked to these stories—this is not a Choose Your Own Adventure book, where you can start over with a different plot point—I think Simon and Co. did a dazzling job turning manure into fuel this week. As with Hamsterdam—the Season 3 premise that was almost as preposterous as this year's Bitey the Bloodthirsty—the unraveling can vindicate the awkward setup. The collapse of Hamsterdam, which gave us Bunny Colvin's disgrace, the return of crazed drug violence, and the seeds of Marlo's rise, was dazzling to watch. And while I'm not claiming that the Bitey plot holds a candle to Hamsterdam, I found this week's escalation at the mayor's office, police department, and yes, even the newspaper, fascinating and persuasive. It's going to be fun watching it all fall apart in the next couple of weeks. Also, I think you're wrong that the killing of Savino is vintage Omar. He has killed while stealing from drug dealers, and he killed Stringer Bell for revenge, but I can't remember him taking out a random bad guy like that. Readers, who's right about this, me or Jeff? Is this the same old Robin Hood Omar or a new Omar? A couple of weeks ago, I whined that The Wire doesn't show young black men in the working world, but this week it had a heartbreaking nod in that direction—Dukie flipping through the want ads. The jobs are hopelessly out of his reach. He doesn't even know what most of them are. Speaking of egregiousness, how can you possibly believe that the Hamsterdam premise was as preposterous as the story line you call, quite succinctly, "Bitey the Bloodthirsty"? The first had to do with an experiment in de facto drug legalization in a small corner of the city by a thoughtful and frustrated police official. The second has formerly competent police detectives concocting from scratch the story of a serial murderer who bites homeless men on the ass, or the thighs, or wherever. I'm quite sure that, in real life, at various times in various places, thoughtful and frustrated police officials have conducted experiments along the lines of Bunny Colvin's; I have never heard of a story in which police detectives defile corpses and kidnap a homeless man, all in order to extract computer equipment from their superiors. Since you've already asked the readers of this dialogue to contextualize Omar's killing of Savino, let me put this question out there as well: Is Hamsterdam as outrageous an idea as Bitey the Bloodthirsty? That said, I will admit to something: I'm actually just a wee bit curious to see if Templeton gets caught. I'm assuming it's Gus who will go down, for questioning Templeton's bona fides (this is a guess, but an informed one, since we've all read David Simon on the real-life Sun), but I've become curious. But it's not the sort of curiosity I felt about the fate of, say, Bunny Colvin; it's the sort of curiosity that develops about one-third of the way through an episode of Law & Order. Back to you, Bitey. David Jeff From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 7: What's More Outrageous, Hamsterdam or Bitey? From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 7: How Marlo Stanfield Is Like Daniel Plainview Posted Monday, February 18, 2008, at 12:41 PM ET Posted Tuesday, February 19, 2008, at 11:33 AM ET Dear David, Dear Jeff, Cut them some slack? If you say so. I'll stipulate that this is a minor complaint, but I think the "Obanda" reference bothered me because it represented an intrusion into an otherwise excellent subplot of the sort of faux-sophisticated knowingness that infects the newsroom dialogue so egregiously. You'll recall that this has happened before, at a story meeting at the Sun, where the small-talk among the editors concerned the baseball steroid scandal, except that all the supposedly sly references were six months out of date. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC This afternoon I took my kids to see Roar: Lions of the Kalahari, an IMAX documentary at the Smithsonian Museum of Natural History, and, of course, it got me thinking about The Wire. In Roar, an old male lion rules a water hole at the Kalahari, with a bevy of hot young lionesses to hunt springbok for him and raise his cubs. But a younger, tougher male shows up at the hole, challenges and conquers the old king, takes his ladies, and exiles him to the desert, where he soon dies. It's the Marlo-Prop Joe story, or maybe the Marlo-Avon story, but with springbok as the bodies and the desert as the vacants. 113/124 Roar made me notice something I had overlooked about this season of The Wire. It's perfectly obvious what the lions are fighting for: sex, food, and reproductive advantage. The male lion who triumphs gets all the lionesses and as much springbok as he can eat. But it's not at all clear what Marlo is fighting for. He has no appetites. He sucks on lollipops. He's never fooling around with hot women, never spending his money on flashy cars, never taking the slightest bit of pleasure in his achievements or even in his money. The two great capitalist villains of this year's culture are Marlo and Daniel Plainview, the vicious protagonist of There Will Be Blood. They are very similar, and somewhat unpersuasive, because they lack any human appetites. Yes, there is an occasional businessman who longs only for money, not the tangible satisfactions that money brings. But most capitalists—even the nastiest, most ruthless of the breed—are in it to get laid, to buy a fancier jet, to own a bigger house, to get the kids into the best school. That's why I continue to find Marlo slightly unsatisfying as a character: He represents an idea of pathological capitalism, but because he's an idea, he's not persuasively human. Even Chris Partlow gets a wife and kids. And since I'm being all ponderous and philosophical, let me mention another perhaps tenuous connection, between The Wire and this week's Roger Clemens-Brian McNamee steroid hearing. Republican members of Congress who support Clemens all but called McNamee a rat, accusing him of betraying a friend to protect himself. Their assault on McNamee is an unsettling reminder of how pervasive the "stop snitchin' " code has become. Stop snitchin' is a pervasive theme of The Wire, from D'Angelo in Season 1 to Randy in Season 4. And this season, we're seeing stop snitchin' through Bunk's eyes. He can't get anywhere in his investigation into the murder of Michael's stepfather. We see Bunk desperately trying to bully or cajole or trick his witnesses into revealing something, but they're smart enough protect themselves. What's so clever about Bunk's frustration is that he himself is obeying the stop snitchin' code in his own life, even as he tries to get his witnesses to break it. Bunk knows that Jimmy and Lester have faked the murders and that the bogus investigation is stealing time and money away from real police work, but he won't rat Jimmy out. The right thing to do would be to snitch on Jimmy and end his charade. But Bunk, like his silent witnesses, has chosen loyalty over right, and the people of Baltimore must pay the price. With a roar, not a whimper, David Posted Tuesday, February 19, 2008, at 4:17 PM ET Dear David, It's uncanny the degree to which we think alike! As I was watching this most recent episode of The Wire, it suddenly occurred to me that not only is hakuna matata a wonderful phrase, it ain't no passing craze. Hakuna matata, David, is my problem-free philosophy. You, on the other hand, think too much. What kind of job is it, exactly, being the deputy editor of Slate? Lots of wildlife documentaries, apparently. I'm sorry to report that I've had nothing but superficial thoughts about this week's episode, including and especially this (recurring) one: Do not make David Simon mad, or he'll get his revenge on HBO. Obviously, he had some sort of traumatic shopping experience at Ikea. I hold no brief for Ikea, but The Wire does get its hate on rather obviously, doesn't it? After seven episodes, not only do I want to buy Bill Marimow a drink, I want to buy it at the Ikea cafeteria. Which I guess would limit us to Aquavit, but whatever. I have to disagree with you—again—this week. I think Marlo made it abundantly clear what he desires, apart from lollipops. Do you remember the look on his face as he watched Chris shoot Prop Joe? It was orgasmic. Marlo craves power—specifically, the power to take away life. Remember that Chris and Snoop are merely his instruments, and remember that Chris actually seems frightened of him. I don't think that Marlo's type is so unusual, in literature or in real life (which is not to say that I know many people outside of journalism who remind me of him), and I don't find him as monochromatic as you do. He's not a machine; he is capable of deriving joy, just not the way you derive it (to the best of my knowledge). Also, he does have a nice car. I like your McNamee-Randy analogy, by the way. I'm in the Middle East right now and haven't had the chance to watch those hearings (weirdly, al-Jazeera and Israel TV aren't covering the steroid scandal), and I didn't realize that the Republican Party had taken such a hard line against snitching. But here's the thing, in defense of Bunk, though not necessarily in defense of the Republicans who roughed up McNamee: You and I both know that we'd think less of Bunk if he ratted Jimmy out. Ha det så bra! Jeff From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 7: David Simon's Traumatic Shopping Experience at Ikea Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC 114/124 From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 8: Is The Wire Back or What? Posted Monday, February 25, 2008, at 10:42 AM ET Dear David, From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 8: Why Marlo Is Safe Posted Monday, February 25, 2008, at 11:18 AM ET Omar Little, RIP. Dear Jeff, But it should have been Templeton. Man, is The Wire back or what? Yes, I actually liked last night's episode. There, I said it. Are you happy? Omar's death at the hands of an 11-year-old was pitch-perfect. A gay, shotgun-brandishing Robin Hood has no home in a city whose streets throw off boys like Kenard, the miniature killer with the dirty mouth. Kenard is the natural heir to Marlo. He's not yet dead to feeling—witness his fear and shock in the presence of Omar's dropped body—but he's the sort of prodigy that The Wire has been warning America about for five mostly excellent seasons. The killing of Omar by a prepubescent street imp rang entirely true, a testament to the reality of the world David Simon has created. This was an almost entirely great episode. Clay Davis was delightfully venal; Snoop spit like a champion; Lester showed flashes of his old brilliant self—and of his deep sense of right and wrong; even McNulty stirred feelings of pity in me. Bunk, of course, was Bunk—I wish we could convince someone to give him his own show. And that visit to Quantico was comic genius. (For more on the subject of the self-serving flimflammery of FBI profilers, read this recent Malcolm Gladwell piece.) The too-many visits to the newsroom were absurd, of course, but I've lowered my expectations to Dead Sea levels, so I halfenjoyed them, particularly the spectacle of Gus telling off the managing editor. Not because it was great drama but because I like to watch people tell off managing editors. As we discussed last week, though, if Gus were an actual editor rather than a cardboard fantasy of an editor, he would have called the Pentagon before running the story on the homeless vet, not after. One question for you: Did you get the feeling, as I did, that Chris is going to kill Marlo? After all, Marlo did not, in fact, come down to the street to meet Omar's challenge. If Chris sees Marlo for the punk he apparently is, well, it's goodbye, Marlo. Jeff Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC When The Wire ended, I switched right over to the Academy Awards. Now that's a culture shock and a comedown: Clay Davis to Colin Farrell. On the other hand, now they're playing that great song from Once, so I'm not going to complain too much. Much as I would prefer to bicker with you, I totally agree about the episode's excellence and about Omar's murder. Even though Omar's shooting was the YouTube superspoiler sent to me by a reader a couple of weeks ago, it still came as a heart-rending shock. Didn't you like the way they set it up with that shot of Kenard preparing to set fire to an alley cat? Omar's death also gave us a wonderful newsroom moment: Prop Joe's murder at least rated a brief in the paper, but not Omar's. Even the Dalai Gus—who bought Google at $70, cooks chicken soup for his shut-in neighbor, and restores the blind to sight with a wellchosen word—doesn't know who Omar is and blows off his killing. You've been right about an astonishing number of your predictions, but I can't get behind your Chris-killing-Marlo guess. I still don't think Marlo can die: The lesson of The Wire has to be that the game never stops and that it always gets worse. Avon could be deposed, because Marlo was there to replace him and make the streets bloodier and crueler. But Marlo, as the embodiment of the remorselessness of capitalism, can't be killed, because there's no one who could replace him. If Marlo died, there would a vacuum: None of his lieutenants or rivals possesses his homicidal entrepreneurship. Marlo's death would leave us the possibility of hope, but I don't think Simon would leave us with that. As he's shown us time and again, he believes only in individual redemption—Bubbles, or Bunny and Namond. The city itself, and all the institutions that belong to it, can only get worse. So, I think Marlo's safe. Then again, I've been wrong about everything else. I've been watching the decay of Carcetti with a sickening fascination, and tonight's scene between him and his wife was particularly choice. When we see Carcetti scheming with Norman and his other cronies, his relentless ambition seems natural and acceptable. Transplanted into the home, into sweet domesticity, it's revealed for the cynical sickness that it is. His wife is repulsed and disturbed by his opportunism, reminding us that we have to be, too. As I wrote those sentences, I realized 115/124 that the Carcetti/wife moment parallels the McNulty/Beadie face-off at the end of the episode: Jimmy expects forgiveness from Beadie for his professional crime (and personal sins), but she turns her back on him. It is the women, in the sanctity of home—the only safe space on The Wire—who can see the ugly truth about their men and their deeds. Omar-less and rudderless, David nothing to suggest that Chris couldn't fill his shoes; he is, to invert your phrase a bit, an entrepreneur of homicide. He just has to learn Greek. One more question, suggested to us by our maximum leader: What was the point of seeing Omar laid out in the morgue, victimized one final time, in this instance by a city bureaucrat? If it was to prove the point that the city doesn't work, well, I think the point has been made. Or was it just to allow the audience to mourn? Or get a fleeting glimpse of Omar's groin? Jeff From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 8: Could Chris Fill Marlo's Shoes? Posted Monday, February 25, 2008, at 2:02 PM ET Dear David, The second-most implausible character in last night's episode, after walk-on-water-Gus (as you have already noted, he restores sight to the blind, but did you also know that, in his spare time, he invents superefficient biofuels while battling al-Qaida with thought rays?), is Carcetti's wife. I didn't see what you saw: No wife I know, including my own wife, and yours as well, would sit even semidisagreeably by her just-come-home-from-a-longday-at-the-office husband's side as he surfs cable for images of himself, of all things. And, by the way, Carcetti's fall doesn't seem like such a fall to me; he's always been one of David Simon's most interesting and complicated characters—I don't think you could plausibly argue that he's shed all of his idealism this season in pursuit of the governor's mansion. Witness his press conference performance on the homeless. I think he's actually quite a sympathetic figure. Every successful politician in America kowtows to men like Clay Davis; they couldn't be successful without them. OK, maybe not Clay Davis, exactly, but every Saint Obama has his Rezko. Isn't this what David Simon is telling us? That everybody's dirty? I have to ask you to reconsider my Chris-kills-Marlo hypothetical. It came to me in a flash when Marlo, obviously relieved that Omar is dead, smiles (which is bad enough) and then promises Chris a trip to Atlantic City, N.J. Chris' look just then was homicidal. Chris is obviously humiliated by the circumstances of Omar's death; a small boy did what he and his whole crew could not. Chris' anger (and, based on the evidence, he has something of a problem with anger) could redirect itself against Marlo, who, this episode proved, is not quite as tough as Chris and Snoop. After all, where was Marlo during the Omaras-Batman shootout? Nowhere to be found. Omar may get his posthumous revenge on Marlo; keep in mind that Omar dirtied Marlo's name up and down the city before expiring. I agree with you that Marlo is obviously an adept businessman, but there's Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 8: I'm Stunned You Still See Idealism in Carcetti Posted Monday, February 25, 2008, at 3:21 PM ET Dear Jeff, Did you know that Gus Haynes is Barack Obama's closest friend? Did you know that a beagle owned by Gus Haynes won this year's Westminster dog show? Did you know that Ralph Lauren bottles Gus Haynes' sweat and sells it as perfume? I've always liked Carcetti's wife because of her combination of sweetness and brittleness, exactly what you'd expect from a careerless political wife. She didn't give much away in that scene last night, but you really didn't detect her unease with her husband? Also, I'm stunned that you still see idealism in Carcetti. The homeless speechifying is entirely cynical, purposebuilt to humiliate the governor: He doesn't have any substantive policy to back up the gasbaggery. Carcetti has betrayed everything he once said about how he would govern: He's clinging to stats, seeking cheap PR victories, casting off allies, all in the service of his own power. What action has he taken this season that was not designed to promote Carcetti? (Oh, I just thought of a third example of woman as conscience: Unlike all the male cops, Kima refuses to play along with the serial-killer sham and rebukes Lester.) David Simon, mind reader: A few weeks ago, I rapped The Wire for ignoring the working world of black men: The Wire shorts a key and tragic point about American life. The lives of the dealers are grim, but the lives of the working poor may be sadder still. There's little glamour serving chicken on the 4 p.m. to midnight shift at 116/124 Popeyes, and it's hard (though perhaps not impossible) to make a career selling sneakers at Foot Locker. Now Episode 8 shows us Dukie trying to get a legitimate job at a Foot Locker-like store and getting ruefully turned away by Poot, Bodie's old corner-running buddy. You're right, of course, about the Chris-Marlo tension—that Atlantic City exchange was electric. I agree that the show is setting up some kind of spectacular denouement for Chris: His unease with Marlo, Bunk's DNA evidence against him, the budding conflict between him and Michael, his anxiety about his children—all of these point to some kind of showdown. So from an emotional perspective, your Marlo murder scheme makes sense. But I still don't think the worldview of The Wire would permit the kind of void that Marlo's assassination would leave. The death of Marlo, taken together with the deaths of Prop Joe and Stringer Bell—and the imprisonment of Avon—would suggest that the smartest and most ruthless drug dealers really can be stopped (even if the police don't do it) and that the drug organizations really can be degraded. (You're a journalist who studies Israel: The entire premise of Israel's policy of targeted assassination is that killing the smartest and most capable leaders of Hamas will paralyze the organization because the surviving lieutenants won't be as effective.) But less effective drug gangs would mean progress on an institutional scale, and that is something that The Wire refuses to accept as a possibility. So I think the only way Marlo can die is if someone is established as an equally brilliant, equally ruthless heir, and none of the gangsters we've met—not even Chris, who's too pensive and moody and facing airtight DNA murder evidence—has the brains and skill to replace Marlo. But I've been wrong about everything and you've been right, so Chris will probably pop one in Marlo's skull five minutes into Episode 9. David me as your nominee, I will pick Gus Haynes as my running mate. To be fair, I've had editors, especially early in my career, who mesmerized me the way Gus mesmerizes David Simon. But then I realized that most of them were narcissistic shitbags. But maybe that's just my experience. You haven't convinced me on Carcetti—I believe the man still wants to do good, which is why he's so interesting as a character, in a way that his predecessor in office wasn't. But you've halfconvinced me on Marlo. I see your point—Marlo needs to be left standing in order to make a very important point about the futility of the drug war, among other things. And if The Wire doesn't give Bunk a victory, then I'm canceling HBO. Unless The Wire has become just irretrievably dark, I can't imagine a situation in which Chris escapes Bunk's DNA evidence, and since there's no escape, there's little chance Chris will overthrow Marlo before Bunk closes in. Of course, Chris could knock off Marlo and then Bunk could knock off Chris, but then it's a happy ending, and I don't imagine we'll be having one of those. Of course, if McNulty is allowed to die in a pool of his own vomit, or if Lester accidentally overdoses on dollhouse glue, or Bubbles becomes a heartless schmuck, then I suppose the show could safely kill off Marlo without anyone accusing David Simon of staging a cheap morality play. Did you notice, by the way, that I said you might be right about something? Jeff From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 8: Taking Omar Down a Few Notches Updated Monday, February 25, 2008, at 5:32 PM ET Dear Jeff, From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 8: If The Wire Doesn't Give Bunk a Victory, I'm Canceling HBO Posted Monday, February 25, 2008, at 3:50 PM ET Dear David, First, let me respond to a reader question about whether we watch the "next week on The Wire" segments at the end of each episode. I don't watch those previews, so I may have missed some foreshadowing. Do you watch them? Second, because I'd rather read smart Wire commentary than write it, I'm going to hand over this week's final entry to reader Nate Denny, who sent us a perceptive answer to your question about the final scene with Omar's corpse: I think what we're learning here is that you are a cynic, whereas I am the candidate of both hope and change. And if you choose Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC 117/124 I think the whole point was Simon telling us how much we've missed the point in our five years of Omar-worship. The whole episode serves to take Omar down a few notches. He doesn't get his big, badass face-off with Marlo; he gets got by the same little punk (possibly the show's most obnoxious, least sympathetic character) whose face Michael pounded last season and who has nothing better to do than torture cats. Further, a bunch of kids disrespect Omar by rifling through his pockets for souvenirs, Sun writers don't even realize that a legend has passed, and inept city morgue employees almost bag the wrong guy with Omar's name. No one in the episode realizes how important Omar's passing is, and maybe that's because it's ultimately not that important. Omar is a distraction: entertainment in an otherwise bleak and weighty depiction of the death of a city. Simon puts his finger in our eye and dismisses our favorite character with nary a backward look, and he's probably right to do so. whether he invented the special "Sheee-it." I couldn't track it down, so for the moment it remains a mystery whether Benioff imagined the pronunciation, whether director Lee dreamed it up, or whether it was purely Whitlock's genius. Can anyone clear up the mystery? Also, if any of the Wire brain trust is still reading us, I'd love to hear how Whitlock and his brilliant profanity came to the show. Did you cast Whitlock with the explicit hope of using the "Sheee-it" again, or was it just lucky coincidence that the role you put him in required cursing? A couple other bits of delightful Wire-iana. First, reader Brendon Shank notes an amazing moment of life imitating television: The Philadelphia Inquirer is running a multipart series about Philadelphia's homeless, inspired by the gruesome death of a homeless man. This is delicious because the Inquirer's editor is none other than Bill Marimow, former Sun managing editor, nemesis of David Simon, and Simon's supposed model for managing editor Thomas Klebanow on The Wire. Klebanow, of course, is supervising the Sun's special homeless investigation, inspired by the gruesome deaths of homeless men. And, finally, let me point our readers to an obituary for Omar Little. Writing for Obit magazine, my friend Michael Schaffer composed the story the Sun should have written. It begins: Omar Little, the veteran stick-up artist who inspired fear and fascination in drug-plagued neighborhoods across the city, was shot and killed in a west-side convenience store yesterday. Police said the assailant remained at large. Talk to you next week, David Famed for his brazen robberies of area drug dealers, Mr. Little had retired from what he called "the game" a year ago, moving to the Caribbean with a new romantic partner. But he apparently returned to Baltimore this winter to seek revenge following the brutal murder of a beloved business associate … From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Bonus Entry: Where "Sheee-it" Comes From Posted Tuesday, February 26, 2008, at 3:42 PM ET Dear Jeff, David Special bonus entry today, courtesy of our readers. We're hardly alone in our worship of Isiah Whitlock Jr.'s portrayal of Clay Davis and our delight in his trademark "Sheee-it." Reader Kevin Ray sends us thrilling archival evidence that Whitlock's "Sheeeit" predates The Wire. In Spike Lee's 2002 film The 25th Hour, Whitlock played DEA agent Amos Flood, who arrests hero Monty Brogan (played by Edward Norton). Twice during the movie—when he raids Monty's apartment and when he interrogates him—Whitlock's Flood utters the barnyard epithet with his signature drawl. Watch the arrest scene here and the interrogation scene here. From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 9: The Saddest Scene The Wire Has Ever Given Us Posted Monday, March 3, 2008, at 6:46 AM ET How my hair look, Jeff? This morning I tried to find a copy of David Benioff's novel The 25th Hour—Benioff also wrote the movie screenplay—to see Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC 118/124 Omar. And now Snoop. That's too much for any Wire-lover to bear. But of course her murder made perfect dramatic sense, and I'm embarrassed I didn't see it coming. Omar and Snoop were dark mirrors of each other. They were both street eloquent, but her eloquence sprang from profanity, his from the absence of it. He mesmerized with his soulful criminality; she mesmerized with her soulless murderousness. Omar was gay; I can't remember if Snoop was ever explicitly identified as gay, but she certainly suggested it. He was an independent businessmen; she was a classic organization woman, mindlessly obeying orders. It's also fitting that their young murderers are mirrors too. Kenard, conscienceless and psychopathic, kills thoughtful Omar. And Michael is at war with himself, his sweet soul blackened and hardened by his sick work: He is having exactly the kind of battles with himself that Snoop didn't. David From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 9: Reassessing Marlo's Putative Punk-Assedness Posted Monday, March 3, 2008, at 10:28 AM ET David, Your hair look fine. Now can I just shoot you in the head already? Incidentally, wasn't that final goodbye between Michael and Dukie the saddest scene The Wire has ever given us? Michael cannot, or won't let himself, remember their gleeful hijinks of two years ago, because he knows that happiness can never be reclaimed, so there's no use wallowing in it. And then Dukie trudges forward into Boschian hell, his first step on his way to becoming Bubbles. Snoop's death didn't mark the coldest killing in last night's episode. Honors go to Kima, who just committed a multiple homicide—McNulty, Lester, and maybe even Bunk, who knew what was going on but said nothing. Maybe he wriggles out of this, but I'm not so sure. And by the way, I am, generally speaking, pro-snitching in the matter of official police misconduct, but Kima's testing my beliefs. They threw that word Dickensian at us again, but the right literary adjective is Shakespearean. This spectacular episode vibrated with brilliant speechifying—Bubbles facing up to Sherrod's death, Snoop musing on how no one "deserves" to die—and Marlo roaring at the discovery that Omar had been calling him out on the street. For much of the past two seasons, Marlo has been a cipher: Snoop and Chris did so much of his dirty work that it was hard to understand why he was in charge, instead of them. The jail scene clears up any doubt. As Marlo rages at the idea that his name was mocked in the street, he reminds us of the violent intensity that brought him to power. "Let them know Marlo step to any motherfucker. … My name is my name!" Snoop's murder didn't make perfect dramatic sense to me, but this may be because I was hoping to see her character spun off to a new, network-television sitcom. Something based on the Gilmore Girls model but with more Glocks. ("My name is my name" could, in fact, have been the episode's title, what with the Rumpelstilskin-like excitement when Bubbles reclaims his given name, Reginald, and finally faces up to his sorrow about Sherrod.) Do you still think Marlo's going down? I'm not cashing in my chips just yet, but I think The Wire's pointing toward exactly the ending I've expected, given the show's neo-Marxist philosophy: The only redemption will be individual. We've seen Namond's salvation; Kima and Bunk will retain their honor; and Bubbles will save himself. But at the institutional level, everything will get worse: Marlo and crew will walk free because of the corrupted investigation, and they will reclaim the streets. You look good, boy. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC I didn't see her death coming, either, to tell you the truth, and I should take this moment to revise and amend my previous comments concerning Marlo and the potential consequences of his putative punk-assedness. My belief that we would soon see Marlo's demise was predicated on an assumption (and you remember, of course, what Felix Unger said about assuming?) that Marlo knew that Omar was calling him out and that, even with said knowledge, he refused to meet Omar in the street. It turns out now that Marlo didn't know he was being called out. This raises questions about his leadership ability (Chris and company have obviously built a Bush-like cocoon around the boss) but not about his, shall we say, manhood. Clearly—I'm going to regret that clearly, I'm sure, come the 10th and final episode—Marlo triumphs in the end, just as you Marxists would have it. Levy will discover the illegal wiretap and the Stanfield crew will be sprung from jail just as Lester is led inside. (McNulty, I assume, throws himself off a bridge.) I found Michael's plight as moving as you did (I actually thought his parting from his little brother was the saddest thing I saw, sadder than his breakup with Dukie), but I thought the Bubblesup-Dukie-down pairing a little too neatly TV-ish. Not that I don't root for Bubbles, mind you. I have a heart. 119/124 By the way, and I know you hate talking about this, but did you notice that the newspaper subplot has become even more ridiculous, as if that's possible? Gus hands off the investigation of Templeton to a presumably sophisticated, just-returned-home foreign correspondent who promises discretion and then immediately asks the library for everything Templeton has ever written! It is simply impossible to believe that the reporters and editors of the actual Baltimore Sun, today or 13 years ago, when David Simon left journalism, could be so comprehensively stupid. Best, Jeff From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 9: No Escape Updated Monday, March 3, 2008, at 11:52 AM ET Dear Jeff, You're mad at Kima? She's the one cop who has the courage to blow the whistle—the courage to do what she asks her witnesses to do every single day—and you're Stop Snitchin' her? She didn't push Jimmy off a bridge: He jumped himself, weeks ago. She's just alerting the coroner. I knew this week's Sun scenes would be a red flag in front of the Goldberg horns. The "pull all of Templeton's stories" scene was agonizingly stupid. At least it was over quickly. (And I must confess that I'm excited to see how Simon is going to destroy Gus since it's clear that Gus must fall and Templeton must rise. On the upside, Gus will then have time to write his longanticipated "Letter From Baltimoringham Jail.") A few years ago, a brilliant journalist named Adrian Nicole LeBlanc wrote a book called Random Family about an extended family of drug dealers, wives, girlfriends, and children in the Bronx. My favorite scene in the book is when, for reasons I can't remember, one of the characters gets a windfall or wins a prize, and the reward is a night out in New York in a limousine. (Forgive me if I mess up the details slightly—I don't have the book in front of me.) She and her friends pile into the limo and set out for Manhattan, but they can't think of anything to do. They don't know where to eat or even where to go. They end up driving back to their derelict Bronx neighborhood and hanging out on the same corner where they always hang out. It's an unbelievably powerful and grim scene about the way poverty not Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC only closes off avenues of escape, but even stops you from being able to imagine those avenues. It seems to me that this is the essential theme of The Wire this season and perhaps in all five seasons. Again and again, The Wire's characters are discovering that they have nowhere else to go and also that they can't even imagine how to leave. Home in Baltimore is horrific, but the great world beyond is a mystery. The Season 4 scene of Bunny and the kids in a fancy restaurant was the most memorable depiction of this, but this season, and particularly last night's episode, has given us many more examples. There's Dukie, driven from his home once again. Michael now must strike out alone into the unknown. Omar escaped to island paradise but couldn't stay away. Prop Joe had packed his bags to leave but was murdered before he could walk out the door. Jimmy—soon to be jobless and womanless—can't escape himself. Templeton seeks his fortune at the Post but can't get a job. Even Gus is in some sense a prisoner, unwilling or unable to find a more congenial newspaper job because he loves sick old Baltimore too much. Only the schizophrenic, kidnapped homeless guy is allowed to leave. You know whom I want working security at my next party? Those two guys who accompanied Chris to the drug warehouse. They were the biggest men I've ever seen! David From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 9: Mixed Feelings About Kima Posted Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 10:34 AM ET Dear David, I guess I'm a glass-half-full kind of guy. Wasn't this last episode also about escape and redemption? Didn't we see Namond on an upward trajectory? I didn't even mind his hectoring, after-schoolspecial speech or his hair; I was just relieved that he is so thoroughly out of his mother's house. Does ABC still broadcast after-school specials, by the way? I fear the reference dates me. Just as references to Schoolhouse Rock date me; they make me seem as old as David Simon, for whom Schoolhouse Rock was obviously very meaningful, or else he wouldn't have lifted their scripts for Gus' speeches. Adrian Leblanc's book was, indeed, wonderful. And it was also true. I assume you have seen the coverage of Love and Consequences, the "memoir" of a half-white, half-Native American girl not named Margaret Jones who grew up in South- 120/124 Central, except that she didn't? A writer like that belongs in the Baltimore Sun newsroom. And yes, Dr. Snitch, I'll admit to mixed feelings about Kima. McNulty's great sin here was to try to squeeze more policing money from the city; he wasn't manufacturing crimes for money or fame. I know I'm defending the behavior of a character I don't like in a subplot I think is generally ridiculous, but I can't help but notice that your great hero, Bunk (or is your great hero Clay Davis?), didn't snitch. Maybe it's just that I'm more street than you are. You'll learn more about my background in what we call the "hood" when Riverhead publishes my new memoir, about my life as a gay black stickup artist. Best, Jeff I actually miss Namond's mom, Delonda, who was one of the great maternal monsters in screen history. She made Joan Crawford look like the mother of the year. I have a friend who worked with Sandi McCree, who plays Delonda, and says she's a lovely woman in real life. I guess that's why they call it "acting." David From: Jeffrey Goldberg To: David Plotz Subject: Week 9: Bunk, Kima, and Loyalty Posted Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 1:17 PM ET Dear David, Yak milk? How did you know about the yak milk? I thought we kept that a secret. From: David Plotz To: Jeffrey Goldberg Subject: Week 9: Is Namond's the Only Redemption We'll Get? Posted Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 12:56 PM ET Dear Jeff, I thought you already wrote that book: Wasn't Prisoners the story of Omar Goldberg, a gay, black stickup artist obsessed with Israel's security? (Can you imagine Omar in Israel? That would be a great short film.) Speaking of Love and Consequences, excuse me while I pat myself on the back: The minute I read the Kakutani review in the New York Times last week, I sent an e-mail to my Slate colleagues with the subject line "I bet this book is not true." Back to The Wire: If you had bothered to read my dialogue entries, you would have noticed that I wrote a long, agonized paragraph two weeks ago about the Moreland snitching paradox. But I guess you were too busy hobnobbing in the steam room with Richard Holbrooke, or bathing in organic yak milk with Harry Reid, or whatever it is you do over at the Atlantic. You're right about Namond, of course, though I can't help feeling that's a pretty thin reed to cling to. After five seasons of the show, we're allowed one escapee (or maybe two, counting Bubbles). A couple of readers reminded me that Marlo has also spent much of this season having trouble leaving Baltimore. He had that wonderful fish-out-of-water moment at his Caribbean bank, and he has repeatedly made plans to go to Atlantic City, N.J., with Chris but never manages to take the trip. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC In re: your Bunk post—don't get like that with me. Or I'm going to have to ... I don't know. Post a highly negative review of The Genius Factory on Amazon? I was going to write that I would "bust a cap in your ass," but only white people talk that way anymore, and, as one of Washington's foremost gay black stickup artists, I can't be heard talking like a white guy from Potomac. I haven't sufficiently grappled with your previous assertion that Bunk chose "loyalty over right" by keeping silent on McNulty's hijinks because I didn't want to enter a debate I knew I couldn't win, at least not inside the excessively rational, anti-tribal culture fostered at Slate. And I won't now, except to say that I don't see the binary you apparently see when you hold up "loyalty" as the opposite of "right." These men are friends and comrades. Like most police partners, they have been in mortal danger together, and they have saved each other's lives. Their connection is profound. You tend to overlook the flaws of people who have actually saved your life; this is true in police work and in any army. Given that McNulty isn't pillaging, robbing, or raping; given that his crime is well-intentioned; and given that Bunk's homicide squad benefits from McNulty's scam, I don't think Bunk made the wrong choice by keeping silent. He should have counseled his partner more strenuously against such stupidity, but I would think less of him if he ran to the bosses to rat out his friend. And, by the way, in real life, I'm not sure a detective in Kima's position would rat Jimmy out, either. There, now you know my position on loyalty. Which actually should serve you well, as an officially sanctioned friend of Goldberg. I'm even thinking of bringing you along the next time I hit one of Marlo's stash houses. 121/124 Best, Jeff From: June Thomas To: Jeffrey Goldberg and David Plotz Subject: Week 9: Snoop Wasn't Talking About a Domestic Shorthair Posted Tuesday, March 4, 2008, at 1:41 PM ET might not be ready for family life yet—she failed the IKEA test—but she seems to know herself better now: still not ready to settle down but forging "a connect" with Cheryl's son. Snitching on McNulty, as I see it, is just another stop on her path to maturity. And, of course, there was Omar. He had three gorgeous boyfriends—Brandon, Dante, and Renaldo—whom he loved, body and soul. He even put together his own LGBT version of the James gang. (When Tosha was killed during a robbery in Season 3, her lover Kimmy's grief was, weirdly, a joy to witness.) We homosexuals just don't get to see this stuff on television. Jeff and David, I appreciate you letting me stop by the clubhouse. I need the company, because it's been a tough couple of weeks for the gays. First, smoking killed Omar—after all, Kenard wouldn't have had a clean shot if Omar hadn't been so focused on his soft pack— then Michael shot Snoop. After years in which The Wire gave us more gay characters than all of the networks combined—and mostly black gay characters at that—Kima is the only homosexual left standing. (I refuse to treat Rawls' preposterous Season 3 gay-bar cameo as anything more than a red herring.) Unlike The L Word, The Wire never presented a glamorous fantasy of beautiful people in gorgeous clothes. Unlike 'tween shows like South of Nowhere, the characters had more pressing problems than mean moms. And unlike the few shows on network television that manage to include gay characters, there were more than two of them on The Wire. So, thanks, Wire writers. Just promise me you'll never mention Rawls' secret gay life again. June David, yesterday you wondered if Snoop had ever been "explicitly identified as gay." Like all Marlo's people, she kept her private life on the down low, but in the final episode of Season 4, when Bunk said he was "thinking about some pussy," she told him, "Me, too." I'm pretty sure she wasn't talking about a domestic shorthair. Snoop was the first convincing butch lesbian on television—a no-apologies, cross-dressing bull dyke. I wonder if Felicia Pearson will ever work again. I know an off-Broadway show that could desperately use her butch swagger, but her voice is too small for theater, and she's too street even for that last refuge of Wire actors, Law and Order. (I've spotted Michael, Clay Davis, Daniels, and Bubbles recently.) There have always been complaints that The Wire's writers don't do well by the women on the show, but for me Kima Greggs has always been a credible—and likable—character. I was sorry when she broke up with Cheryl—no more make-out scenes—but also because the relationship always convinced: Cheryl's annoyance that Kima should go back on the streets in Season 2 after she almost died in Season 1 was understandable, but so was Kima's frustration at being smothered. The tension between them when Cheryl wanted a baby and Kima didn't could happen in any relationship, as could the painful awkwardness of maintaining family ties after a breakup. Kima's boozing and womanizing in Season 3 wasn't as believable, but the show's writers love nothing more than parallelism, and they needed Kima to keep McNulty company on his descent to hell. She Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC war stories Where Are This War's Winter Soldiers? Why Iraq war veterans have not had much impact on the debate over the war. By Ronald R. Krebs Friday, March 7, 2008, at 7:06 AM ET Next week, Iraq Veterans Against the War will hold "Winter Soldier: Iraq and Afghanistan"—a four-day extravaganza designed to draw attention to the failures of U.S. foreign policy, the dehumanizing effects of counterinsurgency, and the inadequate provision of veterans' benefits. Yet the event, meant to recall the famous hearings of 1971 at the height of the Vietnam War, highlights how little Iraq war veterans have featured in the national political debate over the war. The Iraq war is shaping up, alongside the faltering economy, as one of the two pillars of the upcoming presidential election. That election will feature a decorated veteran of Vietnam, in the presumptive Republican nominee John McCain, who is devoted to seeing the war through to "victory," against a nonveteran, be it Hillary Clinton or Barack Obama, who wants to scale back the U.S. presence in Iraq. Still, while their predecessors who served in Vietnam lent themselves to iconic images of wartime protest, Iraq war veterans have so far been consigned to the margins— 122/124 and seem likely to remain there. The U.S. military and U.S. society have changed a great deal since Vietnam, and IVAW has consequently found itself on the sidelines. troops. Were veterans to come forward in large numbers, they might enjoy unusual credibility with the U.S. public, and impugning their patriotism would be difficult. At its height, Vietnam Veterans Against the War boasted more than 30,000 members, and it had an articulate and recognizable spokesman in John Kerry. Its 1971 Winter Soldier Investigation, and especially the subsequent Senate hearings, rightly figure prominently in any historical account of the war and its domestic politics. Veterans were crucial in undercutting the war's legitimacy, and the Nixon administration was acutely sensitive to their presence at anti-war rallies. Nevertheless, Iraq war veterans have been shunted aside for three reasons. First, veterans have shown even less interest in protesting the war than has the public at large. This is largely the legacy of the end of the draft. The installation of the allvolunteer force in 1973 over time produced armed forces that were less representative of society at large—racially but also politically. The officer corps is now composed disproportionately of self-identified political conservatives and Republican partisans, to the point that a brouhaha erupted in the 1990s over the "civil-military gap," with some worrying (thankfully baselessly) that a coup might even be in the offing. The Iraq war has opened up an unprecedented partisan divide, and Republican support has been remarkably resilient. While there have been signs of mounting discontent—including surprisingly large active-military contributions to Ron Paul, the only Republican presidential candidate to oppose the war—the current crop of veterans is less fertile soil for the IVAW's plow than for its Vietnam-era counterpart. Put simply, veterans have been quiet partly because many are strong partisans who, at least until quite recently, have been committed to the administration, the war, or both. If Iraq war veterans have had less political impact, it's certainly not for lack of trying. Formed in 2004, the IVAW has produced no latter-day Kerry, and as of late February it had only 800 members, despite the modern communications that have made it easier to contact potential members. Only some 2,100 activeduty soldiers, Reserve members, and guardsmen have signed its petition for withdrawal from Iraq. And it has received little press coverage, even as public opinion has turned against the war: A search of Lexis-Nexis turned up a mere 128 references to "Iraq Veterans Against the War" in "Major U.S. and World Publications" in the three and a half years since its founding. This is partly related to the struggles and missteps of the antiwar movement as a whole, but there are also reasons distinctive to today's anti-war veterans. We might have expected veterans to matter even more to the domestic debate over the Iraq war than to that over Vietnam. The Vietnam-era military was widely seen as suffering from a severe crisis of discipline. Especially in rear areas, the armed forces could not escape America's deep divides over race and class. Fragging—attacks on superior officers, often by fragmentation hand grenades but also commonly by means that might be mistaken for "friendly fire"—reached unprecedented levels, with hundreds of incidents between 1968 and 1972. Drug use and addiction were rampant among U.S. forces stationed in Vietnam and elsewhere. Yet Vietnam veterans, witnesses to the war's misdeeds and folly, remained voices of moral authority. By the mid-1980s, the U.S. military had again become the most respected institution in the land. According to a March 2007 Harris Poll, nearly 50 percent of Americans had "a great deal of confidence" in military leaders; the heads of "organized religion" and Supreme Court justices clocked in at under 30 percent, the White House at just over 20 percent, the press at only 12 percent, and Congress at a mere 10 percent. In contrast to Vietnam, where the war's falling fortunes were paralleled in public opinion toward the military, historically sky-high numbers of Americans have steadfastly clung to "very favorable" views of the armed forces. This is partly because, despite lapses, especially the regular Army has proved fairly disciplined in-theater and at home, and because politicians, no matter their stand on the war, have universally paid tribute to the Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC Second, if veterans' will has been lacking, the political opportunities for protest have been few. On the one hand, counterinsurgency is a cruel business, in which the brutalization of civilians is, sadly, hardly exceptional. Although many Americans shrugged off revelations that U.S. soldiers were murdering, raping, and otherwise mistreating noncombatants in Vietnam, the disclosures transformed the nagging concerns of others, such as the Rev. Martin Luther King Jr., into fullthroated opposition. And these incidents created a special opening for veterans to bear witness against military transgressions and thrust them to prominence within the anti-war movement. Iraq has, of course, seen its share of U.S. violations of the principle of noncombatant immunity, but the scale of abuse has paled compared with Vietnam. Moreover, while the armed forces have predictably covered up abuses and impeded investigation, they have also taken serious and sincere steps to learn from their mistakes, and they have instituted standard operating procedures to limit the number of civilians killed and injured. The Army's new counterinsurgency doctrine has taken the winning of Iraqi hearts and minds seriously and has mandated more discriminate uses of force. On the other hand, while the Iraq war has stretched the volunteer army's manpower structures and has entailed mind-boggling economic and other costs, the United States has deployed only between one-third and one-fourth of the forces it sent to Vietnam, and casualty rates in Iraq remain comparatively low relative to that earlier military conflict. 123/124 Finally, the broader political environment has been less hospitable to veteran protest. Since the late 1960s, the United States has become more "liberal"—not in the usual political sense, but rather with regard to its conception of citizenship. The United States has shifted toward a culture of rights, away from its "republican" heritage in which the performance of civic duty was prized. As I have argued elsewhere, soldiers and veterans can make substantial political headway when the citizenship discourse is heavily republican; this, for example, explains why Druze Arabs, who serve in the Israel Defense Forces, have been able to garner disproportionate attention and resources in Israel, a Jewish state that historically has discriminated against its Arab citizens. A liberal political culture undercuts veterans' capacity to make unusually weighty claims on the polity. Where, then, are this war's Winter Soldiers? Many are in permanent hibernation: They are committed political conservatives dismissive of evidence that the war cannot be won, fearful of the consequences of even a gradual U.S. withdrawal, eager for signs of a thaw in Iraq's frozen communal politics. Others are on ice, still awaiting an opening to bring their personal testimonials to bear on American political debate—an opening that will likely never arise. In general, veterans are a vanishing force in American politics. Notwithstanding the attention devoted to Iraq-war-veteran candidates in the 2006 elections, the 109th Congress has 13 fewer veterans than the 108th and 14 fewer than the 107th, and there are proportionally fewer veterans in Congress than in society at large. There is little evidence that veteran status matters much to contemporary elections, despite the post-9/11 focus on security—this has been true of both congressional and presidential politics. In this sense at least, John McCain represents the past of American politics, not its future. Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC 124/124 Copyright 2008 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC 124/124